MDC HOLDINGS INC
10-Q, 1999-08-05
OPERATIVE BUILDERS
Previous: BRUNSWICK BANCORP, 10-Q, 1999-08-05
Next: CO OPERATIVE BANK INVESTMENT FUND, 40-17F2, 1999-08-05



================================================================================

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549
                                 ---------------

                                    FORM 10-Q

(Mark One)

|X|      QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
         EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

                  For the quarterly period ended June 30, 1999

                                       OR

|_|      TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
         EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

                           Commission File No. 1-8951

                              M.D.C. HOLDINGS, INC.
             (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

              Delaware                                       84-0622967
   (State or other jurisdiction                           (I.R.S. employer
 of incorporation or organization)                       identification no.)

 3600 South Yosemite Street, Suite 900                          80237
         Denver, Colorado                                    (Zip code)
(Address of principal executive offices)

                                (303) 773-1100
              (Registrant's telephone number, including area code)

                                 Not Applicable
              (Former name, former address and former fiscal year,
                          if changed since last report)

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the  preceding 12 months (or for such  shorter  period that the  Registrant  was
required  to file  such  reports)  and  (2)  has  been  subject  to such  filing
requirements for the past 90 days. Yes X No

                   As of July 30, 1999, 22,295,000 shares of M.D.C. Holdings,
                   Inc. common stock were outstanding.

================================================================================
<PAGE>
                  M.D.C. HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                                FORM 10-Q

                   FOR THE QUARTER ENDED JUNE 30, 1999

                                  INDEX

                                                                          Page
                                                                           No.
                                                                          ----
Part I.       Financial Information:

              Item 1.    Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements:

                         Balance Sheets as of June 30, 1999 (Unaudited)
                           and December 31, 1998........................     1

                         Statements of Income (Unaudited) for the three
                           and six months ended June 30, 1999 and 1998..     3

                         Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited) for the
                           six months ended June 30, 1999 and 1998......     4

                         Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial
                           Statements (Unaudited).......................     5

               Item 2.   Management's Discussion and Analysis of
                         Financial Condition and Results of
                         Operations.....................................     8

Part II.       Other Information:

               Item 1.   Legal Proceedings..............................    19

               Item 4.   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Shareowners.    19

               Item 5.   Other Information..............................    19

               Item 6.   Exhibits and Reports on Form 8-K...............    19

                                        (i)
<PAGE>
                               M.D.C. HOLDINGS, INC.
                      Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
                                  (In thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    June 30,    December 31,
                                                                                      1999          1998
                                                                                  -----------   -----------
ASSETS                                                                            (Unaudited)
<S>                                                                               <C>           <C>
Corporate
   Cash and cash equivalents...................................................   $   11,000    $     2,460
   Property and equipment, net.................................................        2,604          2,901
   Deferred income taxes.......................................................       18,218         17,949
   Deferred debt issue costs, net..............................................        2,493          2,589
   Other assets, net...........................................................        5,675          5,670
                                                                                  ----------    -----------
                                                                                      39,990         31,569

Homebuilding
   Cash and cash equivalents...................................................        8,145          7,279
   Home sales and other accounts receivable....................................       11,814         12,771
   Inventories, net
     Housing completed or under construction...................................      360,330        294,104
     Land and land under development...........................................      254,605        217,180
   Prepaid expenses and other assets, net......................................       52,657         58,981
                                                                                  ----------    -----------
                                                                                     687,551        590,315

Financial Services
   Cash and cash equivalents...................................................          474            340
   Mortgage loans held in inventory, net.......................................       83,401         84,548
   Other assets, net...........................................................        5,296          7,241
                                                                                  ----------    -----------
                                                                                      89,171         92,129

         Total Assets..........................................................   $  816,712    $   714,013
                                                                                  ==========    ===========
</TABLE>
           See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

                                      -1-
<PAGE>

                              M.D.C. HOLDINGS, INC.
                     Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
                      (In thousands, except share amounts)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    June 30,    December 31,
                                                                                      1999          1998
                                                                                  -----------   -----------
LIABILITIES                                                                       (Unaudited)
<S>                                                                               <C>           <C>
Corporate
   Accounts payable and accrued expenses.......................................  $    35,671   $    32,378
   Income taxes payable........................................................       18,237        14,568
   Senior notes, net...........................................................      174,364       174,339
                                                                                 -----------   -----------
                                                                                     228,272       221,285
Homebuilding
   Accounts payable and accrued expenses.......................................      150,751       131,374
   Line of credit..............................................................       55,000        21,871
   Notes payable...............................................................        1,044           866
                                                                                 -----------   -----------
                                                                                     206,795       154,111
Financial Services
   Accounts payable and accrued expenses.......................................       15,448        12,152
   Line of credit..............................................................       26,076        28,334
                                                                                 -----------   -----------
                                                                                      41,524        40,486
         Total Liabilities.....................................................      476,591       415,882
                                                                                 -----------   -----------
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES..................................................          - -           - -
                                                                                 -----------   -----------
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
   Preferred stock, $.01 par value; 25,000,000 shares authorized; none issued..          - -           - -
   Common stock, $.01 par value;  100,000,000 shares authorized;  28,125,000 and
     27,858,000 shares issued, respectively, at June 30, 1999 and
     December 31, 1998.........................................................          281           279
   Additional paid-in capital..................................................      179,268       175,160
   Retained earnings...........................................................      196,782       160,291
   Accumulated comprehensive income............................................        3,001         1,785
                                                                                 -----------   -----------
                                                                                     379,332       337,515
   Less treasury stock, at cost; 5,850,000 and 5,876,000 shares, respectively,
     at June 30, 1999 and December 31, 1998....................................      (39,211)      (39,384)
                                                                                 -----------   -----------
         Total Stockholders' Equity............................................      340,121       298,131
                                                                                 -----------   -----------
         Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity............................  $   816,712   $   714,013
                                                                                 ===========   ===========
</TABLE>
           See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

                                     -2-
<PAGE>
                              M.D.C. HOLDINGS, INC.
                  Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income
                    (In thousands, except per share amounts)
                                  (Unaudited)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   Three Months                 Six Months
                                                                  Ended June 30,              Ended June 30,
                                                             -------------------------   -------------------------
                                                                 1999          1998          1999          1998
                                                             -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
REVENUES
<S>                                                          <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
   Homebuilding..........................................    $   391,130   $   293,420   $   681,010   $   532,017
   Financial services....................................          7,011        10,149        13,925        14,820
   Corporate.............................................          1,618           310         1,949           543
                                                             -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
       Total Revenues....................................        399,759       303,879       696,884       547,380
                                                             -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
COSTS AND EXPENSES
   Homebuilding..........................................        347,134       276,513       611,860       500,966
   Financial services....................................          3,714         2,987         7,080         5,633
   Corporate general and administrative..................          7,659         4,040        13,964         7,552
                                                             -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
       Total Costs and Expenses..........................        358,507       283,540       632,904       514,151
                                                             -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Income before income taxes and extraordinary
   item..................................................         41,252        20,339        63,980        33,229
Provision for income taxes...............................        (16,295)       (7,758)      (25,272)      (12,720)
                                                             -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Income before extraordinary item.........................         24,957        12,581        38,708        20,509
Extraordinary loss from early extinguishment of debt, net
   of income tax benefit of $9,587.......................            - -           - -           - -       (15,314)
                                                             -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
NET INCOME...............................................         24,957        12,581        38,708         5,195

Unrealized holding gains on securities arising during the
   period, net...........................................             21           314         1,216         1,395
                                                             -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME.....................................    $    24,978   $    12,895   $    39,924   $     6,590
                                                             ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========
EARNINGS PER SHARE
   Basic
       Income before extraordinary item..................    $      1.12   $       .70   $      1.74   $      1.14
                                                             ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========
       Net Income........................................    $      1.12   $       .70   $      1.74   $       .29
                                                             ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========
   Diluted
       Income before extraordinary item..................    $      1.10   $       .58   $      1.71   $       .95
                                                             ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========
       Net Income........................................    $      1.10   $       .58   $      1.71   $       .27
                                                             ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========
WEIGHTED-AVERAGE SHARES OUTSTANDING
   Basic.................................................         22,274        18,042        22,189        17,981
                                                             ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========
   Diluted...............................................         22,695        22,469        22,630        22,472
                                                             ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========
DIVIDENDS PAID PER SHARE.................................    $       .05   $       .04   $       .10   $       .07
                                                             ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========
</TABLE>
           See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

                                     -3-

<PAGE>

                               M.D.C. HOLDINGS, INC.
                 Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
                                  (In thousands)
                                    (Unaudited)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                Six Months
                                                                               Ended June 30,
                                                                         --------------------------
                                                                             1999           1998
                                                                         -----------    -----------
<S>                                                                      <C>            <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income...........................................................    $    38,708    $     5,195
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating
   activities
      Loss from the early extinguishment of debt.....................            - -         24,901
      Depreciation and amortization..................................          9,276          9,107
      Homebuilding asset impairment charges..........................            - -          3,000
      Deferred income taxes..........................................           (269)        (3,824)
      Gains on sales of mortgage-related assets......................            - -         (4,509)
      Net changes in assets and liabilities
           Home sales and other accounts receivable..................            957        (13,837)
           Homebuilding inventories..................................       (102,942)       (56,117)
           Mortgage loans held in inventory..........................          1,147        (24,165)
           Accounts payable and accrued expenses and income taxes
             payable.................................................         29,479         36,821
           Prepaid expenses and other assets.........................          1,963        (11,584)
      Other, net.....................................................          1,831         (2,885)
                                                                         -----------    -----------
Net cash used in operating activities................................        (19,850)       (37,897)
                                                                         -----------    -----------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Net proceeds from sale of office building............................            - -         13,250
Net proceeds from mortgage-related assets and liabilities............            - -          4,636
Other, net...........................................................            529         (2,524)
                                                                         -----------    -----------
Net cash provided by investing activities............................            529         15,362
                                                                         -----------    -----------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Lines of credit
      Advances.......................................................        718,300        579,235
      Principal payments.............................................       (687,429)      (532,254)
Notes payable
      Principal payments.............................................           (574)       (12,614)
Senior notes
      Proceeds from issuance.........................................            - -        171,541
      Repurchase and defeasance......................................            - -       (152,000)
      Premium on repurchase and defeasance...........................            - -        (17,592)
Retirement of subordinated notes.....................................            - -        (10,230)
Dividend payments....................................................         (2,217)        (1,258)
Proceeds from stock issuance.........................................            781          1,414
                                                                         -----------    -----------
Net cash provided by financing activities............................         28,861         26,242
                                                                         -----------    -----------
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents............................          9,540          3,707
Cash and cash equivalents
      Beginning of period............................................         10,079         11,678
                                                                         -----------    -----------
      End of period..................................................    $    19,619    $    15,385
                                                                         ===========    ===========
</TABLE>

           See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

                                      -4-
<PAGE>
                               M.D.C. HOLDINGS, INC.
               Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
                                   (Unaudited)

A.    Presentation of Financial Statements

         The condensed  consolidated  financial  statements of M.D.C.  Holdings,
Inc.  ("MDC" or the  "Company,"  which refers to M.D.C.  Holdings,  Inc. and its
subsidiaries)  have been  prepared,  without  audit,  pursuant  to the rules and
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission.  These statements reflect
all adjustments  (including all normal recurring accruals) which, in the opinion
of management,  are necessary to present fairly the financial position,  results
of  operations  and cash  flows  of MDC as of June  30,  1999 and for all of the
periods presented.  These statements are condensed and do not include all of the
information  required by generally accepted accounting  principles in a full set
of financial  statements.  These  statements  should be read in conjunction with
MDC's financial  statements and notes thereto included in MDC's Annual Report on
Form 10-K for its fiscal year ended December 31, 1998.

B.    Corporate and Homebuilding Interest Activity (in thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                             Three Months                    Six Months
                                                            Ended June 30,                 Ended June 30,
                                                      --------------------------     ---------------------------
                                                          1999          1998             1999           1998
                                                      -----------    -----------     -----------     -----------
         <S>                                          <C>            <C>             <C>             <C>
         Interest capitalized in homebuilding
            inventory, beginning of period.......     $    24,533    $    35,546     $    26,332     $    37,991

         Interest incurred.......................           5,231          5,727           9,951          11,499

         Interest expensed.......................             - -            - -             - -             - -

         Previously capitalized interest included
            in cost of sales.....................          (7,581)        (7,957)        (14,100)        (16,174)
                                                      -----------    -----------     -----------     -----------
         Interest capitalized in homebuilding
            inventory, end of period.............     $    22,183    $    33,316     $    22,183     $    33,316
                                                      ===========    ===========     ===========     ===========
</TABLE>

C.    Stockholders' Equity

         In the fourth quarter of 1998, all  $28,000,000  outstanding  principal
amount of the  Company's  8 3/4%  convertible  subordinated  notes due 2005 (the
"Convertible  Subordinated Notes") converted into approximately 3,612,900 shares
of MDC common stock at a conversion price of $7.75 per share.

D.    Extraordinary Item

         Net income for the first six months of 1998  included an  extraordinary
loss of $15,314,000,  net of an income tax benefit of $9,587,000,  recognized in
connection  with  the  Company's  repurchase  and  defeasance  of the  remaining
$152,000,000  principal amount of 11 1/8% senior notes due 2003 (the "Old Senior
Notes").

                                        -5-
<PAGE>
E.    Information on Business Segments

         The Company  operates in two business  segments:  homebuilding  and
financial  services.  A summary of the Company's segment information is shown
below (in thousands).
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             Three Months                    Six Months
                                                             Ended June 30,                Ended June 30,
                                                      --------------------------     ---------------------------
                                                          1999          1998             1999           1998
                                                      -----------    -----------     -----------     -----------
         <S>                                          <C>            <C>             <C>             <C>
         Homebuilding
              Home sales.........................     $   389,144    $   291,752     $   677,228     $   524,515
              Land sales.........................           1,439          1,276           2,825           6,803
              Other revenues.....................             547            392             957             699
                                                      -----------    -----------     -----------     -----------
                                                          391,130        293,420         681,010         532,017
                                                      -----------    -----------     -----------     -----------
              Home cost of sales.................         312,065        243,253         546,813         439,522
              Land cost of sales.................             984          1,179           2,023           4,285
              Asset impairment charges...........             - -          3,000             - -           3,000
              Marketing..........................          21,226         18,146          38,109          33,396
              General and administrative.........          12,859         10,935          24,915          20,763
                                                      -----------    -----------     -----------     -----------
                                                          347,134        276,513         611,860         500,966
                                                      -----------    -----------     -----------     -----------
                  Homebuilding Operating Profit..          43,996         16,907          69,150          31,051
                                                      -----------    -----------     -----------     -----------
         Financial Services
            Mortgage Lending Revenues
              Net interest income................     $       616    $       502     $     1,277     $     1,033
              Origination fees...................           3,217          2,275           5,720           4,140
              Gains on sales of mortgage servicing          1,026            692           2,289             927
              Gains on sales of mortgage  loans,
                net..............................           2,010          2,012           4,350           4,016
              Mortgage servicing and other.......             142             72             289             102
            Asset Management Revenues............             - -          4,596             - -           4,602
                                                      -----------    -----------     -----------     -----------
                                                            7,011         10,149          13,925          14,820
            General and Administrative Expenses..           3,714          2,987           7,080           5,633
                                                      -----------    -----------     -----------     -----------
                  Financial Services Operating
                    Profit.......................           3,297          7,162           6,845           9,187
                                                      -----------    -----------     -----------     -----------
          Total Operating Profit.................          47,293         24,069          75,995          40,238
                                                      -----------    -----------     -----------     -----------
         Corporate
              Interest and other revenues........          (1,618)          (310)         (1,949)           (543)
              General and administrative.........           7,659          4,040          13,964           7,552
                                                      -----------    -----------     -----------     -----------
                  Net Corporate Expenses.........           6,041          3,730          12,015           7,009
                                                      -----------    -----------     -----------     -----------
         Income Before Income Taxes and
            Extraordinary Item...................     $    41,252    $    20,339     $    63,980     $    33,229
                                                      ===========    ===========     ===========     ===========
</TABLE>
                                         -6-
<PAGE>
F.    Earnings Per Share

         Pursuant  to  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  No. 128,
"Earnings Per Share," the  computation of diluted  earnings per share takes into
account the effect of dilutive  stock options and for the quarter and six months
ended June 30, 1998,  assumed the conversion into MDC common stock of all of the
$28,000,000  outstanding principal amount of the Convertible  Subordinated Notes
at a  conversion  price of $7.75 per share of MDC  common  stock.  The basic and
diluted earnings per share  calculations  are shown below (in thousands,  except
per share amounts).
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       Three Months                 Six Months
                                                                      Ended June 30,              Ended June 30,
                                                                -------------------------   -------------------------
                                                                    1999          1998          1999          1998
                                                                -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
          <S>                                                   <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
          Basic Earnings Per Share
            Income before extraordinary item.................   $    24,957   $    12,581   $    38,708   $    20,509
            Extraordinary loss, net of taxes.................           - -           - -           - -       (15,314)
                                                                -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                 Net income..................................   $    24,957   $    12,581   $    38,708   $     5,195
                                                                ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========
            Basic weighted-average shares outstanding........        22,274        18,042        22,189        17,981
                                                                ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========
            Per share amounts
                 Income before extraordinary item............   $      1.12   $       .70   $      1.74   $      1.14
                 Extraordinary loss, net of taxes............           - -           - -           - -         (.85)
                                                                -----------   -----------   -----------   ----------
                 Net income..................................   $      1.12   $       .70   $      1.74   $       .29
                                                                ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========
          Diluted Earnings Per Share
            Income before extraordinary item.................   $    24,957   $    12,581   $    38,708   $    20,509
            Conversion of Convertible Subordinated Notes.....           - -           392           - -           783
                                                                -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
            Adjusted income before extraordinary item........        24,957        12,973        38,708        21,292
            Extraordinary loss, net of taxes.................           - -           - -           - -       (15,314)
                                                                -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                 Adjusted net income.........................   $    24,957   $    12,973   $    38,708   $     5,978
                                                                ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========
            Basic weighted-average shares outstanding........        22,274        18,042        22,189        17,981
            Stock options, net...............................           421           814           441           878
            Conversion of Convertible Subordinated Notes.....           - -         3,613           - -         3,613
                                                                -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                 Diluted weighted-average shares outstanding.        22,695        22,469        22,630        22,472
                                                                ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========
            Per share amounts
                 Income before extraordinary item............   $      1.10   $       .58   $      1.71   $       .95
                 Extraordinary loss, net of taxes............           - -           - -           - -         (.68)
                                                                -----------   -----------   -----------   ----------
                 Net income..................................   $      1.10   $       .58   $      1.71   $       .27
                                                                ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========
</TABLE>

G.    Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information (in thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              Six Months
                                                                            Ended June 30,
                                                                      ---------------------------
                                                                          1999            1998
                                                                      -----------    ------------
    <S>                                                               <C>            <C>
    Cash paid during the period for
         Interest..................................................   $     8,324     $     5,749
         Income taxes..............................................   $    23,734     $     5,189
    Non-cash investing and financing activities
         Land purchases financed by seller.........................   $       752     $       - -
         Land sales financed by MDC................................   $        43     $       744
</TABLE>
                                        -7-

<PAGE>
ITEM 2.           MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
                  CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.


                                     INTRODUCTION


         M.D.C.  Holdings,  Inc. is a Delaware  corporation  originally
incorporated  in  Colorado  in 1972.  We refer to M.D.C.  Holdings,  Inc. as the
"Company" or as "MDC" in this Form 10-Q.  The  "Company"  or "MDC"  includes our
subsidiaries  unless we state  otherwise.  MDC's primary  business is owning and
managing subsidiary companies that build and sell homes under the name "Richmond
American  Homes."  We also  own and  manage  HomeAmerican  Mortgage  Corporation
("HomeAmerican"),  which  originates  mortgage  loans  primarily  for MDC's home
buyers.

                                RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         The table below  summarizes  MDC's results of operations (in thousands,
except per share amounts).
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            Three Months                 Six Months
                                                           Ended June 30,               Ended June 30,
                                                      -------------------------   -------------------------
                                                          1999          1998          1999          1998
                                                      -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
      <S>                                             <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
      Revenues....................................    $   399,759   $   303,879   $   696,884   $   547,380

      Income Before Income Taxes and Extraordinary
        Item......................................    $    41,252   $    20,339   $    63,980   $    33,229

      Income Before Extraordinary Item............    $    24,957   $    12,581   $    38,708   $    20,509

      Net Income..................................    $    24,957   $    12,581   $    38,708   $     5,195

      Earnings Per Share
         Basic
           Income Before Extraordinary Item.......    $      1.12   $       .70   $      1.74   $      1.14
           Net Income.............................    $      1.12   $       .70   $      1.74   $       .29

         Diluted
           Income Before Extraordinary Item.......    $      1.10   $       .58   $      1.71   $       .95
           Net Income.............................    $      1.10   $       .58   $      1.71   $       .27
</TABLE>

         Revenues  for the  second  quarter  and  first  half of 1999  increased
$95,880,000 and  $149,504,000,  respectively,  compared with the same periods in
1998,  primarily  due to higher home sales  revenues  resulting  from (1) record
levels of home  closings;  and (2)  increases  of more  than 10% in the  average
selling prices of homes closed.

         Income before  extraordinary item increased 98% and 89%,  respectively,
in the second quarter and first half of 1999,  compared with the same periods in
1998. These increases primarily were a result of increased operating profit from
the Company's  homebuilding  segment,  due to the home sales  revenue  increases
described  above and 320 and 310 basis point  increases,  respectively,  in Home
Gross Margins (as hereinafter defined).

                                        -8-
<PAGE>
         Net income for the first six months of 1998  included an  extraordinary
loss of $15,314,000,  net of an income tax benefit of $9,587,000,  recognized in
connection  with the Company's  repurchase  and defeasance of the then remaining
$152,000,000 principal amount of Old Senior Notes.

Homebuilding Segment

         The  tables  below  set forth  information  relating  to the  Company's
homebuilding segment (dollars in thousands).
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               Three Months                  Six Months
                                                              Ended June 30,               Ended June 30,
                                                       --------------------------    --------------------------
                                                           1999           1998           1999           1998
                                                       -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
       <S>                                             <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
       Home Sales Revenues.........................    $   389,144    $   291,752    $   677,228    $   524,515
       Operating Profit............................    $    43,996    $    16,907    $    69,150    $    31,051
       Average Selling Price Per Home   Closed.....    $     208.8    $     186.8    $     204.5    $     185.2
       Home Gross Margins..........................          19.8%          16.6%          19.3%          16.2%
           Excluding Interest in Home Cost of Sales          21.8%          19.3%          21.3%          19.0%

       Orders For Homes, net (units)
              Colorado.............................            759            687          1,604          1,597
              California...........................            407            310            800            620
              Arizona..............................            413            430            938            951
              Nevada...............................            146            163            274            305
              Virginia.............................            194            163            461            427
              Maryland.............................            110             96            198            225
                                                       -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
                   Total...........................          2,029          1,849          4,275          4,125
                                                       ===========    ===========    ===========    ===========
       Homes Closed (units)
              Colorado.............................            691            631          1,193          1,111
              California...........................            317            194            540            375
              Arizona..............................            469            365            855            691
              Nevada...............................            115            106            256            196
              Virginia.............................            190            163            310            285
              Maryland.............................             82            103            157            174
                                                       -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
                   Total...........................          1,864          1,562          3,311          2,832
                                                       ===========    ===========    ===========    ===========
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        June 30,      December 31,    June 30,
                                                           1999           1998           1998
                                                       -----------   ------------    -----------
       <S>                                             <C>           <C>             <C>
       Backlog (units)
              Colorado.............................          1,766          1,355          1,366
              California...........................            586            326            515
              Arizona..............................            779            696            653
              Nevada...............................            164            146            204
              Virginia.............................            405            254            353
              Maryland.............................            194            153            234
                                                       -----------    -----------    -----------
                   Total...........................          3,894          2,930          3,325
                                                       ===========    ===========    ===========
                   Estimated Sales Value...........    $   800,000    $   580,000    $   640,000
                                                       ===========    ===========    ===========
</TABLE>

                                        -9-
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        June 30,      December 31,    June 30,
                                                           1999           1998           1998
                                                       -----------   ------------    -----------
       <S>                                             <C>           <C>             <C>
       Active Subdivisions
              Colorado.............................             46             45             46
              California...........................             20             21             16
              Arizona..............................             22             24             27
              Nevada...............................              9              9              9
              Virginia.............................             17             20             20
              Maryland.............................              8             11             14
                                                       -----------    -----------    -----------
                   Total...........................            122            130            132
                                                       ===========    ===========    ===========
</TABLE>

         Home Sales  Revenues - Home sales  revenues  in the second  quarter and
first half of 1999 represented the highest revenue levels for comparable periods
in the Company's  history and were 33% and 29% higher,  respectively,  than home
sales revenues for the same periods in 1998. The improved revenues were a result
of increased home closings and higher average selling prices per home closed, as
further discussed below.

         Homes Closed - Home  closings for the quarter and six months ended June
30, 1999,  which were higher in all of the Company's  markets  except  Maryland,
increased  19% and 17%,  respectively,  compared  with the same periods in 1998.
Home  closings in the second  quarter and first half of 1999,  compared with the
same periods in 1998,  particularly were strong in (1) Phoenix (increases of 34%
and  24%,  respectively),   Southern  California  (increases  of  33%  and  27%,
respectively) and Colorado  (increases of 10% and 7%,  respectively) as a result
of the strong demand for homes in these  markets;  and (2) Northern  California,
where the Company has opened six new active  subdivisions  in the San  Francisco
Bay area.  Home closings  decreased in the second quarter and first half of 1999
in  Maryland,  compared  with the same  periods  in 1998,  primarily  due to the
decreased number of active subdivisions in this market.

         Looking forward,  the Company's record Backlog (as hereinafter defined)
at June  30,  1999  and its  strong  orders  for new  homes  in July  1999  have
positioned  the  Company to close more than 7,000  homes in 1999.  See  "Forward
Looking Statements" below.

         Average  Selling Price Per Home Closed - The average selling prices per
home closed in the second quarter and first half of 1999  increased  $22,000 and
$19,300,  respectively,  compared  with the same  periods  in 1998.  Each of the
Company's  markets  realized higher average selling prices for the 1999 periods.
The  increases  primarily  were due to (1) a greater  number of homes  closed in
higher-priced  subdivisions  in Southern and Northern  California;  (2) a higher
proportion of detached  homes closed in Virginia,  which  generally  have higher
selling  prices than  townhomes;  (3)  selling  price  increases  in each of the
Company's markets,  particularly in Colorado,  Southern  California and Phoenix;
and (4)  increased  sales volume per home from the Company's  design  centers in
Colorado, Phoenix, Las Vegas and Southern California.

         Home Gross Margins - We define "Home Gross  Margins" to mean home sales
revenues less cost of goods sold (which primarily includes land and construction
costs,  capitalized  interest,  financing  costs,  and a  reserve  for  warranty
expense) as a percent of home sales revenues.  Home Gross Margins reached record
levels  and  increased  by 320 and 310 basis  points,  respectively,  during the
quarter and six months  ended June 30, 1999,  compared  with the same periods in
1998.  The  increases  largely were due to (1) in Colorado and Phoenix,  selling
price  increases  and  reduced  incentives  offered  to home  buyers  due to the

                                       -10-
<PAGE>

continued  strong  demand  for new  homes in  these  markets;  (2) in  Maryland,
management's  continued efforts to close out  under-performing  subdivisions and
improve profitability;  (3) reduced levels of interest in home cost of sales, as
discussed below; (4) increases in higher-margin  revenues  generated through the
Company's design centers; (5) a higher proportion of presold homes closed, which
generally  have higher Home Gross Margins than spec homes;  and (6)  initiatives
implemented  in each of the  Company's  markets  designed  to improve  operating
efficiency, control costs and increase rates of return.

         Looking  forward,  the Company believes that Home Gross Margins for the
third and fourth quarters in 1999 will exceed 18%, which represent  increases of
at least 50 basis points from the Home Gross Margins achieved by the Company for
the  comparable  periods in 1998.  Future  growth in Home Gross  Margins  may be
impacted adversely by (1) increased  competition;  (2) increases in the costs of
subcontracted labor,  finished lots, building materials and other resources,  to
the extent  that market  conditions  prevent the  recovery  of  increased  costs
through  higher  selling  prices;  (3) adverse  weather;  and (4)  shortages  of
subcontractor labor. See "Forward Looking Statements" below.

         Interest  in Home Cost of Sales -  Interest  in home cost of sales as a
percent of home sales  revenues  in the  second  quarter  and first half of 1999
decreased  to 2.0%,  compared  with 2.7% and 2.8% for the same  periods in 1998.
These reductions primarily resulted from lower levels of capitalized interest in
homebuilding  inventories at the beginning of 1999,  compared with the beginning
of  1998.  Despite  increases  in  the  amount  of  the  Company's  homebuilding
inventories,  interest capitalized in homebuilding  inventories at June 30, 1999
decreased to  $22,183,000,  compared  with  $33,316,000  at June 30, 1998.  This
reduction in interest capitalized in homebuilding  inventories primarily was due
to lower levels of interest incurred over the last year resulting from (1) lower
effective interest rates on the Company's  outstanding debt primarily  resulting
from the January 1998 refinancing of the Old Senior Notes; and (2) the continued
reduction in homebuilding and corporate debt levels.

         Orders for Homes and  Backlog - Orders for homes in the second  quarter
and six months ended June 30, 1999 increased 10% and 4%, respectively,  compared
with the same  periods  in 1998,  despite  a  decrease  in the  number of active
subdivisions  to 122 at June 30,  1999 from 132 at June 30,  1998.  As a result,
1999 second  quarter and first half home orders were  approximately  20% and 13%
higher,  respectively,  on a "same  store"  basis than home  orders for the same
periods in 1998.  The strong  1999  second  quarter  and first half home  orders
compared   favorably   with  the  same   periods  in  1998   despite   difficult
year-over-year  comparisons  as 1998  second  quarter and first half home orders
increased 23% and 36%,  respectively,  compared with home orders received in the
same  periods in 1997.  Home orders in the second  quarter of 1999  particularly
were strong in (1) Virginia and Colorado,  as a result of the  continued  strong
demand for homes in these  markets;  and (2) Northern  California,  where second
quarter 1999 home orders  increased by 100,  compared with second  quarter 1998,
due to the  addition  of six  new  active  subdivisions  in  this  market.  On a
same-store  basis,  orders for new homes increased by more than 50% in Maryland,
primarily   due  to   improving   market   conditions   and  the   close-out  of
under-performing projects.

         The increased  orders for homes in the second quarter and first half of
1999 contributed to a 17% increase in the Company's homes under contract but not
yet  delivered  ("Backlog")  at June 30, 1999 to 3,894  units with an  estimated
sales  value of  $800,000,000,  compared  with a Backlog of 3,325  units with an
estimated sales value of $640,000,000 at June 30, 1998.  Assuming no significant
change in market  conditions or mortgage  interest  rates,  the Company  expects
approximately  75% of its June 30, 1999  Backlog to close under  existing  sales
contracts  during  the  second  half of 1999 and  first  quarter  of  2000.  The
remaining  25% of the homes in Backlog are not expected to close under  existing
contracts due to cancellations. See "Forward-Looking Statements" below.

                                       -11-
<PAGE>

         The Company received  approximately  645 orders for homes in July 1999,
compared with 525 orders for July 1998. The July 1999 year-over-year increase of
23% (33% on a same-store  basis) is attributable to improved home orders in most
of the Company's markets,  with particular  strength in Southern  California and
Colorado,  which  were up 53% and  39%,  respectively,  on a  same-store  basis.
Northern California,  which is now selling in six new subdivisions,  recorded 54
more home  orders than in July 1998.  The  Company is unable to predict  whether
higher  year-over-year home orders in 1999, compared with 1998, will continue in
the future. See "Forward-Looking Statements" below.

         Marketing - Marketing expenses (which include  amortization of deferred
marketing,  model home expenses,  sales  commissions  and other costs)  totalled
$21,226,000 and $38,109,000,  respectively, for the quarter and six months ended
June 30, 1999, compared with $18,146,000 and $33,396,000,  respectively, for the
same periods in 1998.  The  increases  in 1999  primarily  were volume  related,
resulting  from higher (1)  marketing-related  salaries and benefits;  (2) sales
commissions;  (3) deferred  marketing  costs  amortized in  connection  with the
increased number of home closings;  and (4) product  advertising and other costs
incurred in connection with the Company's  expanded  operations.  These expenses
declined as a percentage of home sales revenues to 5.5% and 5.6%,  respectively,
for the  second  quarter  and first half of 1999,  compared  with 6.2% and 6.4%,
respectively, for the same periods in 1998.

         General  and  Administrative  -  General  and  administrative  expenses
increased  to  $12,859,000  and  $24,915,000,  respectively,  during  the second
quarter  and first half of 1999,  compared  with  $10,935,000  and  $20,763,000,
respectively,  for  the  same  periods  in  1998,  primarily  due  to  increased
compensation  costs  resulting from MDC's increased  profitability  and expanded
homebuilding  operations.  These expenses declined as a percentage of home sales
revenues to 3.3% and 3.7%,  respectively,  for the second quarter and first half
of 1999,  compared  with 3.7% and 4.0%,  respectively,  for the same  periods in
1998.

         Asset Impairment Charges

         No asset  impairment  charges  were  recorded  during the first half of
1999.  Operating  results  during the second quarter and first half of 1998 were
reduced  by asset  impairment  charges of  $3,000,000  related to certain of the
Company's homebuilding assets in suburban Maryland. The asset impairment charges
resulted  from (1) the  recognition  of losses  anticipated  from the closing of
certain  homes in  Backlog  and from the  reduction  of  selling  prices and the
offering of increased  incentives to stimulate sales of certain completed unsold
homes in inventory; and (2) the write-down to fair value of certain subdivisions
which experienced slow sales and negative Home Gross Margins.

                                      -12-
<PAGE>
         Land Inventory

         The  table  below  shows  the  carrying  value of land  and land  under
development, by market, the total number of lots owned and lots controlled under
option agreements, and total option deposits (dollars in thousands).
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                June 30,    December 31,   June 30,
                                                  1999          1998        1998
                                              -----------   -----------  -----------
    <S>                                       <C>           <C>          <C>
    Colorado................................  $    54,012   $    53,720  $    47,986
    California..............................      132,838       100,754       53,304
    Arizona.................................       17,358        25,178       27,068
    Nevada..................................       31,771        20,027       19,722
    Virginia................................        8,734        11,292       14,032
    Maryland................................        9,892         6,209       10,788
                                              -----------   -----------  -----------
         Total..............................  $   254,605   $   217,180  $   172,900
                                              ===========   ===========  ===========

    Total Lots Owned........................        9,191         8,925        8,358

    Total Lots Controlled Under Option......        7,950         7,729        6,198
                                              -----------   -----------  -----------

         Total Lots Owned and Controlled...        17,141        16,654       14,556
                                              ===========   ===========  ===========

    Total Option Deposits...................  $     8,677   $    12,504  $     8,770
                                              ===========   ===========  ===========
</TABLE>

Financial Services Segment

         Operating  profits from the financial  services segment were $3,297,000
and  $6,845,000,  respectively,  for the second  quarter and first half of 1999,
compared with $7,162,000 and $9,187,000,  respectively,  for the same periods in
1998. The 1998 periods  benefited from the  recognition of a $4,450,000  pre-tax
gain related to the sale of the Company's asset management business.

         The table below summarizes the results of HomeAmerican's operations (in
thousands).
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              Three Months                Six Months
                                                             Ended  June 30,            Ended  June 30,
                                                       -------------------------   -------------------------
                                                           1999          1998          1999          1998
                                                       -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
       <S>                                             <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
       Origination Fees............................    $     3,217   $     2,275   $     5,720   $     4,140

       Gains on Sales of Mortgage Loans, net.......    $     2,010   $     2,012   $     4,350   $     4,016

       Gains on Sales of Mortgage Servicing, net...    $     1,026   $       692   $     2,289   $       927

       Operating Profit............................    $     3,297   $     2,572   $     6,845   $     4,596

       Principal Amount of Originations and
         Purchases
          MDC home buyers..........................    $   225,694   $   173,205   $   387,417   $   314,329
          Spot.....................................         10,239        16,563        22,526        28,553
          Correspondent............................            - -        35,997        12,074        76,674
                                                       -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                Total..............................    $   235,933   $   225,765   $   422,017   $   419,556
                                                       ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========
       Capture Rate................................            71%           71%           70%           72%
                                                       ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========
          Including Brokered Loans.................            83%           78%           81%           78%
                                                       ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========
</TABLE>
                                        -13-
<PAGE>

         HomeAmerican's  operating profits for the second quarter and first half
of 1999  increased,  compared  with the same periods in 1998,  primarily  due to
increases of (1) $942,000 and $1,580,000, respectively, in origination fees; and
(2)  $334,000  and  $1,362,000,  respectively,  in gains from sales of  mortgage
servicing.   These  increases  partially  were  offset  by  higher  general  and
administrative  expenses resulting from the increased mortgage lending activity.
HomeAmerican  continues to benefit from the Company's homebuilding growth as MDC
home buyers were the source of approximately 96% and 92%,  respectively,  of the
principal  amount of mortgage  loans  originated by  HomeAmerican  in the second
quarter and first half of 1999.

         Mortgage  loans  originated  by  HomeAmerican  for MDC home buyers as a
percentage of total MDC home closings  ("Capture  Rate") remained  approximately
the same for the quarter and six months ended June 30, 1999,  compared  with the
Capture Rate for the same periods in 1998. However, the number of mortgage loans
brokered by HomeAmerican for origination by outside lending institutions for MDC
home buyers  with  non-agency-qualified  credit has  increased.  These  brokered
mortgage loans, for which  HomeAmerican  receives a fee, have been excluded from
the computation of the Capture Rate.  Mortgage loans brokered by HomeAmerican as
a percentage of total MDC home closings  increased to approximately 12% and 11%,
respectively,  for the  second  quarter  and first half of 1999,  compared  with
approximately 6% for the same periods in 1998.

         Forward Sales Commitments - HomeAmerican's  operations are affected by,
among other things,  changes in mortgage interest rates.  HomeAmerican  utilizes
forward  mortgage  securities  contracts to manage the interest rate risk on its
fixed-rate mortgage loans owned and rate-locked  mortgage loans in the pipeline.
Such contracts are the only significant financial derivative instrument utilized
by MDC.

Other Operating Results

         Corporate  Other  Revenues - In the second quarter of 1999, the Company
recognized  income of  approximately  $1,500,000  related to its share of a gain
from the sale of  substantially  all of the assets of a partnership  in which it
was an investor.  The Company does not  anticipate  earning  income or receiving
distributions from this partnership in the future.

         Interest Expense - The Company capitalizes interest on its homebuilding
inventories  during the period of active  development and through the completion
of  construction.   Corporate  and  homebuilding   interest   incurred  but  not
capitalized  is  reflected as interest  expense and  totalled  zero for both the
second quarter and first half of 1999 and 1998.

         Corporate  and  homebuilding  interest  incurred  decreased 9% and 13%,
respectively, to $5,231,000 and $9,951,000, respectively, for the second quarter
and first half of 1999, compared with $5,727,000 and $11,499,000,  respectively,
for the same periods in 1998,  primarily due to lower levels of outstanding debt
and more favorable effective interest rates in 1999.

         For a reconciliation  of interest  incurred,  capitalized and expensed,
see Note B to the Company's Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

         Corporate General and  Administrative  Expenses - Corporate general and
administrative  expenses increased to $7,659,000 and $13,964,000,  respectively,
during the second quarter and first half of 1999,  compared with  $4,040,000 and
$7,552,000,  respectively,  for the same periods in 1998,  primarily  due to (1)
greater  compensation  expense  in  1999  related  to  the  Company's  increased
profitability  and expanding  operations;  (2) the  recognition in the first six
months of 1998 of an $836,000  credit to health

                                      -14-
<PAGE>

insurance   expense  related  to  a  reduction  in  incurred  but  not  reported
liabilities  of the  employee  medical plan  sponsored  by the Company;  and (3)
approximately  $200,000 and  $1,000,000,  respectively,  for the quarter and six
months ended June 30, 1999 in expenses primarily  resulting from the development
of new processes,  controls and computer systems relative to the Company's "best
practices" endeavors.

         "Year 2000" Issue - The Company began  assessing the possible impact of
the Year 2000 ("Y2K") issue on its business operations in 1997. The issue arises
because of information  technology ("IT") which utilizes a two digit date field.
Y2K  introduces the potential for errors and  miscalculations  related to IT and
non-IT  systems  which were not designed to  accommodate a date of year 2000 and
beyond.

         The  Company  has  identified  the  following  six  phases  in its  Y2K
remediation program: (1) assessment of the Y2K capabilities of its IT and non-IT
systems;  (2)  acquisition  of new IT and  non-IT  systems  or  modification  of
existing  IT and  non-IT  systems to meet Y2K  requirements;  (3)  testing;  (4)
evaluation of efforts to meet Y2K requirements; (5) adjustments as identified in
the evaluation phase; and (6)  implementation and integration of modified IT and
non-IT systems into the Company's business operations.

         The  Company  has   completed  all  six  phases  with  respect  to  its
homebuilding  information system and believes this system has been Y2K compliant
since  the  third  quarter  of  1998.  Management  information  systems  for the
Company's  financial services  activities are now in the  implementation  phase.
Implementation of these systems is expected to be completed in the third quarter
of 1999.  Given the nature of the  homebuilding  industry,  the  Company is only
minimally dependent upon non-IT systems such as telephone,  security systems and
time clocks. With respect to such non-IT systems,  the Company has completed the
implementation phase and believes these systems to be Y2K compliant.

         The Company is presently evaluating other potential Y2K issues. As part
of this evaluation,  the Company has requested and received representations from
certain  financial  institutions  and third party vendors which  indicate  their
progress toward Y2K compliance.  The Company has sent Y2K compliance  surveys to
certain significant subcontractors,  vendors and municipalities and has received
responses to  approximately  70% of the surveys.  To date, the survey  responses
have not  indicated  any Y2K  compliance  issues that would result in a material
adverse effect on the Company's financial position or results of operations.

         The Company  incurred costs for outside  consultants and internal costs
in the  first  half  of 1999  and all of 1998  and  1997  related  to Y2K  which
aggregated  approximately $800,000, and future consulting and internal costs are
expected to be  approximately  $50,000 during the balance of 1999.  These costs,
which are  expensed as incurred,  have been and will  continue to be funded from
operations.  The costs  incurred  through  June 30, 1999 did not have a material
adverse effect on the Company's financial position or results of operations.

         The Company  could be impacted  materially  by  widespread  economic or
financial  market  disruptions or by Y2K computer  system failures at government
agencies on which the  Company is  dependent  for  utilities,  zoning,  building
permits and related  items.  However,  the most likely  worst-case  Y2K scenario
would include instances of construction delays caused by the Company's inability
to secure  building  permits,  zoning and  utilities  as well as closing  delays
caused by the inability of home buyers to obtain financing.  In addition,  there
could be instances of  subcontractors  experiencing  construction  delays due to
their  inability to secure  building  materials on a timely  basis.  The Company

                                      -15-
<PAGE>

typically uses several  subcontractors  within a given trade.  As a result,  the
Company believes that it will be able to replace  subcontractors that may not be
able to perform due to Y2K deficiencies.

         The  Company  believes  that,  based  upon  its  assessment  of the Y2K
phenomena, certain subcontractors, vendors and government agencies may encounter
Y2K problems that impact the Company and that may require MDC to take  alternate
or additional  steps.  In order to address Y2K concerns which may originate from
subcontractors,  third party  vendors  and  governmental  agencies,  the Company
intends to prepare  contingency  plans by the end of the third  quarter of 1999.
See "Forward-Looking Statements" below.

         Income Taxes - The Internal  Revenue  Service ("IRS") has completed its
examinations  of the  Company's  federal  income tax  returns for the years 1991
through 1995 and has proposed  adjustments  to the taxable  income  reflected in
such returns.  The Company is protesting certain of these proposed  adjustments.
The IRS currently is examining the Company's  federal income tax returns for the
years 1996 and 1997.  No audit  report has been issued by the IRS in  connection
with this latter  examination.  In the opinion of management  adequate provision
has been made for additional income taxes and interest,  if any, which may arise
as a result of these examinations.

         MDC's  overall  effective  income tax rate  increased  to 39.5% for the
second   quarter  and  first  half  of  1999  compared  with  38.1%  and  38.3%,
respectively,  for the same periods in 1998, due to an increase in the Company's
effective  state  income  tax rate.  The 1999 and 1998 rates  differed  from the
federal statutory rate of 35% primarily due to the impact of state income taxes.


                         LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

         MDC uses its  liquidity  and capital  resources to, among other things,
(1) support its operations,  including its inventories of homes,  home sites and
land; (2) provide working  capital;  and (3) provide mortgage loans for its home
buyers. Liquidity and capital resources are generated internally from operations
and from external sources.

Capital Resources

         The  Company's  capital  structure is a  combination  of (1)  permanent
financing,   represented  by  stockholders'  equity;  (2)  long-term  financing,
represented  by publicly  traded 8 3/8%  senior  notes due 2008 (the "New Senior
Notes");  and (3) current  financing,  primarily  lines of credit,  as discussed
below.  The  Company  believes  that its  current  financial  condition  is both
balanced  to fit its current  operating  structure  and  adequate to satisfy its
current and near-term capital  requirements.  See  "Forward-Looking  Statements"
below.

         MDC anticipates  acquiring  finished lots and partially  developed land
for use in its future homebuilding  operations during the remainder of 1999. The
Company currently intends to acquire a portion of the land inventories  required
in future periods through  takedowns of lots subject to option contracts entered
into in  prior  periods  and  under  new  option  contracts.  The use of  option
contracts  lessens  the  Company's  land-related  risk and  improves  liquidity.
Because of increased demand for partially developed and finished lots in certain
of the markets where the Company builds homes, the Company's  ability to acquire
lots using option  contracts has been reduced or has become more expensive.  See
"Forward-Looking Statements" below.

                                        -16-
<PAGE>
         Based  upon  its  current  capital   resources  and  additional  credit
available under existing credit agreements, MDC anticipates that it has adequate
financial  resources to satisfy its current and near-term capital  requirements,
including the  acquisition  of land.  The Company  believes that it can meet its
long-term capital needs (including  meeting future debt payments and refinancing
or paying  off other  long-term  debt as it  becomes  due) from  operations  and
external financing sources,  assuming that no significant adverse changes in the
Company's  business  occur as a result of the  various  risk  factors  described
elsewhere in this report. See "Forward-Looking Statements" below.

Lines of Credit and Other

         Homebuilding - The Company maintains a $300,000,000 unsecured revolving
line of credit  (the  "Homebuilding  Line") with a group of banks to support its
homebuilding  operations.  The  Homebuilding  Line  matures  on June  30,  2003,
although,  pursuant to the terms of the related credit agreement,  a term-out of
this credit may commence earlier under certain circumstances.  At June 30, 1999,
$55,000,000  was borrowed and  $9,024,000 in letters of credit were  outstanding
under the Homebuilding Line.

         Mortgage Lending - To provide funds to originate and purchase  mortgage
loans and to finance these  mortgage loans on a short-term  basis,  HomeAmerican
utilizes its mortgage lending bank line of credit (the "Mortgage  Line").  These
mortgage loans  normally are sold within 40 days after  origination or purchase.
During  the first  half of 1999 and 1998,  HomeAmerican  sold  $422,279,000  and
$395,152,000,   respectively,   principal   amount   of   mortgage   loans   and
mortgage-backed certificates to unaffiliated purchasers.

         Available  borrowings  under the Mortgage  Line are  collateralized  by
mortgage loans and mortgage-backed  certificates and are limited to the value of
eligible  collateral,  as defined.  The  aggregate  amount  available  under the
Mortgage Line at June 30, 1999 was  $51,000,000.  At June 30, 1999,  $26,076,000
was borrowed and an additional  $24,924,000 was  collateralized and available to
be borrowed. The Mortgage Line is cancelable upon 90 days' notice.

         General - The  agreements  for the  Company's New Senior Notes and bank
lines of credit require compliance with certain representations,  warranties and
covenants.  These  agreements  are on file  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission and are listed in the Exhibit Table in Part IV of MDC's Annual Report
on Form 10-K for its fiscal year ended December 31, 1998.  The Company  believes
that it is in compliance with these representations, warranties and covenants.

         The  financial  covenants  contained  in the  loan  agreement  for  the
Homebuilding Line include a leverage test and a consolidated  tangible net worth
test. Under the leverage test, generally MDC's consolidated  indebtedness is not
permitted to exceed 2.15 times MDC's "adjusted consolidated tangible net worth,"
as defined in the loan agreement.  Under the  consolidated net worth test, MDC's
"tangible net worth," as defined, must not be less than $170,000,000 plus 50% of
"consolidated net income," as defined, after January 1, 1996.

         The Company's  New Senior Notes  indenture  does not contain  financial
covenants. However, there are covenants that limit transactions with affiliates,
limit the amount of additional indebtedness that MDC may incur, restrict certain
payments on, or the redemptions of the Company's  securities,  restrict  certain
sales  of  assets  and  limit  incurring  liens.  In  addition,   under  certain
circumstances,  in the event of a change of control (generally a sale, transfer,
merger or acquisition  of MDC or  substantially  all of its assets),  MDC may be
required to offer to repurchase the New Senior Notes.

                                       -17-
<PAGE>

         Pursuant  to  the  Mortgage   Line,   HomeAmerican   must   maintain  a
"consolidated  tangible net worth," as defined in the Mortgage Line, of at least
$5,000,000  and may only pay up to 50% of its net  income  to MDC in the form of
dividends.

Consolidated Cash Flow

         During the first six months of 1999,  the Company used  $19,850,000  of
cash in its operating  activities,  primarily  due to increases in  homebuilding
inventories, partially offset by internally generated funds, in conjunction with
its expanded homebuilding operations.  The Company financed these operating cash
requirements primarily through borrowings on its lines of credit.

         During the first six months of 1998,  the Company used  $37,897,000  of
cash in its operating activities, primarily due to increases in homebuilding and
mortgage  loan  inventories  in  conjunction  with  its  expanded   homebuilding
operations.  The Company  financed these operating cash  requirements  primarily
through  borrowings on its lines of credit as well as the  $13,250,000  proceeds
from the sale of the Company's  headquarters  office building and the collection
of  $4,450,000  in notes  receivable  with respect to the sale of the  Company's
asset management business.


                                       OTHER


Forward-Looking Statements

         Certain  statements in this Form 10-Q Quarterly  Report,  the Company's
Annual  Report on Form 10-K for its fiscal year ended  December  31,  1998,  the
Company's  Annual  Report  to  Shareowners,  as well as  statements  made by the
Company in  periodic  press  releases,  oral  statements  made by the  Company's
officials to analysts and shareowners in the course of  presentations  about the
Company and conference calls following  quarterly earnings releases,  constitute
"forward-looking  statements"  within  the  meaning  of the  Private  Securities
Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such forward-looking statements involve known and
unknown  risks,  uncertainties  and other  factors  that may  cause  the  actual
results,  performance or achievements of the Company to be materially  different
from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the
forward-looking  statements.  Such  factors  include,  among other  things,  (1)
general  economic and business  conditions;  (2) interest rate changes;  (3) the
relative  stability  of  debt  and  equity  markets;  (4)  competition;  (5) the
availability and cost of land and other raw materials used by the Company in its
homebuilding operations;  (6) demographic changes; (7) shortages and the cost of
labor; (8) weather related slowdowns; (9) slow growth initiatives; (10) building
moratoria;  (11) governmental  regulation,  including the interpretation of tax,
labor  and  environmental   laws;  (12)  changes  in  consumer   confidence  and
preferences; (13) required accounting changes; (14) the impact on the Company of
Y2K compliance by the Company and its vendors,  suppliers and subcontractors and
by various  governmental  and regulatory  agencies;  and (15) other factors over
which the Company has little or no control.

                                      -18-

<PAGE>

                              M.D.C. HOLDINGS, INC.
                                   FORM 10-Q


                                    PART II


ITEM 1.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.


         The Company and certain of its  subsidiaries  and affiliates  have been
named as  defendants  in various  claims,  complaints  and other  legal  actions
arising in the normal  course of  business.  In the opinion of  management,  the
outcome  of these  matters  will not have a  material  adverse  effect  upon the
financial condition, results of operations or cash flows of the Company.

         Because of the nature of the homebuilding business, and in the ordinary
course  of its  operations,  the  Company  from time to time may be  subject  to
product liability claims.

         The  Company is not aware of any  litigation,  matter or pending  claim
against  the  Company  which would  result in  material  contingent  liabilities
related to environmental hazards or asbestos.


ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SHAREOWNERS.


         MDC held its Annual  Meeting of  Shareowners  (the  "Meeting")  on
May 24, 1999.  At the Meeting,  Messrs. Gilbert Goldstein and William B. Kemper
were elected as directors to serve three-year terms.


ITEM 5.  OTHER INFORMATION.


         On July 23, 1999, the Company's board of directors  declared a dividend
of five cents per share for the quarter ended June 30, 1999,  payable August 12,
1999, to shareowners of record on July 30, 1999.  Future  dividend  payments are
subject to the discretion of the Company's board of directors.


ITEM 6.  EXHIBITS AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K.


                  (a) Exhibit:

                                 10.1     M.D.C.  Holdings,  Inc. 401(k) Savings
                                          Plan Prototype Retirement Plan and
                                          Trust.

                                      -19-
<PAGE>

                                 10.2     M.D.C.  Holdings,  Inc. 401(k) Savings
                                          Plan Prototype  Retirement Plan &
                                          Trust  Adoption  Agreement  between
                                          M.D.C.  Holdings,  Inc. and Key Trust
                                          Company National Association effective
                                          as of July 1, 1998.

                                  27      Financial Data Schedule.

                  (b) Reports on Form 8-K:

                                  (1)     Form  8-K   dated   April   20,   1999
                                          reporting  the  Company's  results for
                                          the  first  quarter  ended  March  31,
                                          1999,   including   unaudited  summary
                                          financial    statements    and   other
                                          financial information.

                                  (2)     Form 8-K dated  June 3, 1999 reporting
                                          the  Company's  home  orders for
                                          April and May 1999.


                                  SIGNATURES


         Pursuant to the  requirements  of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,
the  Registrant  has duly  caused  this report to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

Date:    August 4, 1999                       M.D.C. HOLDINGS, INC.
         --------------                       (Registrant)



                                              By:   /s/ Paris G. Reece III
                                                    ----------------------------
                                                    Paris G. Reece III,
                                                    Executive Vice President,
                                                    Chief Financial Officer and
                                                    Principal Accounting Officer


                                       -20-

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.1
                  PRISM(R) PROTOTYPE RETIREMENT PLAN AND TRUST

                                    ARTICLE I
                                   DEFINITIONS

1.1      Definitions.  Unless the context  indicates  otherwise,  the  following
         terms,  when used herein with initial capital  letters,  shall have the
         meanings set forth below:

         (A)      Accounting  Date:  The date which is the last  business day of
                  each month of the  Employer's  Plan Year or such other date as
                  may be agreed upon between the  Employer and the Trustee,  but
                  only if the Employer has specifically requested the Trustee to
                  prepare an accounting on or before such date.  Notwithstanding
                  the foregoing,  the Trustee shall value the assets held in the
                  Trust on each  business  day that the Trustee and the New York
                  Stock Exchange are open for business.

         (B)      Adoption Agreement:  The Adoption Agreement adopting this Plan
                  which has been  executed by the  Employer  and accepted by the
                  Trustee,   including   any   amendment   thereof,   which   is
                  incorporated herein by reference.

         (C)      Basic Plan Document:  This document, which, in connection with
                  the Adoption Agreement forms the Plan.

         (D)      Beneficiary: The person or persons to whom a deceased
                  Participant's benefits are payable under the Plan.

         (E)      Break In Service:  A 12-consecutive  month period during which
                  the Participant does not complete more than one-half  of the
                  Hours of Service  with the  Employer  required  for a Year of
                  Service,  as elected in the Adoption  Agreement.  For
                  eligibility  purposes,  the initial  12-consecutive  month
                  period is the period beginning on the Employees date of hire.
                  Subsequent  12-consecutive month periods for eligibility
                  purposes will be either  the period  ending on the annual
                  anniversary  of the  Employee's  date of hire or the Plan
                  Year,  as selected in the Adoption  Agreement.  For all other
                  purposes,  the  12-consecutive month period shall be the Plan
                  Year, or other computation period as selected in the Adoption
                  Agreement.  If the elapsed time method of  crediting  service
                  is elected in the  Adoption  Agreement,  "Break In Service"
                  will mean a Period of Severance of at least 12 consecutive
                  months.

         (F)      Code: The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, and amendments
                  thereto.

         (G)      Committee:  The  Committee  provided  for in Article XI, which
                  shall  be  a  Named  Fiduciary  as  defined  in  the  Employee
                  Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended  ("ERISA").
                  To the extent that the Employer  does not appoint a Committee,
                  the   Employer   shall  have  the  duty  of  the  day  to  day
                  administration  of the Plan and shall be the  Named  Fiduciary
                  for that purpose.

         (H)      Compensation:  Compensation  shall have the following  various
                  definitions,  as may be appropriate  within the context of the
                  Plan:
<PAGE>
                  (1)      Compensation  as that  term  is  defined  in  Section
                           6.6(A) of the Plan. For any Self-Employed  Individual
                           covered under the Plan, Compensation will mean Earned
                           Income.   Compensation   shall   include   only  that
                           compensation   which   is   actually   paid   to  the
                           Participant during the determination  period.  Except
                           as provided elsewhere in this Plan, the determination
                           period shall be the period elected by the Employer in
                           the  Adoption  Agreement.  If the  Employer  makes no
                           election,  the determination period shall be the Plan
                           Year. For purposes of allocations of Employer  Profit
                           Sharing or Matching Contributions,  the definition of
                           Compensation in Section  6.6(A)(2)(a)  shall be used,
                           as modified in the Adoption Agreement.

                           Notwithstanding the above, if elected by the Employer
                           in   the   Adoption   Agreement,   Compensation   for
                           allocation purposes shall include any amount which is
                           contributed  by the  Employer  pursuant  to a  salary
                           reduction  agreement  and which is not  includible in
                           the gross income of the employee  under Sections 125,
                           402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B) or 403(b) of the Code.

                  (2)      For years  beginning  after  December 31,  1988,  and
                           prior to January 1, 1994, the annual  Compensation of
                           each  Participant  taken into account for determining
                           all  benefits   provided   under  the  Plan  for  any
                           determination period shall not exceed $200,000.  This
                           limitation  shall be adjusted by the Secretary at the
                           same  time and in the same  manner  as under  Section
                           415(d) of the Code except that the dollar increase in
                           effect on January 1 of any calendar year is effective
                           for plan years  beginning in such  calendar  year and
                           the first  adjustment  to the $200,000  limitation is
                           effective  on  January 1, 1990.  After  December  31,
                           1993,  the annual  Compensation  of each  Participant
                           taken  into  account  for  determining  all  benefits
                           provided under the Plan for any determination  period
                           shall  not  exceed  $150,000,  or such  other  lesser
                           amount as may be specified in the Adoption Agreement.
                           This limitation shall be adjusted by the Secretary at
                           the same time and in the same manner as under Section
                           415(d) of the Code. If a Plan determines Compensation
                           on a  period  of time  that  contains  fewer  than 12
                           calendar months,  then the annual  Compensation limit
                           is an amount equal to the annual  Compensation  limit
                           for the  calendar  year  in  which  the  Compensation
                           period  begins  multiplied  by a  ratio  obtained  by
                           dividing  the number of full  months in the period by
                           12.

                           In determining the  Compensation of a Participant for
                           purposes  of this  limitation,  the rules of  Section
                           414(q)(6) of the Code shall apply, except in applying
                           such rules,  the term "family" shall include only the
                           Spouse of the Participant and any lineal  descendants
                           of the  Participant  who  have  not  attained  age 19
                           before the close of the year.  If, as a result of the
                           application   of  such  rules  the  adjusted   annual
                           compensation limitation is exceeded, then (except for
                           purposes of determining  the portion of  Compensation
                           up to the integration level if this Plan provides for
                           permitted   disparity),   the  limitation   shall  be
                           prorated among the affected individuals in proportion
                           to each such individual's  Compensation as determined
                           under this Section prior to the  application  of this
                           limitation.

                           If compensation for any prior determination period is
                           taken  into  account  in  determining  an  Employee's
                           allocations or benefits for the current determination
                           period,  the  compensation  for  such  prior  year is
                           subject to the applicable annual  compen-

                                      Page 2
<PAGE>

                           sation limit in effect for that prior year. For this
                           purpose, for years beginning before January 1, 1990,
                           the applicable compensation limit  is  $200,000.   In
                           addition,  in  determining  allocations in plan years
                           beginning  on or after  January 1,  1994,  the annual
                           compensation   limit  in  effect  for   determination
                           periods beginning before that date is $150,000.

         (I)      Disability: The inability to engage in any substantial gainful
                  activity by reason of any medically  determinable  physical or
                  mental  impairment which can be expected to result in death or
                  which has lasted or can be expected  to last for a  continuous
                  period of not less than twelve (12) months. The permanence and
                  degree  of such  impairment  shall  be  supported  by  medical
                  evidence.  The Employer  shall  determine  the  existence of a
                  Disability based on its current disability policy,  applied on
                  a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis.

         (J)      Earned Income:  The net earnings from  self-employment  in the
                  trade  or  business   with   respect  to  which  the  Plan  is
                  established, for which personal services of the individual are
                  a  material  income-producing  factor.  Net  earnings  will be
                  determined  without  regard  to items  not  included  in gross
                  income  and  the  deductions  allocable  to  such  items.  Net
                  earnings  are reduced by  contributions  by the  Employer to a
                  qualified Plan to the extent  deductible  under Section 404 of
                  the Code. Net earnings shall be determined  with regard to the
                  deduction  allowed to the  taxpayer  by Section  164(f) of the
                  Code for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1989.

         (K)      Early  Retirement  Date:  The date  specified  in the Adoption
                  Agreement  at which a  participating  Employee  may receive an
                  early retirement benefit.

         (L)      Effective  Date: The date specified in the Adoption  Agreement
                  which shall be the  effective  date of the  provisions of this
                  Plan, unless modified in Item B(18) of the Adoption Agreement.
                  If the Plan is a restatement of an existing Plan, the original
                  effective  date  of the  Plan  shall  be as  specified  in the
                  Adoption Agreement.

         (M)      Eligible Employee:  Any Employee who is eligible to receive an
                  Employer contribution (including  forfeitures),  as defined in
                  Item B(6) of the Adoption Agreement.

         (N)      Eligibility  Computation  Period:  For purposes of determining
                  Years of  Service  and  Breaks  in  Service  for  purposes  of
                  eligibility, the initial Eligibility Computation Period is the
                  12-consecutive   month  period  beginning  on  the  Employee's
                  Employment Commencement Date.

                  (1)      For  plans  in  which  the  Eligibility   Computation
                           Periods   commence   on  the   12-consecutive   month
                           anniversary of the Employee's Employment Commencement
                           Date,  the  succeeding  12-consecutive  month periods
                           commence with the first anniversary of the Employee's
                           Employment Commencement Date.

                  (2)      For plans in which the Eligibility Computation Period
                           shifts   to   the   Plan   Year,    the    succeeding
                           12-consecutive  month periods commence with the first
                           Plan  Year  which   commences   prior  to  the  first
                           anniversary of the Employee's Employment Commencement
                           Date  regardless  of whether the Employee is entitled
                           to be  credited  with  number  of  Hours  of  Service
                           specified  in  the  Adoption   Agreement  during  the

                                      Page 3
<PAGE>
                           initial  Eligibility  Computation Period. An Employee
                           who is  credited  with  number  of Hours  of  Service
                           specified  in the  Adoption  Agreement  in  both  the
                           initial Eligibility  Computation Period and the first
                           Plan  Year  which   commences   prior  to  the  first
                           anniversary  of the  Employee's  initial  Eligibility
                           Computation Period will be credited with two Years of
                           Service for purposes of eligibility to participate.

                           Years  of  Service  and  Breaks  in  Service  will be
                           measured on the same Eligibility Computation Period.

                  (3)      Notwithstanding any other provisions of this section,
                           if the elapsed  time method of  crediting  service is
                           elected in the  Adoption  Agreement  for  purposes of
                           eligibility,  an Employee will receive credit for the
                           aggregate  of all time periods  completed  (as may be
                           elected in the Adoption Agreement) beginning with the
                           Employee's    Employment    Commencement    Date   or
                           Reemployment Commencement Date and ending on the date
                           a Break In Service begins.  The Employee will receive
                           credit  for any Period of  Severance  of less than 12
                           consecutive months.

         (O)      Employee:   Any   employee,   including   any  Self   Employed
                  Individual,  of the  Employer  maintaining  the Plan or of any
                  other  employer  required to be aggregated  with such Employer
                  under Sections 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code.

                  The term  Employee  shall also  include  any  Leased  Employee
                  deemed to be an  Employee  of any  Employer  described  in the
                  previous  paragraph  as provided in Sections  414(n) or (o) of
                  the Code.

         (P)      Employer: The Employer specified in the Adoption Agreement and
                  any successor to the business of the Employer establishing the
                  Plan,  which shall be the Plan  Administrator  for purposes of
                  Section 3(16) of ERISA, a Named Fiduciary as defined in ERISA,
                  and which may delegate  all or any part of its powers,  duties
                  and  authorities in such capacity  without  ceasing to be such
                  Plan Administrator.

         (Q)      Employment  Commencement  Date:  The date on which an Employee
                  first performs an Hour of Service for the Employer.

         (R)      Entry Date:  The date selected by the Employer in Item B(6)(d)
                  of the Adoption Agreement, which shall be:

                  (1)      The Effective Date of the Plan, for any Employee who
                           has satisfied the eligibility requirements set forth
                           in the Adoption Agreement;

                  (2)      The first day of the month  which  coincides  with or
                           immediately  follows  the date on which the  Employee
                           satisfies the eligibility  requirements  set forth in
                           the Adoption Agreement;

                  (3)      The  first  day  of the  Plan  Year  or  the  fourth,
                           seventh,  or  tenth  month  of the  Plan  Year  which
                           coincides  with or  immediately  follows  the date on
                           which  the  Employee   satisfies   such   eligibility
                           requirements;

                                      Page 4
<PAGE>

                  (4)      The first day of the Plan Year or the  seventh  month
                           of the Plan Year which  coincides with or immediately
                           follows the date on which the Employee satisfies such
                           eligibility requirements;

                  (5)      The  first  day of the  Plan  Year,  but  only if the
                           eligibility  service  requirements  specified in Item
                           B(6)(d) are six months or less; or,

                  (6)      As soon as practicable  after the Employee  satisfies
                           such  eligibility   requirements   specified  in  the
                           Adoption  Agreement,  but in no event beyond the date
                           which would be six months following the date on which
                           the  Employee   first   completes   the   eligibility
                           requirements specified in the Adoption Agreement.

         (S)      ERISA:  The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,
                  as amended.

         (T)      Highly  Compensated  Employee:  The  term  Highly  Compensated
                  Employee  includes  highly  compensated  active  employees and
                  highly compensated former employees.

                  A highly compensated active employee includes any Employee who
                  performs  service for the  Employer  during the  determination
                  year  and  who,   during  the  look-back  year:  (i)  received
                  Compensation  from the  Employer  in  excess  of  $75,000  (as
                  adjusted  pursuant  to  Section  415(d)  of  the  Code);  (ii)
                  received  Compensation  from the Employer in excess of $50,000
                  (as adjusted pursuant to Section 415(d) of the Code) and was a
                  member of the  top-paid  group for such year;  or (iii) was an
                  officer of the Employer and received  Compensation during such
                  year that is greater than 50 percent of the dollar  limitation
                  in effect under  section  415(b)(1)(A)  of the Code.  The term
                  Highly Compensated  Employee also includes:  (i) Employees who
                  are  both  described  in the  preceding  sentence  if the term
                  "determination  year" is substituted  for the term  "look-back
                  year" and the Employee is one of the 100 Employees who receive
                  the  most   compensation   from  the   Employer   during   the
                  determination  year;  and  (ii)  Employees  who are 5  percent
                  owners at any time during the look-back year or  determination
                  year.

                  If no officer has satisfied the  Compensation  requirement  of
                  (iii) above during  either a  determination  year or look-back
                  year,  the highest paid officer for such year shall be treated
                  as a Highly Compensated Employee.

                  For this  purpose,  the  determination  year shall be the Plan
                  Year.  The  look-back  year shall be the  twelve-month  period
                  immediately   preceding  the  determination   year.  A  highly
                  compensated   former   employee   includes  any  Employee  who
                  separated from service (or was deemed to have separated) prior
                  to  the  determination  year,  performs  no  service  for  the
                  Employer  during  the  determination  year,  and was a  highly
                  compensated  active employee for either the separation year or
                  any determination  year ending on or after the Employee's 55th
                  birthday.

                  If an Employee is,  during a  determination  year or look-back
                  year,  a family  member of either a 5 percent  owner who is an
                  active or former employee or a Highly Compensated Employee who
                  is one of the 10 most Highly  Compensated  Employees ranked on
                  the basis of  Compensation  paid by the  Employer  during such
                  year,  then  the  family  member  and the 5  percent  owner or
                  top-ten Highly  Compensated  Employee shall be aggregated.  In
                  such
                                      Page 5
<PAGE>

                  case,  the family  member and 5 percent  owner or top-ten
                  Highly  Compensated  Employee  shall  be  treated  as a single
                  employee  receiving  Compensation  and Plan  contributions  or
                  benefits   equal   to  the  sum  of  such   Compensation   and
                  contributions  or benefits of the family  member and 5 percent
                  owner or top-ten Highly Compensated Employee.

                  For  purposes of this  Section,  family  member  includes  the
                  Spouse,  lineal  ascendants and descendants of the employee or
                  former employee and the spouses of such lineal  ascendants and
                  descendants.

                  The  determination  of who is a Highly  Compensated  Employee,
                  including  the  determinations  of the number and  identity of
                  Employees in the top-paid  group,  the top 100 Employees,  the
                  number of Employees  treated as officers and the  Compensation
                  that is  considered,  will be made in accordance  with Section
                  414(q) of the Code and the regulations thereunder.

         (U)      Hour of Service:

                  (1)      Each hour for which an Employee is paid,  or entitled
                           to  payment,  for the  performance  of duties for the
                           Employer.  These  hours  shall  be  credited  to  the
                           Employee  for the  computation  period  in which  the
                           duties are performed; and

                  (2)      Each hour for which an Employee is paid,  or entitled
                           to payment, by the Employer on account of a period of
                           time   during   which   no   duties   are   performed
                           (irrespective of whether the employment  relationship
                           has  terminated) due to vacation,  holiday,  illness,
                           incapacity (including Disability), layoff, jury duty,
                           military duty, or leave of absence.  No more than 501
                           Hours  of  Service  shall  be  credited   under  this
                           paragraph for any single  continuous  period (whether
                           or not such  period  occurs  in a single  computation
                           period).   Hours  under  this   paragraph   shall  be
                           calculated   and   credited   pursuant   to   Section
                           2530.200b-2  of the  Department of Labor  Regulations
                           which are incorporated herein by reference; and

                  (3)      Each  hour  for  which  back  pay,   irrespective  of
                           mitigation of damages, is either awarded or agreed to
                           by the Employer.  The same Hours of Service shall not
                           be   credited   both   under   subparagraph   (1)  or
                           subparagraph  (2), as the case may be, and under this
                           subparagraph  (3).  These  hours shall be credited to
                           the Employee for the computation period or periods to
                           which the award or agreement pertains rather than for
                           the computation period in which the award,  agreement
                           or payment is made.

                           Hours of Service will be credited for employment with
                           other members of an  affiliated  service group (under
                           Section  414(m)),  a controlled group of corporations
                           (under  Section  414(b)),  or a group  of  trades  or
                           businesses   under  common   control  (under  Section
                           414(c)) of which the  adopting  Employer is a member,
                           and any other entity  required to be aggregated  with
                           the Employer pursuant to Section 414(o).

                           Hours  of  Service  will  also  be  credited  for any
                           individual  considered  an Employee  for  purposes of
                           this Plan under Sections 414(n) or 414(o).

                                      Page 6
<PAGE>
                  (4)      Where   the   Employer   maintains   the  Plan  of  a
                           predecessor  employer,  service for such  predecessor
                           employer   shall  be  treated  as  service   for  the
                           Employer.  If the Employer does not maintain the Plan
                           of a predecessor  employer,  the Plan does not credit
                           service  with the  predecessor  employer,  unless the
                           Employer  identifies the  predecessor in its Adoption
                           Agreement  and  specifies  the purposes for which the
                           Plan  will  credit  service  with  that   predecessor
                           employer.

                  (5)      Solely  for   purposes  of   determining   whether  a
                           Break-in-Service,  as defined in Section 1.1(E),  for
                           participation  and vesting purposes has occurred in a
                           computation  period, an individual who is absent from
                           work for maternity or paternity reasons shall receive
                           credit for the Hours of Service which would otherwise
                           have been  credited to such  individual  but for such
                           absence, or in any case in which such hours cannot be
                           determined,  8  Hours  of  Service  per  day of  such
                           absence.  For purposes of this paragraph,  an absence
                           from work for maternity or paternity reasons means an
                           absence  (1)  by  reason  of  the  pregnancy  of  the
                           individual,  (2) by  reason  of a birth of a child of
                           the  individual,  (3) by reason of the placement of a
                           child  with the  individual  in  connection  with the
                           adoption of such child by such individual, or (4) for
                           purposes  of  caring  for  such  child  for a  period
                           beginning   immediately   following   such  birth  or
                           placement.  The Hours of Service  credited under this
                           paragraph  shall be credited  (1) in the  computation
                           period in which the absence  begins if the  crediting
                           is  necessary to prevent a  Break-in-Service  in that
                           period,  or (2) in all other cases,  in the following
                           computation period.

                  (6)      Hours  of  Service  will be  determined on the basis
                           of the method selected in the Adoption Agreement.

         (V)      Investment  Fund:  One of the funds  provided  for in  Section
                  10.7, and as selected by the Employer,  as a Named  Fiduciary,
                  on the  Investment  Fund  Designation  portion of the Adoption
                  Agreement.

         (W)      Leased  Employee:  Any person  (other  than an employee of the
                  recipient) who pursuant to an agreement  between the recipient
                  and any other person  ("leasing  organization")  has performed
                  services for the  recipient  (or for the recipient and related
                  persons determined in accordance with Section 414(n)(6) of the
                  Code) on a  substantially  full time  basis for a period of at
                  least one year,  and such services are of a type  historically
                  performed by employees in the business  field of the recipient
                  employer. Contributions or benefits provided a leased employee
                  by the leasing organization which are attributable to services
                  performed  for the  recipient  employer  shall be  treated  as
                  provided by the recipient employer.

                  A leased  employee  shall not be considered an employee of the
                  recipient if: (i) such employee is covered by a money purchase
                  pension  Plan   providing:   (1)  a   nonintegrated   employer
                  contribution  rate of at least 10 percent of compensation,  as
                  defined  in  Section  415(c)(3)  of the  Code,  but  including
                  amounts  contributed  pursuant to a salary reduction agreement
                  which are excludable  from the  employee's  gross income under
                  Section  125,  Section  402(e)(3),   Section  402(h)(1)(B)  or
                  Section 403(b) of the Code, (2) immediate  participation,  and
                  (3) full and immediate  vesting;  and (ii) leased employees do
                  not  constitute  more  than  20  percent  of  the  recipient's
                  nonhighly compensated workforce.

                                      Page 7
<PAGE>
         (X)      Net Profits:  Current and accumulated earnings of the Employer
                  before Federal and state taxes and  contributions  to this and
                  any  other  qualified  Plan,  determined  by the  Employer  in
                  accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

         (Y)      Nonhighly  Compensated  Employee:  An Employee of the Employer
                  who is  neither  a Highly  Compensated  Employee  nor a Family
                  Member.

         (Z)      Normal  Retirement  Date:  The date  specified in the Adoption
                  Agreement at which a participant  shall become fully vested in
                  his account balances, as provided for in this document.

         (AA)     Owner-Employee: An individual who is a sole proprietor, or who
                  is a partner owning more than 10 percent of either the capital
                  or profits interest of the partnership.

         (BB)     Paired  Plans:  The  Employer has adopted Plan #001 and Plan #
                  003, both using this basic Plan document,  which constitutes a
                  set of  "paired  plans" as  defined  by the  Internal  Revenue
                  Service in Revenue Procedure 89-9, or any successor thereto.

         (CC)     Participant:  A person who becomes  eligible to participate in
                  accordance  with the  provisions  of  Article  II,  and  whose
                  participation has not been terminated.

         (DD)     Permitted  Disparity Level: The level selected in the Adoption
                  Agreement,  not to exceed the  Taxable  Wage Base in effect at
                  the  beginning of the Plan Year.  The Taxable Wage Base is the
                  contribution  and benefit base under section 230 of the Social
                  Security Act at the beginning of the year.

         (EE)     Period of  Service:  The period  beginning  on the  Employee's
                  Employment  Commencement  Date  or  Reemployment  Commencement
                  Date, and ending on the date a Period of Severance begins. The
                  Employee will receive credit for any Period of Service of less
                  than 12 consecutive months.  Fractional periods of a year will
                  be expressed in days.

         (FF)     Period of Severance:  A continuous period of time during which
                  the  Employee  is not  employed by the  Employer.  A Period of
                  Severance begins on the date the Employee  retires,  quits, or
                  is  discharged,  or dies,  or if  earlier,  the  twelve  month
                  anniversary of the date on which the Employee was first absent
                  from work for any other reason;  provided, that if an Employee
                  is absent from work for any other reason and  retires,  quits,
                  is  discharged,  or dies  within  12  months,  the  Period  of
                  Severance  begins on the day the Employee quits,  retires,  is
                  discharged, or dies.

         (GG)     Plan:  This Plan  established  by the  Employer as embodied in
                  this  agreement  and  in  the  Adoption  Agreement,   and  all
                  subsequent amendments thereto.

         (HH)     Plan Year: The  12-consecutive  month period designated by the
                  Employer  in the  Adoption  Agreement.  In the event  that the
                  original Effective Date is not the first day of the Plan Year,
                  the first Plan Year shall be a short Plan Year,  beginning  on
                  the original Effective Date, and ending on the last day of the
                  Plan Year as specified in the Adoption Agreement.

                                      Page 8
<PAGE>
         (II)     Qualified Distribution Date: For purposes of Section 7.13, the
                  Qualified  Distribution  Date,  if  selected  in the  Adoption
                  Agreement,  shall be the earliest retirement date specified in
                  Code Section  414(p) and shall operate to allow a distribution
                  to an Alternate  Payee at the time a domestic  relations order
                  is determined to be qualified.

         (JJ)     Reemployment  Commencement Date: The date on which an Employee
                  completes an Hour of Service  with the Employer  after a Break
                  In Service or a Period of Severance.

         (KK)     Related  Employers:  Any employer related to the Employer as a
                  controlled group of corporations (as defined in Section 414(b)
                  of the Code), a group of trades or businesses (whether or not
                  incorporated) which are under common control (as defined in
                  Section 414(c)) or an affiliated service group (as defined in
                  Section 414(m)or in Section 414(o) of the Code). If the
                  Employer is a member of a related group, the term "Employer"
                  includes the related group members for purposes of crediting
                  Hours of Service, determining Years of Service and Breaks in
                  Service under Article II, applying participation and coverage
                  testing, applying the limitations on allocations in Section
                  6.6,  applying the top heavy rules and the minimum allocation
                  requirements  of  Article  IX, the definitions  of  Employee,
                  Highly Compensated Employee, Compensation and Leased Employee,
                  and for any other purpose required by the applicable Code
                  section or by a Plan provision.  However,  an Employer may
                  contribute to the Plan only by signing the Adoption  Agreement
                  or a  Participation  Agreement  to the  Employer's  Adoption
                  Agreement.  If one or more of the  Employer's related  group
                  members  become  Participating  Employers  by  executing a
                  Participation Agreement to the Employer's  Adoption Agreement,
                  the term "Employer"  includes the participating related group
                  members for all purposes of the Plan, and "Plan Administrator"
                  means the  Employer  that is the  signatory  to the
                  Adoption Agreement.

                  If the Employer's  Plan is a standardized  Plan, all Employees
                  of the  Employer  or of any member of the  Employer's  related
                  group,  are eligible to participate in the Plan,  irrespective
                  of whether the related  group member  directly  employing  the
                  Employee is a Participating  Employer.  If the Employer's Plan
                  is a  nonstandardized  Plan, the Employer must specify in Item
                  B(5) of its  Adoption  Agreement,  whether  the  Employees  of
                  related group members that are not Participating Employers are
                  eligible to participate in the Plan.  Under a  nonstandardized
                  Plan, the Employer may elect to exclude from the definition of
                  "Compensation"   for  allocation   purposes  any  Compensation
                  received  from a  related  employer  that has not  executed  a
                  Participation  Agreement and whose  Employees are not eligible
                  to participate in the Plan.

         (LL)     Self-employed  Individual: An individual who has Earned Income
                  for the taxable  year from the trade or business for which the
                  Plan is  established;  also, an individual  who would have had
                  Earned  Income but for the fact that the trade or business had
                  no Net Profits for the taxable year.

         (MM)     Spouse:  The person to whom the Participant is legally married
                  at  the  relevant  time.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  if
                  selected in the Adoption Agreement, Spouse shall only refer to
                  an individual to whom a Participant  has been married to for a
                  period of at least one year, ending at the relevant time.

                                      Page 9
<PAGE>

         (NN)     Stockholder-Employee:  An  employee  or officer of an electing
                  small  business  (Subchapter  S)  corporation  who owns (or is
                  considered as owning  within the meaning of Section  318(a)(1)
                  of the  Code),  on any day  during  the  taxable  year of such
                  corporation,  more  than 5% of the  outstanding  stock  of the
                  corporation.

         (OO)     Termination Date:  The date on which a Participant's
                  employment is terminated as provided in Section 5.1.

         (PP)     Trustee:  The entity  specified  in Item B(17) of the Adoption
                  Agreement,  which shall be any bank or trust  company which is
                  affiliated with KeyCorp. within the meaning of Section 1504 of
                  the  Code,  each of which  with  full  trust  powers,  and its
                  successors by merger or reorganization.

         (QQ)     Trust Fund:  All assets held under the Plan by the Trustee.

         (RR)     Valuation  Date.  The date on which  the  assets  of the Trust
                  shall be valued,  as  provided  for  herein,  with  earning or
                  losses since the previous  Valuation Date being  credited,  as
                  appropriate to Participant accounts.  Notwithstanding anything
                  to the contrary in the Plan,  the Valuation date shall be each
                  business day that the Trustee and the New York Stock  Exchange
                  are  each  open  for  business,  provided,  however,  that the
                  Trustee  shall  not be  obligated  to value  the  Trust in the
                  event, through  circumstances beyond its control,  appropriate
                  prices  may  not  be  obtained  for  the  assets  held  in the
                  Investment Funds.

         (SS)     Vesting  Computation  Period.  The Vesting Computation Period
                  shall be the  12-consecutive  month period selected by the
                  Employer in the Adoption Agreement.

         (TT)     Year of Participation:  For purposes of vesting, a twelve (12)
                  month  period in which an Employee has a balance in an account
                  established  under a 401(k)/401(m)  arrangement  regardless of
                  whether the Employee is currently making  contributions  under
                  the arrangement.

         (UU)     Year of Service:  (i) If the elapsed  time method of crediting
                  service  is  elected  in the  Adoption  Agreement,  a Year  of
                  Service will mean a one-year Period of Service.  If the actual
                  hours method of  crediting  service is elected in the Adoption
                  Agreement,  a Year of Service will mean a 12-consecutive month
                  period as specified in the Adoption Agreement during which the
                  Employee  completes  the  number of Hours of  Service  (not to
                  exceed 1000) specified in the Adoption Agreement.

1.2      Gender  and  Number.  Unless  the  context  indicates  otherwise,   the
         masculine  shall include the feminine,  and the use of any words herein
         in the singular shall include the plural and vice versa.

1.3      Control  of  Trades  or  Businesses  by  Owner-Employee.  If this  Plan
         provides  contributions or benefits for one or more Owner-Employees who
         control both the business for which this Plan is established and one or
         more other trades or businesses, this Plan and the Plan established for
         other  trades or  businesses  must,  when  looked at as a single  Plan,
         satisfy Sections 401(a) and (d) for the employees of this and all other
         trades or businesses.

         If the  Plan  provides  contributions  or  benefits  for  one  or  more
         Owner-Employees who control one or more other trades or businesses, the
         employees of the other trades or businesses  must be in-

                                      Page 10
<PAGE>
         cluded in a Plan which satisfies Sections 401(a) and (d) and which
         provides contributions and benefits not less favorable than provided
         for Owner-Employees under this Plan.

         If an individual is covered as an Owner-Employee under the plans of two
         or  more  trades  or  businesses  which  are  not  controlled  and  the
         individual  controls a trade or  business,  then the  contributions  or
         benefits of the  employees  under the Plan of the trades or  businesses
         which are  controlled  must be as favorable  as those  provided for him
         under the most  favorable  Plan of the trade or  business  which is not
         controlled.

         For purposes of the preceding paragraphs, an Owner-Employee,  or two or
         more Owner-Employees, will be considered to control a trade or business
         if the Owner-Employee, or two or more Owner-Employees together:

         (1)      Own the entire interest in an unincorporated trade or
                  business, or

         (2)      In the case of a partnership, own more than 50 percent of
                  either capital  interest or the profits interest in the
                  partnership.

                  For purposes of the preceding sentence, an Owner-Employee,  or
                  two or more  Owner-Employees  shall be  treated  as owning any
                  interest  in  a  partnership  which  is  owned,   directly  or
                  indirectly,  by a partnership  which such  Owner-Employee,  or
                  such two or more  Owner-Employees,  are  considered to control
                  within the meaning of the preceding sentence.

                                   ARTICLE II
                             ELIGIBILITY AND VESTING

2.1      Eligibility.

         (A)      Participation.   Every  Employee  who  meets  the  eligibility
                  requirements   specified  by  the  Employer  in  the  Adoption
                  Agreement shall become eligible to commence  participation  in
                  this Plan.

         (B)      Commencement of Participation.

                  (1)      For purposes of Money Purchase Pension Plans,  Profit
                           Sharing  Plans and 401(k)  Plans with Profit  Sharing
                           Contributions,  each Eligible Employee shall commence
                           participation on the Entry Date.

                  (2)      For  purposes of 401(k) and 401(m)  arrangements,  an
                           Eligible Employee may, but is not required to, enroll
                           as a  Participant  as of the Entry Date on which such
                           Employee  is  initially  eligible  by filing with the
                           Committee   before  such  date,  an  enrollment  form
                           prescribed  by the  Committee.  The time  period  for
                           filing an enrollment  form shall be determined by the
                           Committee.  The form shall  include an  authorization
                           and  request  to the  Employer  to  deduct  from such
                           Participant's  Compensation  in each pay  period  the
                           designated After Tax Contributions,  and/or to reduce
                           such Participant's Compensation in each pay period by
                           the   amount   of   the    designated    Before   Tax
                           Contributions.

                                      Page 11
<PAGE>

         (C)      Years of Service  Counted  Towards  Eligibility.  All Years of
                  Service  with the  Employer  are  counted  toward  eligibility
                  except the following:

                  (1)      In a Plan which (a)  requires an Employee to complete
                           more  than  one  Year of  Service  as an  eligibility
                           requirement  and (b) provides  immediate 100% vesting
                           in  a  Participant's  Employer  Contribution  Account
                           after not more than two (2) Years of  Service,  if an
                           Employee  has  a  1-year  Break  in  Service   before
                           satisfying the Plan's  requirement  for  eligibility,
                           service  before  such  break  will not be taken  into
                           account.

                  (2)      In the  case of a  Participant  who does not have any
                           nonforfeitable  right to the account  balance derived
                           from Employer contributions,  Years of Service before
                           a period of consecutive 1-year Breaks in Service will
                           not be taken into  account in  computing  eligibility
                           service if the number of consecutive 1-year Breaks in
                           Service in such period  equals or exceeds the greater
                           of 5 or the  aggregate  number  of Years of  Service.
                           Such  aggregate  number of Years of Service  will not
                           include  any Years of Service  disregarded  under the
                           preceding  sentence  by  reason  of prior  Breaks  in
                           Service.

                  (3)      If a  Participant's  Years of Service are disregarded
                           pursuant to the preceding paragraph, such Participant
                           will be treated  as a new  Employee  for  eligibility
                           purposes. If a Participant's Years of Service may not
                           be disregarded  pursuant to the preceding  paragraph,
                           such Participant shall continue to participate in the
                           Plan,   or,   if   terminated,    shall   participate
                           immediately upon reemployment.

         (D)      Eligibility  Break in Service, One Year Hold-Out Rule. If the
                  Plan is a nonstandardized Plan, then:

                  (1)      In the case of any Participant who has a 1-year Break
                           in Service or Severance, years of eligibility service
                           before  such  break  will not be taken  into  account
                           until the  Employee  has  completed a Year of Service
                           after returning to employment.

                  (2)      For plans in which  the  eligibility  computation  is
                           measured   with    reference   to   the    Employment
                           Commencement  Date,  such  Year  of  Service  will be
                           measured  beginning  on the  Employee's  Reemployment
                           Commencement  Date  and,  if  necessary,   subsequent
                           12-consecutive    month    periods    beginning    on
                           anniversaries of the Reemployment Commencement Date.

                  (3)      For plans  which  shift the  Eligibility  Computation
                           Period to the Plan Year, such Year of Service will be
                           measured by the 12-consecutive month period beginning
                           on the Employee's Reemployment Commencement Date and,
                           if necessary, Plan Years beginning with the Plan Year
                           which   includes   the  first   anniversary   of  the
                           Reemployment Commencement Date.

                  (4)      If a  Participant  completes  a Year  of  Service  in
                           accordance   with   this   provision,   his   or  her
                           participation  will be reinstated as a Participant as
                           of the Reemployment Commencement Date.

         (E)      Participation Upon Return to Eligible Class.

                                      Page 12
<PAGE>
                  (1)      In the event a  Participant  is no longer a member of
                           an eligible class of Employees and becomes ineligible
                           to  participate  but has  not  incurred  a  Break  In
                           Service, such Employee shall participate  immediately
                           upon returning to an eligible class of Employees.  If
                           such   Participant   incurs   a  Break   In   Service
                           eligibility  will be  determined  under  the Break in
                           Service rules of the Plan.

                  (2)      In the  event an  Employee  who is not a member of an
                           eligible  class of  Employees  becomes a member of an
                           eligible  class,   such  Employee  will   participate
                           immediately   if  such  Employee  has  satisfied  the
                           minimum age and service  requirements  and would have
                           otherwise previously become a Participant.

2.2      Vesting.

         (A)      Vesting  Schedule.  In the case of an Employee who  terminates
                  participation under this Plan for any reason other than death,
                  Disability,  or employment at the Normal Retirement Date, such
                  Participant,  as of the  last day of his  participation  under
                  this  Plan,  shall  have a  vested  interest  in his  Employer
                  Contribution  Account pursuant to the formula specified by the
                  Employer in the Adoption Agreement.

         (B)      Vesting  Upon  Normal  Retirement  Date.  Notwithstanding  the
                  vesting  schedule  elected by the Employer in Items B(7)(a) or
                  C(4)(d) of the Adoption Agreement,  an Employee's right to his
                  or her Employer  Contribution  balance shall be nonforfeitable
                  at the Employee's Normal Retirement Date.

         (C)      Vesting Break in Service - 1 Year Holdout.  In the case of any
                  Participant who has incurred a 1-year Break in Service,  Years
                  of Service  before  such break will not be taken into  account
                  until the  Participant  has  completed a Year of Service after
                  such Break in Service.

         (D)      Vesting for Pre-Break and Post-Break Account. In the case of a
                  Participant  who has 5 or more  consecutive  1-year  Breaks in
                  Service,  all  service  after such  Breaks in Service  will be
                  disregarded  for the purpose of vesting  the  employer-derived
                  account  balance that  accrued  before such Breaks in Service.
                  Such Participant's pre-break service will count in vesting the
                  post-break employer-derived account balance only if either:

                  (1)      such Participant has any  nonforfeitable  interest in
                           the   account   balance   attributable   to  employer
                           contributions at the time of separation from service;
                           or

                  (2)      upon  returning to service the number of  consecutive
                           1-year  Breaks in  Service is less than the number of
                           Years  of   Service.   Separate   accounts   will  be
                           maintained  for  the   Participant's   pre-break  and
                           post-break  Employer  Contribution  Account  balance.
                           Both  accounts  will share in the earnings and losses
                           of the Trust Fund.

         (E)      Amendment of Vesting Schedule.  If the Plan's vesting schedule
                  is amended, or the Plan is amended in any way that directly or
                  indirectly affects the computation of the Participant's
                  nonforfeitable percentage or if the Plan is deemed amended by
                  an automatic change to or from a  top-heavy  vesting schedule,
                  each Participant with at least three (3) Years of Service with
                  the  Employer may elect within a  reasonable period after the
                  adoption of the amend-

                                      Page 13
<PAGE>
                  ment or change, to have the nonforfeitable percentage computed
                  under this Plan without regard to such amendment or change.
                  For  Participants who do not have at least 1 Hour of Service
                  in any Plan Year beginning after  December 31, 1988,
                  the preceding  sentence shall be applied by substituting "5
                  Years of Service" for "3 Years of Service" where such language
                  appears.

                  This  period  during  which  the  election  may be made  shall
                  commence  with the date the  amendment is adopted or deemed to
                  be made and shall end on the latest of:

                  (1)      Sixty (60) days after the amendment is adopted;
                  (2)      Sixty (60) days after the amendment becomes
                           effective; or
                  (3)      Sixty (60) days  after  the  Participant  is issued
                           written  notice of the  amendment  by the Employer or
                           Committee.

         (F)      Amendment  Affecting  Vested and/or  Accrued  Benefits.  No
                  amendment  to the Plan shall be  effective  to the  extent
                  that it has the effect of  decreasing  a  Participant's
                  accrued  benefit.  Notwithstanding  the preceding sentence, a
                  Participant's account balance may be reduced to the extent
                  permitted under Section 412(c)(8) of the Code. For purposes
                  of this paragraph, a Plan amendment which has the  effect of
                  decreasing  a  Participant's  account balance or  eliminating
                  an optional  form of benefit,  with respect to benefits
                  attributable to service before the amendment shall be treated
                  as reducing an accrued benefit.  Furthermore,  if the vesting
                  schedule of a Plan is amended, in the case of an Employee  who
                  is a  Participant  as of the later of the date such amendment
                  is  adopted  or the date it  becomes  effective,  the
                  nonforfeitable percentage  (determined  as of such  date) of
                  such  Employee's  Employer-derived accrued  benefit will not
                  be less than the  percentage  computed  under the Plan
                  without regard to such amendment.

                                   ARTICLE III
                    CODE 401(k) AND CODE 401(m) ARRANGEMENTS

3.1      Provision Relating to Both Before Tax Contributions and After Tax
         Contributions.

         (A)  Definitions:  The  following  definitions  are  applicable to this
              Article of the Plan.

                  (1)      Actual  Deferral  Percentage  or ADP: for a specified
                           group of Participants for a Plan Year, the average of
                           the   ratios   (calculated    separately   for   each
                           Participant  in  such  group)  of (1) the  amount  of
                           Employer  contributions  actually  paid  over  to the
                           trust on behalf of such Participant for the Plan Year
                           to (2) the  Participant's  Compensation for such Plan
                           Year  (whether or not the Employee was a  Participant
                           for the entire Plan Year, but limited to that portion
                           of  the  Plan  Year  in  which  the  Employee  was an
                           Eligible  Participant  if the  Employer so elects for
                           such  Plan  Year  to so  limit  Compensation  for all
                           Eligible Employees). Employer contributions on behalf
                           of any  Participant  shall include (1) any Before Tax
                           Contributions  made  pursuant  to  the  Participant's
                           deferral   election,   including  Excess  Before  Tax
                           Contributions, but excluding Before Tax Contributions
                           that  are  taken  into  account  in the  Contribution
                           Percentage  test  (provided the ADP test is satisfied
                           both with and without  exclusion  of these Before Tax
                           Contributions);  and  (2)  at  the  election  of  the
                           Employer,  Qualified  Non-elective  Contributions and
                           Qualified  Matching

                                      Page 14
<PAGE>
                           Contributions.  For  purposes of computing  Actual
                           Deferral  Percentages,  an Employee who would be a
                           Participant  but for the  failure to make Before Tax
                           Contributions  shall be treated as a participant  on
                           whose behalf no Before Tax Contributions are made.

                  (2)      After Tax Contributions  ("Employee  Contributions"):
                           Any contribution  made to the Plan by or on behalf of
                           a Participant  that is included in the  Participant's
                           gross  income  in the year in which  made and that is
                           maintained under a separate account to which earnings
                           and losses are allocated.

                  (3)      Aggregate  Limit:  The sum of (i) 125  percent of the
                           greater  of the  ADP of  the  Non-highly  Compensated
                           Employees  for the Plan Year or the ACP of Non-highly
                           Compensated  Employees under the Plan subject to Code
                           Section  401(m) for the Plan Year  beginning  with or
                           within  the  Plan  Year  of  the  cash  or   deferred
                           arrangement  and (ii) the  lesser of 200% or two plus
                           the   lesser  of  such  ADP  or  ACP.   "Lesser"   is
                           substituted  for  "greater"  in  "(i)",   above,  and
                           "greater" is substituted for "lesser" after "two plus
                           the"  in  "(ii)"  if  it  would  result  in a  larger
                           Aggregate Limit.

                  (4)      Average  Contribution  Percentage or ACP: the average
                           (expressed  as  a  percentage)  of  the  Contribution
                           Percentages of the Eligible Participants in a group.

                  (5)      Before  Tax  Contributions   ("Elective  Deferrals"):
                           Employer  contributions  made  to  the  Plan  at  the
                           election  of  the   Participant,   in  lieu  of  cash
                           compensation,  which shall include contributions made
                           pursuant  to a salary  reduction  agreement  or other
                           deferral mechanism. With respect to any taxable year,
                           a Participant's  Before Tax Contributions are the sum
                           of all Employer  contributions made on behalf of such
                           Participant  pursuant  to an  election to defer under
                           any  qualified   cash  or  deferred   arrangement  as
                           described  in  Section   401(k)  of  the  Code,   any
                           simplified   employee   pension   cash  or   deferred
                           arrangement    as    described    in   Code   Section
                           402(h)(1)(B), any eligible deferred compensation Plan
                           under Code Section  457, any Plan as described  under
                           Code Section  457,  any Plan as described  under Code
                           Section  501(c)(18),  and any Employer  contributions
                           made on behalf of a  Participant  for the purchase of
                           an  annuity   contract   under  Code  Section  403(b)
                           pursuant to a salary reduction agreement.

                  (6)      Contribution  Percentage:  The ratio  (expressed as a
                           percentage)   of   the   Participant's   Contribution
                           Percentage Amounts to the Participant's  Compensation
                           for the Plan Year  (whether or not the Employee was a
                           Participant  for the entire Plan Year, but limited to
                           that  portion of the Plan Year in which the  Employee
                           was an Eligible Participant if the Employer so elects
                           for such Plan Year to so limit  Compensation  for all
                           Eligible Employees).

                  (7)      Contribution Percentage Amounts: The sum of the After
                           Tax  Contributions,   Matching   Contributions,   and
                           Qualified  Matching  Contributions (to the extent not
                           taken into account for purposes of the ADP test) made
                           under the Plan on behalf of the  Participant  for the
                           Plan Year. Such Contribution Percentage Amounts shall
                           not include Matching Contributions that are forfeited
                           either to correct Excess  Aggregate  Contributions or
                           because  the  contributions  to which they relate are
                           Excess

                                      Page 15
<PAGE>
                           Before Tax Contributions, Excess Contributions
                           or Excess Aggregate  Contributions.  If so elected in
                           the  Adoption  Agreement  the  Employer  may  include
                           Qualified    Non-elective    Contributions   in   the
                           Contribution  Percentage  Amounts.  The Employer also
                           may  elect to use  Before  Tax  Contributions  in the
                           Contribution  Percentage  Amounts  so long as the ADP
                           test is met before the Before Tax  Contributions  are
                           used  in  the  ACP  test  and  continues  to  be  met
                           following   the   exclusion   of  those   Before  Tax
                           Contributions that are used to meet the ACP test.

                  (8)      Eligible Participant: Any Employee who is eligible to
                           make  an  After  Tax  Contribution  or a  Before  Tax
                           Contribution    (if   the    Employer    takes   such
                           contributions  into account in the calculation of the
                           Contribution  Percentage),  or to  receive a Matching
                           Contribution  (including  forfeitures) or a Qualified
                           Matching  Contribution.  If an After Tax Contribution
                           is required as a condition  of  participation  in the
                           Plan,  any Employee who would be a Participant in the
                           Plan if such Employee made such a contribution  shall
                           be treated as an eligible  Employee on behalf of whom
                           no After Tax Contributions are made.

                  (9)      Excess Aggregate  Contributions:  With respect to any
                           Plan Year, the excess of:

                           (a)      The   aggregate   Contribution    Percentage
                                    Amounts  taken into account in computing the
                                    numerator  of  the  Contribution  Percentage
                                    actually    made   on   behalf   of   Highly
                                    Compensated  Employees  for such Plan  Year,
                                    over

                           (b)      The maximum Contribution  Percentage Amounts
                                    permitted  by the ACP  test  (determined  by
                                    reducing  contributions  made on  behalf  of
                                    Highly  Compensated  Employees  in  order of
                                    their  Contribution   Percentages  beginning
                                    with the highest of such percentages).

                                    Such determination shall be made after first
                                    determining  Excess Before Tax Contributions
                                    pursuant to Section  3.2(D) and (E) and then
                                    determining Excess Contributions pursuant to
                                    section 3.2(F), (G) and (H).

                  (10)     Excess  Before Tax  Contributions  ("Excess  Elective
                           Deferrals"):  Those Before Tax Contributions that are
                           includible  in a  Participant's  gross  income  under
                           Section  402(g)  of  the  Code  to  the  extent  such
                           Participant's  Before Tax Contributions for a taxable
                           year  exceed  the dollar  limitation  under such Code
                           section.  Excess  Before Tax  Contributions  shall be
                           treated as Annual  Additions  under the Plan,  unless
                           such amounts are  distributed no later than the first
                           April 15  following  the  close  of the  Participants
                           taxable year. Excess Before Tax  Contributions  shall
                           be  adjusted  for income or loss up to the end of the
                           taxable year of the  Employee,  and if elected in the
                           Adoption   Agreement,   for   the   income   or  loss
                           attributable  to  the  period  from  the  end  of the
                           Employee's  taxable year to the date of  distribution
                           (the "Gap  Period").  The income or loss allocable to
                           Excess Before Tax  Contributions is (1) the income or
                           loss  allocable  to  the  Participant's   Before  Tax
                           Contribution  Account for the taxable year multiplied
                           by  a  fraction,  the  numerator  of  which  is  such
                           Participant's Excess Before Tax Contributions for the
                           year and the denominator is the Participant's account
                           balance  attributable  to  Before  Tax  Contributions
                           without regard to any income or loss occurring during
                           such taxable year plus,  (2) if Gap

                                      Page 16
<PAGE>

                           Period  income or loss applies, ten percent of the
                           amount  determined under (1) multiplied by the number
                           of whole calendar months between the end of the
                           Participant's  taxable year and the date of
                           distribution, counting the month of distribution if
                           distribution occurs after the 15th of such month.

                  (11)     Excess Contributions:  With respect to any Plan Year,
                           the excess of:

                           (a)      The    aggregate    amount    of    Employer
                                    contributions actually taken into account in
                                    computing  the  ADP  of  Highly  Compensated
                                    Employee for such Plan Year, over

                           (b)      The  maximum  amount  of such  contributions
                                    permitted  by the ADP  test  (determined  by
                                    reducing  contributions  made on  behalf  of
                                    Highly Compensated  Employee in order of the
                                    ADPs,  beginning  with the  highest  of such
                                    percentages).

                  (12)     Matching Contributions: An Employer contribution made
                           to this or any  other  defined  contribution  Plan on
                           behalf of a  Participant  on  account of an After Tax
                           Contribution made by such Participant,  or on account
                           of a Participant's  Before Tax Contribution,  under a
                           Plan maintained by the Employer.

                  (13)     Qualified    Matching     Contributions:     Matching
                           Contributions  which are subject to the  distribution
                           and  nonforfeitability   requirements  under  Section
                           401(k)  of the Code  when  made.  Qualified  Matching
                           Contributions  shall be allocated,  in the discretion
                           of  Employer,  to the accounts of all  Employees,  or
                           only  to  the  accounts  of  Non-highly   Compensated
                           Employees.

                  (14)     Qualified Non-elective  Contributions:  Contributions
                           (other  than  Matching   Contributions  or  Qualified
                           Matching  Contributions)  made  by the  Employer  and
                           allocated   to   Participants'   accounts   that  the
                           Participants  may not elect to  receive in cash until
                           distributed  from the Plan;  that are  nonforfeitable
                           when  made;  and  that  are  distributable   only  in
                           accordance with the distribution  provisions that are
                           applicable to Before Tax  Contributions and Qualified
                           Matching   Contributions.    Qualified   Non-elective
                           Contributions  shall be allocated,  in the discretion
                           of  Employer,  to the accounts of all  Employees,  or
                           only  to  the  accounts  of  Non-highly   Compensated
                           Employees.

         (B)      Nonforfeitability   and  Vesting.  The  Participant's  accrued
                  benefits derived from Before Tax  Contributions  and After Tax
                  Contributions are nonforfeitable and fully vested.

         (C)      Notice to Committee.  The Committee  shall set the time period
                  during  which a  Participant  may  provide  written  notice to
                  increase,  decrease or terminate Before Tax  Contributions and
                  After Tax Contributions.

         (D)      Suspension  After  Receipt of  Hardship  Distribution.  If the
                  Employer  has elected in the  Adoption  Agreement  to have the
                  "safe harbor"  hardship rules apply, an Employee's  Before Tax
                  Contributions and After Tax  Contributions  shall be suspended
                  for twelve  months  after

                                      Page 17
<PAGE>
                  the  receipt by such  Employee  of a  Hardship  distribution
                  (as defined in Section  3.9) from this Plan or any other Plan
                  maintained by the Employer.

         (E)      Separate   Accounts.   Separate   accounts   for   Before  Tax
                  Contributions and After Tax  Contributions  will be maintained
                  for each  Participant.  Each account will be credited with the
                  applicable contributions and earnings thereon.

3.2  Before Tax Contributions. (Elective Deferrals).

         (A)      Allocation of Before Tax Contributions.  If the Employer
                  selects Item C(2) in the Adoption  Agreement,  for each Plan
                  Year the Employer will  contribute  and allocate to each
                  Participant's  Before Tax  Contribution  Account an amount
                  equal to the amount of the  Participant's  Before Tax
                  Contributions.  The  provisions of  the cash or deferred
                  arrangement  may be made  effective as of the first day of the
                  Plan Year in which the cash or deferred option is adopted,
                  however,  under no circumstances  may a salary reduction
                  agreement or other  deferral  mechanism be adopted
                  retroactively.  Before Tax  Contributions  must be contributed
                  and allocated  to the Plan no later  than  thirty  (30)  days
                  after  the  close of the Plan Year for which the contributions
                  are deemed to be made,  or such other time as provided in
                  applicable  regulations  under the  Code.

         (B)      Before  Tax  Contributions  Pursuant  to  a  Salary  Reduction
                  Agreement. To the extent provided in the Adoption Agreement, a
                  Participant  may elect to have Before Tax  Contributions  made
                  under this Plan. Before Tax Contributions  shall be continuing
                  contributions  through  payroll  deduction  made pursuant to a
                  salary reduction agreement.

                  (1)      Commencement of Before Tax Contributions. An Employee
                           may elect to commence Before Tax  Contributions as of
                           his or her Entry Date as described in Section 2.1(B).
                           Such election shall not become  effective  before the
                           Entry   Date.   Such   election   may   not  be  made
                           retroactively.

                  (2)      Modification    and   Termination   of   Before   Tax
                           Contributions.  A Participant's  election to commence
                           Before Tax Contributions shall remain in effect until
                           modified or terminated. A Participant may increase or
                           decrease  his or her Before Tax  Contributions  as of
                           any date as selected by the  Employer in Item C(3) of
                           the Adoption  Agreement upon notice to the Committee.
                           A  Participant  may  terminate his or her election to
                           make Before Tax Contributions as of the Participant's
                           next wage payment date upon notice to the  Committee.
                           Any   Participant    who   terminates    Before   Tax
                           Contributions  may elect to recommence  making Before
                           Tax  Contributions  as of the  date  selected  by the
                           Employer  in  Item  C(3)  of the  Adoption  Agreement
                           following his or her suspension of contributions.

         (C)      Cash  bonuses.  If Item C(2)(c) of the  Adoption  Agreement is
                  selected, a Participant may also enter into a salary reduction
                  agreement on cash bonuses that,  directing  that the amount of
                  such salary  reduction be  contributed to the Plan as a Before
                  Tax  Contribution,  or received by the  Participant in cash. A
                  Participant  shall be afforded a reasonable period to elect to
                  defer amounts  described in this Section 3.2 to the Plan. Such
                  election shall not become effective  before the  Participant's
                  Entry Date.

                                      Page 18
<PAGE>

         (D)      Maximum Amount of Before Tax  Contributions.  A Participant's
                  Before Tax Contributions are subject to any limitations
                  imposed in Item C(2) of the Adoption Agreement, calculated on
                  an annual basis, and any further limitations under the Plan.
                  No Participant  shall be permitted to have Before Tax
                  Contributions  made under this Plan, or any other  qualified
                  Plan  maintained by the Employer,  during any taxable year in
                  excess of the dollar  limitation  contained in Code Section
                  402(g) in effect at the  beginning of such taxable year.
                  Furthermore,  if an Employee  receives a Hardship distribution
                  (as defined in Section 3.9, utilizing the "safe harbor" rules)
                  from this Plan or any other Plan  maintained  by the Employer,
                  the Employee may not make Before Tax  Contributions  for the
                  Employee's taxable year immediately following the taxable year
                  of the Hardship distribution in excess of the applicable limit
                  under Section 402(g) of the Code for such taxable year less
                  the  amount of the  Employee's  Before Tax  Contributions  for
                  the  taxable  year of the Hardship distribution.

         (E)      Distribution of Excess Before Tax  Contributions.  If a
                  Participant makes Before Tax Contributions to this Plan and to
                  another Plan, and the  Participant has made Excess Before Tax
                  Contributions to one or more of the plans, the Participant may
                  assign the amount of any such Excess Before Tax Contributions
                  among the plans under which such Before Tax Contributions were
                  made.  The Participant may assign to this Plan any Excess
                  Before Tax  Contributions  made during a taxable year of the
                  Participant  to this Plan by notifying the Committee on or
                  before the date specified in the Adoption  Agreement of the
                  amount of the Excess Before Tax Contributions to be assigned
                  to the Plan.  A Participant is deemed to notify the Committee
                  of any Excess Before Tax Contributions  that arise by taking
                  into account only those Before Tax Contributions made under
                  the Plan or Plans of this Employer.

                  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, Excess Before
                  Tax  Contributions,   plus  any  income  and  minus  any  loss
                  allocable thereto, shall be distributed no later than April 15
                  to  any   Participant  to  whose  account  Excess  Before  Tax
                  Contributions  were  assigned for the  preceding  year and who
                  claims Excess Before Tax Contributions for such taxable year.

                  The  Participant's  claim  shall  be  in  writing;   shall  be
                  submitted to the  Committee not later than the date elected in
                  Item CC of the Adoption Agreement; shall specify the amount of
                  the  Participant's  Excess  Before  Tax  Contribution  for the
                  preceding  calendar  year;  and  shall be  accompanied  by the
                  Participant's  written  statement that if such amounts are not
                  distributed, such Excess Before Tax Contributions,  when added
                  to  amounts   deferred  under  other  plans  or   arrangements
                  described in Sections 401(k),  408(k),  or 403(b) of the Code,
                  will exceed the limit  imposed on the  Participant  by Section
                  402(g)  of the  Code  for  the  year  in  which  the  deferral
                  occurred.

         (F)      Actual Deferral  Percentage.  The ADP for Participants who are
                  Highly  Compensated  Employees  for each Plan Year and the ADP
                  for  Non-highly  Compensated  Employees for the same Plan Year
                  must satisfy one of the following tests:

                  (1)      1.25 Limit.  The ADP for  Participants who are Highly
                           Compensated  Employees  for the Plan  Year  shall not
                           exceed the ADP for  Participants  who are  Non-highly
                           Compensated   Employees   for  the  same   Plan  Year
                           multiplied by 1.25; or

                                      Page 19
<PAGE>

                  (2)      2.0 Limit.  The ADP for  Participants  who are Highly
                           Compensated  Employees  for the Plan  Year  shall not
                           exceed the ADP for  Participants  who are  Non-highly
                           Compensated   Employees   for  the  same   Plan  Year
                           multiplied   by  2.0,   provided  that  the  ADP  for
                           Participants  who are  Highly  Compensated  Employees
                           does  not  exceed  the ADP for  Participants  who are
                           Non-highly Compensated Employees by more than two (2)
                           percentage points.

                  (3)      Special Rules.

                           (a)      The ADP for any  Participant who is a Highly
                                    Compensated  Employee for the Plan Year and
                                    who  is  eligible  to  have  Before  Tax
                                    Contributions  (and Qualified   Non-elective
                                    Contributions,  or  Qualified  Matching
                                    Contributions, or both, if treated as
                                    Elective Deferrals  for purposes of the ADP
                                    test)  allocated  to his or her accounts
                                    under two or more  arrangements described in
                                    Section  401(k) of the Code,  that are
                                    maintained by the Employer,  shall be
                                    determined as if such Before Tax
                                    Contributions  (and, if applicable, such
                                    Qualified Non-elective Contributions or
                                    Qualified Matching Contributions,  or both,)
                                    were made under a single arrangement.  If a
                                    Highly Compensated Employee participates in
                                    two or more cash or deferred  arrangements
                                    that have different  Plan Years, all cash or
                                    deferred  arrangements ending with or within
                                    the same calendar year shall be treated as a
                                    single arrangement.

                           (b)      In the event  that this Plan  satisfies  the
                                    requirements of Sections 401(k),  401(a)(4),
                                    or  410(b)  of the Code  only if  aggregated
                                    with one or more other  plans,  or if one or
                                    more other plans satisfy the requirements of
                                    such Sections of the Code only if aggregated
                                    with this Plan,  then this section  shall be
                                    applied by determining  the ADP of Employees
                                    as if all such plans were a single Plan. For
                                    Plan  Years  beginning  after  December  31,
                                    1989,  plans may be  aggregated  in order to
                                    satisfy  Section  401(k) of the Code only if
                                    they have the same Plan Year.

                           (c)      For purposes of determining  the ADP of a
                                    Participant who is a 5-percent owner or one
                                    of the ten most highly-paid Highly
                                    Compensated Employees,  the Before Tax
                                    Contributions (and Qualified  Non-elective
                                    Contributions or Qualified Matching
                                    Contributions, or both, if treated as Before
                                    Tax  Contributions  for purposes of the ADP
                                    test) and  Compensation of such  Participant
                                    shall include the Before Tax Contributions
                                    (and, if applicable, Qualified  Non-elective
                                    Contributions)  and  Compensation  for the
                                    Plan  Year of  Family Members (as defined in
                                    Section  414(q)(6) of the Code).  Family
                                    Members,  with respect to such  Highly
                                    Compensated Employees, shall be disregarded
                                    as  separate  employees  in  determining the
                                    ADP both for Participants who are Non-highly
                                    Compensated  Employees and for Participants
                                    who are Highly Compensated Employees.

                           (d)      For  purposes of  determining  the ADP test,
                                    Before  Tax   Contributions  if  treated  as
                                    Before  Tax   Contributions   and  Qualified
                                    Non-elective   Contributions  must  be  made
                                    before  the  last  day of  the  twelve-month
                                    period  immediately  following the Plan Year
                                    to which contributions relate.

                                      Page 20
<PAGE>
                           (e)      The   Employer   shall   maintain    records
                                    sufficient to  demonstrate  satisfaction  of
                                    the ADP test  and the  amount  of  Qualified
                                    Non-elective   Contributions  used  in  such
                                    test.

                           (f)      The  determination  and treatment of the ADP
                                    amounts  of any  Participant  shall  satisfy
                                    such other requirements as may be prescribed
                                    by the Secretary of the Treasury.

         (G)      Distribution  of  Excess   Contributions.   Notwithstanding
                  any  other  provision  of  the  Plan,  Excess  Contributions,
                  plus any income and minus any loss  allocable  thereto,  shall
                  be distributed no later than the last day of each Plan Year to
                  Participants to whose accounts  Excess  Contributions  were
                  allocated for the preceding Plan Year. If such excess amounts
                  are  distributed  more than 2-1/2 months after the last day
                  of the Plan Year in which such excess  amounts  arose, a ten
                  (10) percent excise tax will be imposed on the Employer
                  maintaining  the Plan with respect to such amounts.  Such
                  distributions  shall be made to Highly Compensated  Employees
                  on the basis of the respective portions of the Excess
                  Contributions  attributable to each of such Employees.  Excess
                  Contributions of Participants who are subject to the Family
                  Member aggregation  rules  shall  be  allocated  among  the
                  Family  Members in proportion to the Before Tax Contributions
                  (and amounts treated as Before Tax Contributions) of each
                  Family Member that is combined to determine the combined ADP.

                  Excess Contributions  (including the amounts  recharacterized)
                  shall be treated as Annual Additions under the Plan.

                  (1)      Determination   of   Income  or  Loss.   The   Excess
                           Contributions shall be adjusted for income or loss up
                           to the  date  of  distribution.  The  income  or loss
                           allocable to Excess  Contributions  is (1) the income
                           or loss  allocable  to the  Participant's  Before Tax
                           Contribution   Account  (and,  if   applicable,   the
                           Qualified  Non-elective  Contribution  Account or the
                           Qualified  Matching  Contribution  Account  or  both)
                           multiplied  by a fraction,  the numerator of which is
                           such Participant's  Excess  Contribution for the year
                           and  the  denominator  is the  Participant's  account
                           balance attributable to Before Tax Contributions (and
                           Qualified  Non-Elective  Contributions  or  Qualified
                           Matching  Contributions  or  both,  if  any  of  such
                           contributions  are included in the ADP test)  without
                           regard to any income or loss  occurring  during  such
                           taxable year,  plus, (2) if Gap Period income or loss
                           applies,  as elected in the Adoption  Agreement,  ten
                           percent of the amount determined under (1) multiplied
                           by the number of whole  calendar  months  between the
                           end of the Plan  Year  and the date of  distribution,
                           counting the month of  distribution  if  distribution
                           occurs after the 15th of such month.

                  (2)      Accounting   for   Excess    Contributions.    Excess
                           Contributions   shall   be   distributed   from   the
                           Participant's  Before Tax  Contribution  Account  and
                           Qualified   Matching    Contribution    Account   (if
                           applicable) in proportion to the Participant's Before
                           Tax    Contributions    and    Qualified     Matching
                           Contributions  (to the  extent  used in the ADP test)
                           for the  Plan  Year.  Excess  Contributions  shall be
                           distributed   from   the   participant's    Qualified
                           Non-elective  Contribution Account only to the extent
                           that


                                      Page 21
<PAGE>
                           such Excess  Contributions exceed the balance in
                           the Participant's Before Tax Contribution Account.

         (H)      Recharacterization.    If   the   Plan   permits   After   Tax
                  Contributions (Employee  Contributions),  Excess Contributions
                  may  be   recharacterized   pursuant   to   this   subsection.
                  Recharacterized  amounts  may be used in the Plan  from  which
                  Excess  Contributions arose or in another Plan of the employer
                  with the same Plan Year.

                  (1)      Treatment of Amounts  Recharacterized.  A Participant
                           may  treat  his or  her  Excess  Contributions  as an
                           amount   distributed  to  the  Participant  and  then
                           contributed   by  the   Participant   to  the   Plan.
                           Recharacterized  amounts  will remain  nonforfeitable
                           and subject to the same distribution  requirements as
                           Before  Tax   Contributions.   Amounts   may  not  be
                           recharacterized by a Highly  Compensated  Employee to
                           the extent that such amount in combination with other
                           After Tax  Contributions  made by that Employee would
                           exceed any stated  limit  under the Plan on After Tax
                           Contributions.

                  (2)      Timing of Recharacterization. Recharacterization must
                           occur no later than two and one-half months after the
                           last  day of the  Plan  Year  in  which  such  Excess
                           Contributions arose and is deemed to occur no earlier
                           than the date the last Highly Compensated Employee is
                           informed in writing of the amount recharacterized and
                           the  consequences  thereof.  Recharacterized  amounts
                           will  be   taxable   to  the   Participant   for  the
                           Participant's tax year in which the Participant would
                           have received them in cash.

         (I)      Adjustments  to  Before  Tax  Contribution  Percentages.
                  Anything to the contrary in this  Article III notwithstanding,
                  the  Committee shall have the right to reduce the  percentages
                  designated  pursuant  to Section 3.2(B), of any one or more
                  Highly  Compensated  Employees in a manner prescribed or
                  approved by the Committee to the extent  necessary or
                  convenient to ensure that at least one of the ADP tests set
                  forth in Section 3.2(F) is satisfied,  but in no event shall
                  such reduction  result in a percentage  less than zero.  Any
                  such reduction shall be effected quarterly, or more frequently
                  as the Committee may determine and each affected Highly
                  Compensated Employee shall be deemed to have elected the
                  permissible  percentage determined  by the  Committee.  The
                  Committee  may, on a prospective  basis,  and subject to the
                  percentage  limits of  Section 3.3 below, treat amounts
                  contributed to the Plan pursuant to a salary reduction
                  agreement as After Tax Contributions by each affected Highly
                  Compensated Employee;  provided that if any such reduction
                  cannot be so treated because of the said  percentage  limits
                  or because of the  nondiscrimination  requirements of Code
                  Section 401(m) or otherwise, then the amount of such reduction
                  (and any income  allocable  thereto) shall be distributed to
                  each affected Highly  Compensated  Employee  pursuant to Code
                  Section  401(k)(8) or Code Section 401(m)(6), if applicable,
                  not later than the close of the first 2-1/2 months of the Plan
                  Year following the Plan Year in which the contribution was
                  made.

3.3      After Tax Contributions.  (Employee Contributions).

         (A)      Allocation of After Tax Contributions. If the Employer selects
                  Item C(2)(b) in the  Adoption  Agreement,  the  Employer  will
                  deduct  from  the  Participant's  pay  and  allocate  to

                                      Page 22
<PAGE>
                  each Participant's  After Tax Contribution  Account an amount
                  equal to the percentage of Compensation   authorized  by  the
                  Participant as an After Tax  Contribution.  The Employer shall
                  transmit After Tax  Contributions to the Trustee within thirty
                  (30) days  after the month end in which  such  deductions  are
                  made.

         (B)      Employee  Authorizes  After Tax  Contributions.  To the extent
                  provided in the Adoption Agreement, a Participant may elect to
                  make After Tax Contributions under the Plan.

                  (1)      Election to Make After Tax Contributions. An Employee
                           may elect to make After Tax  Contributions  as of his
                           or her Entry Date as  described  in  Section  2.1(B).
                           Such  election will not become  effective  before the
                           Entry Date.

                  (2)      Modification    and    Termination   of   After   Tax
                           Contributions.  A Participant's  election to commence
                           After Tax Contributions  shall remain in effect until
                           modified or terminated. A Participant may increase or
                           decrease  his  or  her  After  Tax  Contributions  as
                           selected by the Employer in Item C(3) of the Adoption
                           Agreement  upon written  notice to the  Committee.  A
                           Participant may terminate his or her election to make
                           After  Tax  Contributions  at  any  time  as  of  the
                           Participant's  next wage  payment  date upon  written
                           notice  to  the  Committee.   Any   Participant   who
                           terminates  After  Tax  Contributions  may  elect  to
                           recommence  making After Tax  Contributions as of the
                           date  selected  by the  Employer  in Item C(3) of the
                           Adoption Agreement following his or her suspension of
                           contributions.

         (C)      Maximum  Amount of After Tax  Contributions.  A  Participant's
                  After Tax Contributions are subject to any limitations imposed
                  in  Item  C(3) of the  Adoption  Agreement,  calculated  on an
                  annual basis, and any further limitations under the Plan.

         (D)      Cash  Bonuses.  If Item C(2)(c) of the  Adoption  Agreement is
                  selected, a Participant may also enter into a salary reduction
                  agreement on cash bonuses,  directing  that the amount of such
                  salary  reduction be  contributed  to the Plan as an After Tax
                  Contribution,  or  received  by the  Participant  in  cash.  A
                  Participant  shall be afforded a reasonable period to elect to
                  defer amounts  described in this Section 3.3 to the Plan. Such
                  election shall not become effective  before the  Participant's
                  Entry Date.

3.4      Employer Contributions.

         (A)      Matching  Contributions.  If  elected by the  Employer  in the
                  Adoption  Agreement,  the Employer  will or may make  Matching
                  Contributions  to  the  Plan.  The  amount  of  such  Matching
                  Contributions   shall  be   calculated  by  reference  to  the
                  Participants'   Before  Tax  Contributions  and/or  After  Tax
                  Contributions  as  specified  by the  Employer in the Adoption
                  Agreement.

         (B)      Qualified Matching  Contributions.  If elected by the Employer
                  in the Adoption  Agreement,  the  Employer may make  Qualified
                  Matching Contributions to the Plan.

                  In addition,  in lieu of distributing Excess  Contributions as
                  provided in Section  3.2(G) of the Plan,  or Excess  Aggregate
                  Contributions  as provided in Section  3.5(C) of the Plan, the
                  Employer may make Qualified  Matching  Contributions on behalf
                  of Employees  that are

                                      Page 23
<PAGE>
                  sufficient to satisfy either the Actual
                  Deferral  Percentage  or the Average  Contribution  Percentage
                  test, or both, pursuant to regulations under the Code.

         (C)      Qualified  Non-elective  Contributions.   If  elected  by  the
                  Employer in the  Adoption  Agreement,  the  Employer  may make
                  Qualified Non-elective Contributions to the Plan.

                  In addition,  in lieu of distributing Excess  Contributions as
                  provided in Section  3.2(G) of the Plan,  or Excess  Aggregate
                  Contributions  as provided in Section  3.5(C) of the Plan, the
                  Employer  may make  Qualified  Non-elective  Contributions  on
                  behalf of Employees  that are sufficient to satisfy either the
                  Actual  Deferral   Percentage  or  the  Average   Contribution
                  Percentage  test, or both,  pursuant to regulations  under the
                  Code.

         (D)      Separate  Accounts.  An  Employer  Matching  Account  shall be
                  maintained for a Participant's accrued benefit attributable to
                  Matching  Contributions.  A  Qualified  Matching  Contribution
                  Account  shall  be  maintained  for  a  Participant's  accrued
                  benefit  attributable to Qualified Matching  Contributions.  A
                  Qualified   Non-elective   Contribution   Account   shall   be
                  maintained for a Participant's accrued benefit attributable to
                  Qualified Non-elective  Contributions.  Such accounts shall be
                  credited  with  the  applicable  contributions,  earnings  and
                  losses, distributions, and other adjustments.

         (E)      Vesting.  Matching  Contributions will be vested in accordance
                  with the  Employer's  election in Items C(4)(d) and C(4)(e) of
                  the Adoption Agreement.  In any event, Matching  Contributions
                  shall be fully  vested at  Normal  Retirement  Date,  upon the
                  complete  or  partial  termination  of the  Plan,  or upon the
                  complete   discontinuance   of  Matching   Contributions,   as
                  applicable. Qualified Non-elective Contributions and Qualified
                  Matching Contributions are nonforfeitable when made.

         (F)      Forfeitures.  Forfeitures of Matching  Contributions  shall be
                  used to reduce such  contributions,  or shall be  allocated to
                  Participants,  in accordance  with the Employer's  election in
                  Item C(6) of the Adoption Agreement.

         (G)      Allocation of Discretionary  Matching  Contributions.  If the
                  Employer selects Item C(4)(b) in the Adoption Agreement,  any
                  discretionary Matching Contributions shall be allocated as of
                  the allocation date specified in Item  C(4)(c)(ii) of the
                  Adoption  Agreement,  to the Employer Matching Account of each
                  Participant who has  made  Before  Tax  Contributions  and/or
                  After  Tax  Contributions  eligible  for  matching.  If Item
                  C(4)(c)(ii)(e)  has been selected  (imposing a last day of the
                  Plan Year  requirement) the allocation shall be made to a
                  Participant  who (1) if a Participant  in a  nonstandardized
                  Plan, is employed or on leave of absence  on the last  day of
                  the  Plan  Year,  and (2) if a  Participant in a  standardized
                  Plan,  either completes  more than 500 Hours of service during
                  the Plan Year or is  employed on the last day of the Plan
                  Year. The following  Participants  will also share in the
                  Matching Contributions for the year, if elected in the
                  Adoption Agreement:  (1) Participants in a nonstandardized
                  Plan whose employment  terminated before  the end of the Plan
                  Year  because  of  retirement,  death,  disability  or as
                  specified  in the  Adoption Agreement,  and (2) Participants
                  in a standardized  Plan whose employment terminated before the
                  end of the Plan Year because of retirement, death, disability
                  or as  specified  in the  Adoption  Agreement,  and completed
                  500  Hours  of  Service  or  less.  Notwithstanding  the
                  foregoing,  if the  Employer  makes  a  contribution  prior to
                  the end of the Plan Year,  Participants  shall be

                                      Page 24
<PAGE>
                  entitled to an  allocation of that contribution when made,
                  without regard to any end of the Plan Year requirement.

         (H)      Limitation   on   Employer   Contributions.   The   Employer's
                  contributions  for any Plan Year shall not exceed the  maximum
                  amount which the  Employer may deduct  pursuant to Section 404
                  of the Code.

3.5      Limitations on After Tax Contributions (Employee Contributions) and
         Matching Contributions.

         (A)      Contribution  Percentage.  The  ACP for  Participants  who are
                  Highly  Compensated  Employees  for each Plan Year and the ACP
                  for Participants who are Non-highly  Compensated Employees for
                  the same Plan Year must satisfy one of the following tests:

                  (1)      1.25 Limit.  The ACP for  Participants who are Highly
                           Compensated  Employees  for the Plan  Year  shall not
                           exceed the ACP for  Participants  who are  Non-highly
                           Compensated Employees for the same Plan Year by 1.25,
                           or

                  (2)      2.0 Limit.  The ACP for  Participants  who are Highly
                           Compensated  Employees  for the Plan  Year  shall not
                           exceed the ACP for  Participants  who are  Non-highly
                           Compensated   Employees   for  the  same   Plan  Year
                           multiplied  by two  (2),  provided  that  the ACP for
                           Participants  who are  Highly  Compensated  Employees
                           does  not  exceed  the ACP for  Participants  who are
                           Non-highly Compensated Employees by more than two (2)
                           percentage points.

         (B)      Special Rules.

                  (1)      Multiple  Use.  If one  or  more  Highly  Compensated
                           Employees  participate  in  both a cash  or  deferred
                           arrangement  and a  Plan  subject  to  the  ACP  test
                           maintained by the Employer and the sum of the ADP and
                           ACP of those Highly Compensated  Employees subject to
                           either or both tests  exceeds  the  Aggregate  Limit,
                           then the ACP of those  Highly  Compensated  Employees
                           who   also   participate   in  a  cash  or   deferred
                           arrangement  will be  reduced  (beginning  with  such
                           Highly Compensated Employee whose ACP is the highest)
                           so that the  limit is not  exceeded.  The  amount  by
                           which each Highly Compensated Employee's Contribution
                           Percentage  amounts is reduced shall be treated as an
                           Excess Aggregate Contribution. The ADP and ACP of the
                           Highly Compensated Employees are determined after any
                           corrections  required  to meet the ADP and ACP tests.
                           Multiple use does not occur if either the ADP and ACP
                           of the Highly  Compensated  Employees does not exceed
                           1.25  multiplied by the ADP and ACP of the Non-highly
                           Compensated Employees.

                  (2)      Aggregation of Contribution Percentages. For purposes
                           of this section, the Contribution  Percentage for any
                           Participant who is a Highly Compensated  Employee and
                           who  is  eligible  to  have  Contribution  Percentage
                           Amounts allocated to his or her accounts under two or
                           more plans  described in Section  401(a) of the Code,
                           or  arrangements  described in Section  401(k) of the
                           Code,  that are maintained by the Employer,  shall be
                           determined  as if  the  total  of  such  Contribution
                           Percentage  Amounts  was made under  each Plan.  If a
                           Highly  Compensated  Employee  participates in two or
                           more  cash  or   deferred   arrangements   that  have
                           different   Plan

                                      Page 25
<PAGE>
                           years all cash or deferred arrangements  ending with
                           or within the same calendar year shall be treated  as
                           a single arrangement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,
                           certain plans shall be treated as separate if
                           mandated to be disaggregated under regulations under
                           Section 401(m) of the Code.

                  (3)      Aggregation  of Plans.  In the  event  that this Plan
                           satisfies  the   requirements  of  Sections   401(m),
                           401(a)(4)  or 410(b)  of the Code only if  aggregated
                           with one or more other plans, or if one or more other
                           plans  satisfy the  requirements  of such sections of
                           the Code only if aggregated with this Plan, then this
                           section   shall  be   applied  by   determining   the
                           Contribution  Percentage  of Employees as if all such
                           plans were a single  Plan.  For Plan Years  beginning
                           after  December 31, 1989,  plans may be aggregated in
                           order to satisfy  Section  401(m) of the Code only if
                           they have the same Plan Year.

                  (4)      Family  Aggregation.  For purposes of determining the
                           Contribution  Percentage  of a  Participant  who is a
                           five-percent owner or one of the ten most highly-paid
                           Highly   Compensated   Employees,   the  Contribution
                           Percentage  Amounts and Compensation of such Employee
                           shall include the Contribution Percentage Amounts and
                           Compensation for the Plan Year of Family Members,  as
                           defined  in  Section  414(q)(6)  of the Code.  Family
                           Members,   with   respect   to   Highly   Compensated
                           Employees, shall be disregarded as separate employees
                           in determining the  Contribution  Percentage both for
                           Participants who are Non-highly Compensated Employees
                           and  for  Participants  who  are  Highly  Compensated
                           Employees.

                  (5)      Time of  Contributions.  For purposes of  determining
                           the   Contribution   Percentage   test,   After   Tax
                           Contributions are considered to have been made in the
                           Plan Year in which contributed to the Trust. Matching
                           Contributions     and     Qualified      Non-elective
                           Contributions will be considered made for a Plan Year
                           if made no  later  than  the end of the  twelve-month
                           period  beginning  on the day  after the close of the
                           Plan Year.

                  (6)      Records.   The  Employer   shall   maintain   records
                           sufficient  to  demonstrate  satisfaction  of the ACP
                           test  and  the  amount  of   Qualified   Non-elective
                           Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions, or
                           both, used in such test.

                  (7)      Regulations.  The  determination and treatment of the
                           Contribution  Percentage  of  any  Participant  shall
                           satisfy such other  requirements as may be prescribed
                           by the Secretary of the Treasury.

         (C)      Distribution of Excess Aggregate Contributions.

                  (1)      General Rule.  Notwithstanding any other provision of
                           this Plan, Excess Aggregate  Contributions,  plus any
                           income and minus any loss allocable thereto, shall be
                           forfeited,  if  forfeitable,  or if not  forfeitable,
                           distributed  no later  than the last day of each Plan
                           Year  to   Participants   to  whose  accounts  Excess
                           Aggregate   Contributions   were  allocated  for  the
                           preceding Plan Year.  Excess Aggregate  Contributions
                           of Participants  who are subject to the Family Member
                           aggregation rules shall be allocated among the Family
                           Members in  proportion  to the After Tax and Matching
                           Contributions   (or   amounts   treated  as  Matching
                           Contributions) of each Family

                                      Page 26
<PAGE>

                           Member that is combined
                           to  determine   the  combined  ACP.  If  such  Excess
                           Aggregate  Contributions  are  distributed  more than
                           2-1/2  months  after the last day of the Plan Year in
                           which such excess  amounts  arose, a ten (10) percent
                           excise   tax  will  be   imposed   on  the   Employer
                           maintaining  the Plan with respect to those  amounts.
                           Excess  Aggregate  Contributions  shall be treated as
                           Annual Additions under the Plan.

                  (2)      Determination  of  Income or Loss.  Excess  Aggregate
                           Contributions shall be adjusted for income or loss up
                           to the  date  of  distribution.  The  income  or loss
                           allocable to Excess  Aggregate  Contributions  is the
                           sum  of:  (1)  income  or  loss   allocable   to  the
                           Participant's   After   Tax   Contribution   Account,
                           Matching  Contribution  Account,  Qualified  Matching
                           Contribution  Account,  (if any,  and if all  amounts
                           therein  are  not  used  in the  ADP  test)  and,  if
                           applicable,  the Qualified Non-elective  Contribution
                           Account and Before Tax  Contribution  Account for the
                           Plan Year multiplied by a fraction,  the numerator of
                           which   is  such   Participant's   Excess   Aggregate
                           Contributions for the year and the denominator is the
                           Participant's  account  balance(s)   attributable  to
                           Contribution Percentage Amounts without regard to any
                           income or loss  occurring  during such Plan Year; and
                           (2) ten  percent of the amount  determined  under (1)
                           multiplied  by the  number of whole  calendar  months
                           between  the end of the  Plan  Year  and the  date of
                           distribution,  counting the month of  distribution if
                           distribution occurs after the 15th of such month.

                  (3)      Forfeitures   of  Excess   Aggregate   Contributions.
                           Forfeitures  of Excess  Aggregate  Contributions  may
                           either be  reallocated  to the accounts of Non-Highly
                           Compensated  Employees or applied to reduce  Employer
                           Contributions,  as  elected by the  Employer  in Item
                           C(6)(c) of the Adoption Agreement.

                  (4)      Accounting for Excess Aggregate Contributions. Excess
                           Aggregate   Contributions  shall  be  forfeited,   if
                           forfeitable,  or distributed on a pro-rata basis from
                           the Participant's After Tax Contribution  Account and
                           Matching  Contribution Account and Qualified Matching
                           Contribution   Account  (and,  if   applicable,   the
                           Participant's  Qualified  Non-elective   Contribution
                           Account  and  Before  Tax  Contribution  Account,  or
                           both).

3.6      Net Profits Not  Required if So Elected in Adoption  Agreement.  If the
         Employer elects,  Matching  Contributions may be made without regard to
         Net  Profits  in  accordance  with Item  C(4)(c)(iii)  of the  Adoption
         Agreement.  If the  Plan  is a  profit-sharing  Plan,  the  Plan  shall
         continue  to be  designed  to  qualify  as a  profit-sharing  Plan  for
         purposes of Sections 401(a), 402, 412, and 417 of the Code. Net Profits
         shall  not be  required  for  Before  Tax  Contributions  or After  Tax
         Contributions to be made to the Plan.

3.7      Form, Payment and Allocation of Contributions.  All contributions under
         this Article III made for a Plan Year shall be made in cash,  and shall
         be  delivered  to the  Trustee at such time or times as shall be agreed
         upon  between  the  Committee  and the  Trustee.  The  Committee  shall
         instruct  the  Trustee as to the  allocation  of  contributions  to the
         Participant's accounts.

                                      Page 27
<PAGE>

3.8      Distribution  Requirements for Before Tax Contribution Account.  Before
         Tax Contributions,  Qualified Non-elective  Contributions and Qualified
         Matching   Contributions,   and  income   allocable  to  each  are  not
         distributable   to  a  Participant   or  his  or  her   Beneficiary  or
         Beneficiaries, in accordance with such Participant's,  Beneficiary's or
         Beneficiaries'  election,  earlier than upon  separation  from service,
         death,  disability,  or as selected  in the  Adoption  Agreement.  Such
         amounts  may  not  be  distributed   unless  in  accordance   with  the
         Participant's  election  made  pursuant  to  rules  established  by the
         Committee as authorized in the Adoption Agreement, and upon:

         (A)      Termination of the Plan without the  establishment  of another
                  defined  contribution  Plan,  other  than  an  employee  stock
                  ownership  Plan (as defined in Section  4975(e) or Section 409
                  of the Code) or a simplified  employee pension Plan as defined
                  in Section 408(k).

         (B)      The  disposition by a corporation to an unrelated  corporation
                  of  substantially  all of the assets  (within  the  meaning of
                  Section  409(d)(2) of the Code) used in a trade or business of
                  such  corporation  if such  corporation  continues to maintain
                  this Plan  after the  disposition,  but only with  respect  to
                  Employees  who  continue   employment   with  the  corporation
                  acquiring such assets.

         (C)      The  disposition  by a corporation  to an unrelated  entity of
                  such  corporation's  interest  in  a  subsidiary  (within  the
                  meaning of Section  409(d)(3) of the Code) if such corporation
                  continues  to  maintain  this Plan,  but only with  respect to
                  Employees who continue employment with such subsidiary.

         (D)      The  attainment of age 59-1/2 in the case of a  profit-sharing
                  Plan, or the attainment of the Plan's Normal  Retirement Date,
                  if either or both are selected in the Adoption Agreement.

         (E)      The  Hardship of the  Participant  as  described in Section
                  3.9, if selected in the Adoption Agreement.

                  All distributions  that may be made pursuant to one or more of
                  the foregoing  distributable events are subject to the spousal
                  and Participant consent requirements (if applicable) contained
                  in  Sections  411(a)(11)  and 417 of the  Code.  In  addition,
                  distributions  after March 31, 1988, that are triggered by any
                  of the first three events above, in Sections  3.8(A),  (B) and
                  (C) must be made in a lump sum.

3.9      Hardship Distribution.

         (A)      Amount Available for Withdrawal.  Upon the written  request of
                  a Participant received and approved by the Committee, a
                  Participant  may  withdraw,  in cash, up to one hundred per
                  cent (100%) of the amount of such Participant's Before Tax
                  Contributions (and any earnings credited to a Participant's
                  account as of the end of the last Plan Year ending before
                  July 1, 1989) or such lesser  amount as the  Committee may
                  approve,  in the event of Hardship.  For purposes of this
                  Section,  Hardship is defined as immediate and heavy financial
                  need of the Employee  where such Employee  lacks other
                  available  resources.  Hardship  distributions  are subject to
                  the spousal  consent  requirements  contained in Sections
                  411(a)(11)  and 417 of the Code.  The Committee is authorized
                  to and shall  request from the  Participant  making such a
                  request such evidence as the Committee deems necessary and
                  appropriate to substantiate a Hardship, the amount of expenses
                  resulting

                                      Page 28
<PAGE>
                  from such Hardship and the other resources of the
                  Participant reasonably available to meet such expenses.

         (B)      Special Rules:

                  (1)      Immediate and Heavy Need.  The following are the only
                           financial  needs  considered   immediate  and  heavy:
                           expenses  incurred or  necessary  for  medical  care,
                           described  in  Section  213(d)  of the  Code,  of the
                           Employee,  the Employee's  Spouse or dependents;  the
                           purchase (excluding mortgage payments) of a principal
                           residence  for the  Employee;  payment of tuition and
                           related  educational  fees for the next twelve months
                           of  post-secondary  education for the  Employee,  the
                           Employee's  Spouse,  children or  dependents;  or the
                           need to prevent the eviction of the Employee from, or
                           a  foreclosure  on the  mortgage  of, the  Employee's
                           principal residence.

                  (2)      Satisfaction   of  Need.  A   distribution   will  be
                           considered  as necessary to satisfy an immediate  and
                           heavy financial need of the Employee only if:

                           (a)      The Employee has obtained all distributions,
                                    other than Hardship  distributions,  and all
                                    nontaxable  loans under all plans maintained
                                    by the Employer;

                           (b)      All plans maintained by the Employer provide
                                    that the Employee's Before Tax Contributions
                                    (and  After  Tax   Contributions)   will  be
                                    suspended   for  twelve   months  after  the
                                    receipt of the Hardship distribution;

                           (c)      The  distribution  is  not in  excess  of an
                                    immediate   and   heavy    financial    need
                                    (including  amounts  necessary  to  pay  any
                                    federal,  state  or  local  income  taxes or
                                    penalties  reasonably  anticipated to result
                                    from the distribution); and

                           (d)      All plans maintained by the Employer provide
                                    that the  Employee  may not make  Before Tax
                                    Contributions  for  the  Employee's  taxable
                                    year immediately  following the taxable year
                                    of the  Hardship  distribution  in excess of
                                    the applicable limit under Section 402(g) of
                                    the  Code  for such  taxable  year  less the
                                    amount  of  such   Employee's   Before   Tax
                                    Contributions  for the  taxable  year of the
                                    Hardship distribution.

                  (3)      Taxes and  Penalties.  The amount of an immediate and
                           heavy   financial   need  may   include  any  amounts
                           necessary to pay any  federal,  state or local income
                           taxes or penalties  reasonably  anticipated to result
                           from the distribution.

3.10     Withdrawal of After Tax Contributions. Subject to the provisions of the
         Plan, in  accordance  with rules for giving notice as determined by the
         Committee,  a Participant may withdraw as of the first  Accounting Date
         subsequent to receipt by the Committee of such notice:

         (A)      Maximum Amount. An amount equal to not more than 100% of the
                  Participant's  After Tax Contribution  Account determined  as
                  of  such  Accounting  Date. No Participant who has made any
                  withdrawal  of  After  Tax Contributions  in the twelve (12)
                  months  preceding  the giving of such notice may make a
                  withdrawal  under this  Section.  A  Participant  who

                                      Page 29
<PAGE>
                  makes a withdrawal of After Tax Contributions shall be
                  required to suspend After Tax Contributions for a period of
                  six  (6) months,  commencing with the effective date of such
                  withdrawal.  A Participant  may,  pursuant to Article III,
                  elect to commence After Tax  Contributions as of the first day
                  of the first payroll period of the month following the
                  conclusion of such suspension  period, or the first payroll
                  period of any month thereafter, upon advance written notice
                  to the Committee.

         (B)      Minimum  Amount.  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary in
                  this Section  3.10,  any  withdrawal  made pursuant to Section
                  3.10(A)  shall be for a minimum  whole dollar  amount not less
                  than Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00); except that if the amount
                  available  for  withdrawal  is less than Five Hundred  Dollars
                  ($500.00) then the minimum  amount of the withdrawal  shall be
                  the amount available.

         (C)      Forfeitures.  No forfeitures  will occur solely as a result of
                  an Employee's withdrawal of After Tax Contributions.

         (D)      Loan  Security.  Notwithstanding  anything to the  contrary in
                  this  Section  3.10, a  Participant  may not make a withdrawal
                  pursuant to this  Section of any  portion of the  Participants
                  vested interest which has been assigned to secure repayment of
                  a loan in accordance  with Section  11.10,  below,  until such
                  time as the  Committee  shall have  released  said  portion so
                  assigned.

3.11.    Withdrawal of Matching Contributions.  Subject to the provisions of the
         Plan, in  accordance  with rules for giving notice as determined by the
         Committee,  and as elected in the Adoption Agreement, a Participant may
         withdraw as of the first  Accounting  Date subsequent to receipt by the
         Committee of such notice:

         (A)      Maximum  Amount.  An amount equal to not more than 100% of the
                  vested  amounts  in the  Participant's  Matching  Contribution
                  Account  determined as of such Accounting Date. No Participant
                  who has made any withdrawal of Matching  Contributions  in the
                  twelve  (12)  months  preceding  the giving of such notice may
                  make a withdrawal under this Section.

         (B)      Minimum  Amount.  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary in
                  this Section  3.11,  any  withdrawal  made pursuant to Section
                  3.11(A)  shall be for a minimum  whole dollar  amount not less
                  than Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00); except that if the amount
                  available  for  withdrawal  is less than Five Hundred  Dollars
                  ($500.00) then the minimum  amount of the withdrawal  shall be
                  the amount available.

         (C)      Forfeitures.  No forfeitures  will occur solely as a result of
                  an Employee's withdrawal of Matching Contributions.

         (D)      Loan  Security.  Notwithstanding  anything to the  contrary in
                  this Section  3.11, a  Participant  may not make a withdrawal,
                  pursuant to this  Section of any portion of the  Participant's
                  vested interest which has been assigned to secure repayment of
                  a loan in accordance  with Section  11.10,  below,  until such
                  time as the  Committee  shall have  released  said  portion so
                  assigned.

                                      Page 30
<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE IV
                               OTHER CONTRIBUTIONS

4.1      Employer Contributions.

         (A)      Money Purchase  Pension Plans Only. As elected by the Employer
                  in  the   Adoption   Agreement,   the   Employer   shall  make
                  contributions to the Plan.

         (B)      Profit Sharing Plans and 401(k) Plans Only.

                  (1)      Employer  Contributions.  For  each  Plan  Year,  the
                           Employer, shall or may make contributions to the Plan
                           in an amount as selected in the Adoption Agreement or
                           determined by Resolution of the Board of Directors of
                           the Employer.

                  (2)      Net  Profits  Not  Required if So Elected in Adoption
                           Agreement.   If   the   Employer   elects,   Employer
                           Contributions under a profit sharing Plan may be made
                           without regard to Net Profits in accordance with Item
                           B(8)(a)(iii)  of the  Adoption  Agreement.  The  Plan
                           shall  continue  to  be  designed  to  qualify  as  a
                           profit-sharing  Plan for purposes of Sections 401(a),
                           402, 412, and 417 of the Code.

4.2      Separate Accounts. An Employer Contribution Account shall be maintained
         for each  Participant to which will be credited the employer pension or
         profit sharing contributions ("Employer Contributions").  Such accounts
         shall be  credited  with the  applicable  contributions,  earnings  and
         losses, distributions, and other adjustments.

4.3      Vesting.  Employer  Contributions will be vested in accordance with the
         Employer's  election  in Item  B(7),  as  applicable,  of the  Adoption
         Agreement.  In any event, Employer  Contributions shall be fully vested
         at Normal Retirement Date, upon the complete or partial  termination of
         the  Plan,   and,  in  profit   sharing   plans,   upon  the   complete
         discontinuance of Employer Contributions.

4.4      Limitation on Employer  Contributions.  The Employer's Contribution for
         any Plan Year shall not exceed the maximum  amount  which the  Employer
         may  deduct   pursuant  to  Section  404  of  the  Code.  The  Employer
         Contributions  shall be payable  not later than the time for filing the
         Employer's federal income tax return, including extensions.

4.5      Employee Contributions.

         (A)      Distributions from Qualified Plans - Rollovers.

                  (1)      If the  Employer  selects  Item B(9) in the  Adoption
                           Agreement,  an  Employee  who is  entitled  to make a
                           rollover contribution described in Section 402(a)(5),
                           Section  403(a)(4)  or Section  408(d)(3) of the Code
                           ("Rollover   Contribution"),   may  elect,  with  the
                           approval  of the  Committee,  to make such a Rollover
                           Contribution  to the Plan. The Employee shall deliver
                           or cause to be  delivered,  to the  Trustee  the cash
                           which constitutes such Rollover  Contribution at such
                           time  or  times  and  in  such  manner  as  shall  be
                           specified by the Committee. As of the date of receipt
                           of such property by the Trustee,  a Rollover  Account
                           shall be  established in the name of the Employee who
                           has made a Rollover  Contribution as provided in this
                           Section 4.5

                                      Page 31
<PAGE>
                           and shall be credited with such assets on
                           such  date.  A  Rollover  Contribution  shall  not be
                           deemed to be a contribution  of such Employee for any
                           purpose of this Agreement. All Rollover Contributions
                           and the  earnings  on  these  contributions  shall be
                           immediately fully vested and nonforfeitable.

                  (2)      Subject  to the  provisions  of the Plan,  on advance
                           notice  given to the  Committee  in  accordance  with
                           rules established by the Committee a Participant in a
                           profit sharing Plan or 401(k) profit sharing Plan may
                           withdraw all or any part (in any whole dollar  amount
                           specified  by the  Participant)  of the  value of any
                           Rollover  Account,  provided no  Participant  who has
                           made any  withdrawal  under Section 4.5(A) during the
                           calendar  year in which such notice is given may make
                           an additional  withdrawal  under this Section  4.5(A)
                           during the remainder of such year.

         (B)      Nondeductible Employee Contributions and Matching
                  Contributions No Longer Accepted.

                  (1)      This  Plan  will not  accept  nondeductible  employee
                           contributions  and  matching   contributions   except
                           pursuant to a 401(m) arrangement described in Article
                           III. Employee  contributions for Plan Years beginning
                           after  December 31, 1986,  together with any matching
                           contributions  as defined  in  Section  401(m) of the
                           Code,   will   be   limited   so  as  to   meet   the
                           nondiscrimination test of Section 401(m).

                  (2)      A separate  account will be maintained by the Trustee
                           for  the  previously  made   nondeductible   employee
                           contributions of each Participant.

                  (3)      Employee  contributions  and earnings thereon will be
                           nonforfeitable  at all  times.  No  forfeitures  will
                           occur solely as a result of an Employee's  withdrawal
                           of Employee contributions.

         (C)      Deductible  Employee  Contributions No Longer Accepted.  The
                  Committee will not accept deductible  Employee contributions
                  which are made for a taxable year beginning after December 31,
                  1986. Contributions made prior to that date will be maintained
                  in a separate  account  which will be  nonforfeitable  at all
                  times. The  account  will  share in the gains and  losses of
                  the Trust  Fund in the same  manner as  described  in
                  Article VI of the Plan. No part of the deductible  voluntary
                  contribution account will be used to purchase life insurance.
                  Subject to Section 7.10,  Joint and survivor annuity
                  requirements  (if  applicable),  the Participant  may withdraw
                  any part of the  deductible  voluntary  contribution  account
                  by making a written application to the Committee.

4.6      Exclusive Benefit.  Except as provided in the Plan, the Employer has no
         beneficial  interest in the Trust  Fund,  and no part of the Trust Fund
         shall revert or be repaid to the Employer,  directly or indirectly,  or
         diverted  to  purposes   other  than  for  the  exclusive   benefit  of
         Participants and their Beneficiaries,  except that (1) any contribution
         made by the  Employer  because of a mistake of fact must be returned to
         the Employer within one year of the contribution;  (2) in the event the
         deduction of a  contribution  made by the Employer is disallowed  under
         Section 404 of the Code, such  contribution (to the extent  disallowed)
         must be returned to the Employer within one year of the disallowance of
         the deduction;  and (3) in the event that the  Commissioner of Internal
         Revenue  determines that the Plan is not initially  qualified under the
         Internal Revenue Code, any

                                      Page 32
<PAGE>
         contribution  made incident to that initial
         qualification  by the Employer must be returned to the Employer  within
         one year after the date the initial  qualification is denied,  but only
         if the application for the qualification is made by the time prescribed
         by law for filing the  Employer's  return for the taxable year in which
         the Plan is adopted or such later date as the Secretary of the Treasury
         may prescribe.

4.7      Form, Payment and Allocation of Contributions. Contributions made for a
         Plan Year shall be made in cash;  provided,  however,  that if the Plan
         has an Employer Stock Fund,  contributions  for the Employer Stock Fund
         may be made in Employer Stock.  Contributions shall be delivered to the
         Trustee  at such  time or times as shall be  agreed  upon  between  the
         Committee and the Trustee.  The Committee shall instruct the Trustee as
         to  the  allocation  of  contributions  to the  Participant's  accounts
         pursuant to the  elections  made in the  Adoption  Agreement.  Employer
         Stock  contributed  to the Plan shall be valued at fair market value at
         the time of its transfer to the Plan.

4.8      Safe Harbor Allocation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the
         Adoption  Agreement,  in the event the  requirements  of Code  Sections
         401(a)(26)  or  410(b)  are not met  during  the  Plan  Year,  Employer
         Contributions  will be allocated to Eligible Employees in the following
         order until the applicable requirements are met:

         (A)      Eligible Employees employed by the Employer on the last day of
                  the Plan  Year and who have  completed  more than 750 Hours of
                  Service during the Plan Year;

         (B)      Eligible Employees employed by the Employer on the last day of
                  the Plan  Year and who have  completed  more than 500 but less
                  than 750 Hours of Service during the Plan Year;

         (C)      Eligible  Employees employed by the Employer on the last day
                  of the Plan Year and who have completed 500 or fewer Hours of
                  Service during the Plan Year;

         (D)      Eligible  Employees who have completed 750 or more Hours of
                  Service during the Plan Year;

         (E)      Eligible  Employees  who have  completed  more than 500 but
                  less than 750 Hours of Service  during the Plan Year.

                  In no event will Employees who have terminated employment with
                  the Employer  during the Plan Year and who have  completed 500
                  or fewer  Hours of Service  during the Plan Year  receive  any
                  allocation of Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.

                                    ARTICLE V
                             PERIOD OF PARTICIPATION

5.1      Termination Dates. A Participant's Termination Date will be the date on
         which his  employment  with the Employer is  terminated  because of the
         first to occur of the following events:

         (A)      Normal Retirement.  The Participant retires from the employ of
                  the  Employer  upon  attaining  the  Normal   Retirement  Date
                  selected in the Adoption Agreement. If the Employer enforces a
                  mandatory  retirement  age the Normal  Retirement  Date is the

                                      Page 33
<PAGE>
                  date the Participant  attains the lesser of that mandatory age
                  or the age specified in the Adoption Agreement.

         (B)      Early Retirement.  The Participant  retires from the employ of
                  the Employer upon attaining the Early Retirement Date selected
                  in  the  Adoption  Agreement.   If  a  Participant  terminates
                  employment  prior to meeting any minimum age  specified in the
                  Adoption  Agreement  but after having  completed the specified
                  minimum service requirement,  the terminated Participant shall
                  be entitled to an early retirement  benefit upon attaining the
                  minimum age required.

         (C)      Late  Retirement.  The Participant  retires from the employ of
                  the Employer after the Normal  Retirement  Date. A Participant
                  who continues to work beyond the Normal  Retirement Date shall
                  continue  participation  in the Plan on the same  basis as the
                  other Participants.

         (D)      Disability Retirement.  The Participant is terminated from the
                  employ of the Employer because of Disability, as determined by
                  the Committee,  as defined in Section 1.1(I),  irrespective of
                  his age.

         (E)      Death. The Participant's death.

         (F)      Other  Termination.   The  Participant  terminates  employment
                  before Normal, Early, Late or Disability Retirement.

                  If a  Participant  continues in the employ of the Employer but
                  no  longer is a member  of a class of  Employees  to which the
                  Plan has been and  continues  to be extended by the  Employer,
                  the  Participant's  Termination Date  nevertheless  will be as
                  stated above and his or her accounts will be held as stated in
                  Section 5.2.

5.2      Restricted  Participation.  When  distribution  of  part  or all of the
         benefits to which a Participant  is entitled under the Plan is deferred
         beyond or  cannot be made  until  after the  Participant's  Termination
         Date, or during any period that a  Participant  continues in the employ
         of the  Employer  but no longer is a member of a class of  Employees to
         which the Plan has been and  continues to be extended by the  Employer,
         the Participant, or in the event of his or her death such Participant's
         Beneficiary,  will be considered  and treated as a Participant  for all
         purposes  of the  Plan,  except  that  no  share  of  contributions  or
         forfeitures  will be credited to his or her Accounts (a) for any period
         such Participant  continues in the employ of the Employer but no longer
         is a member  of a class  of  Employees  to which  the Plan has been and
         continues   to  be  extended  by  the   Employer,   or  (b)  after  the
         Participant's Termination Date.

                                   ARTICLE VI
                                   ACCOUNTING

6.1      Accounts  Established.  There shall be  established  and maintained for
         each  Participant  such  accounts as are  applicable,  to reflect  such
         Participant's interest in each Investment Fund.

         All income,  expenses,  gains and losses  attributable  to each account
         shall be separately  accounted for. The interest of each Participant in
         the Trust Fund at any time shall consist of the amount

                                      Page 34
<PAGE>
         credited to his or her accounts as of the last  preceding  Valuation
         Date plus credits and minus debits to such accounts since that date.

6.2      Employer Contributions Considered Made On Last Day of Plan Year. Unless
         otherwise  elected in the  Adoption  Agreement,  for  purposes  of this
         Article  VI,  the  Employer's  Contribution  under  Article  IV will be
         considered to have been made on the last day of the Plan Year for which
         contributed.

6.3      Accounting Steps.  As of each Valuation Date, the Trustee shall:

         (A)      Charge to the prior account balances all previously  uncharged
                  payments or  distributions  made from  Participants'  accounts
                  since the last preceding Valuation Date.

         (B)      Adjust  the net  credit  balances  in  Participants'  accounts
                  upward or  downward,  pro rata,  so that the total of such net
                  credit  balances will equal the then adjusted net worth of the
                  Trust Fund;

         (C)      Allocate and credit Employer Contributions and any forfeitures
                  (as  described in Section  7.3) that are to be  allocated  and
                  credited as of that date in  accordance  with Sections 6.5 and
                  6.6.

                  Notwithstanding the preceding, the Trustee shall be authorized
                  to utilize  such other method of  accounting  for the gains or
                  losses experience by the Trust as may accurately  reflect each
                  Participant's interest therein.

6.4      Allocation of Employer Contributions.

         (A)      Discretionary Profit Sharing Contributions.

                  (1)      Nonstandardized    Plans.    If   the   Plan   is   a
                           nonstandardized Plan, Employer  Contributions for the
                           Plan Year shall be  allocated  among and  credited to
                           the   Employer    Contribution   Accounts   of   each
                           Participant,  including  a  Participant  on  leave of
                           absence, who is entitled to receive a contribution as
                           elected by the  Employer in the  Adoption  Agreement,
                           pursuant  to the formula  elected by the  Employer in
                           Item B(8)(b) of the Adoption  Agreement If elected in
                           the Adoption Agreement, Participants whose employment
                           terminated because of retirement, death or disability
                           before  the end of the Plan  Year  will  share in the
                           contributions for the year if elected in the Adoption
                           Agreement.

                  (2)      Standardized  Plans.  Employer  Contributions for the
                           Plan Year shall be  allocated  among and  credited to
                           the Employer Contribution Account of each Participant
                           who either  completes  more than 500 Hours of Service
                           during the Plan Year (or such lesser  number of Hours
                           of  Service  as may  be  specified  in  the  Adoption
                           Agreement) or is employed on the last day of the Plan
                           Year pursuant to the formula  elected by the Employer
                           in Item B(8)(b) of the Adoption Agreement. If elected
                           in  the  Adoption   Agreement,   Participants   whose
                           employment terminated before the end of the Plan Year
                           because of retirement, death or disability will share
                           in the  contributions  for the year if elected in the
                           Adoption Agreement.

                                      Page 35

<PAGE>
         (B)      Money Purchase Pension Plans.  Employer  Contributions will be
                  made and  allocated to the Employer  Contribution  Accounts of
                  Participants  for the Plan  Year as  elected  in the  Adoption
                  Agreement.  Sections 6.4(A)(1) and (2) above also apply to the
                  Money Purchase Pension Plans.

         (C)      Paired  Plans.  Notwithstanding  anything  in the  Plan to the
                  contrary, if the Employer maintains two plans which are Paired
                  Plans,  only one may contain an allocation,  as elected in the
                  Adoption  Agreement,  utilizing permitted disparity as defined
                  in Code Section 401(l).

6.5      Allocation of Forfeitures. As elected in Items B(11) and/or C(6) of the
         Adoption  Agreement,  as  of  the  last  day  of  the  Plan  Year,  any
         forfeitures  which  arose under the Plan during that year shall be used
         to:  (i)  pay  the   expenses  of  the  Plan;   (ii)  reduce   Employer
         Contributions;  or, (iii) be allocated to Participants accounts, as may
         be selected in the Adoption Agreement. Forfeitures under (iii) shall be
         allocated as provided in Section 6.4.

6.6      Limitation on Allocations.

         (A)      Definitions:  For purposes of limiting allocations pursuant to
                  this section, the following definitions shall apply:

                  (1)      Annual  Additions:  The sum of the following amounts
                           credited to a Participant's  account for the
                           Limitation Year:

                           (a)      Employer Contributions;

                           (b)      Employee Contributions;

                           (c)      forfeitures;

                           (d)      amounts  allocated,  after March 31, 1984,
                                    to an individual medical account, as defined
                                    in  Section  415  (l)(2) of the  Code, which
                                    is  part of a  pension  or  annuity  Plan
                                    maintained  by the  Employer are treated as
                                    Annual Additions to a defined  contribution
                                    Plan.  Also  amounts  derived  from
                                    contributions  paid or accrued  after
                                    December  31, 1985,   in  taxable   years
                                    ending   after  such  date,   which  are
                                    attributable   to post-retirement  medical
                                    benefits,  allocated to the separate account
                                    of a Key Employee, as defined in Section
                                    419A(d)(3) of the Code,  under a welfare
                                    benefit fund, as defined in  Section  419(e)
                                    of the  Code,  maintained  by the  Employer
                                    are treated as Annual Additions to a defined
                                    contribution Plan; and,

                           (e)      allocations under a simplified employee
                                    pension.

                           For this  purpose,  any Excess  Amount  applied under
                           Sections  6.6(B)(4) or  6.6(C)(6)  in the  Limitation
                           Year  to  reduce  Employer   Contributions   will  be
                           considered Annual Additions for such Limitation Year.

                                      Page 36
<PAGE>
                  (2)      Compensation:   Compensation   as  described   below,
                           interpreted  consistently with the provisions of Code
                           Section 414(s) and the regulations issued thereunder,
                           as may be selected  by the  Employer,  and  uniformly
                           applied for testing purpose:

                           (a)      W-2  Compensation  (Wages,  Tips,  and Other
                                    Compensation  required to be reported under
                                    Sections  6041,  6051, and 6052 of the Code,
                                    as reported on Form W-2).  Compensation  is
                                    defined  as wages  within  the  meaning  of
                                    Section  3401(a) and all other  payments of
                                    compensation  to an Employee by the Employer
                                    (in the course of the  Employer's  trade or
                                    business) for which the Employer is required
                                    to furnish the Employee a written  statement
                                    under  Sections  6041(d),   6051(a)(3)  and
                                    6052  of  the  Code.  Compensation  must  be
                                    determined without regard to any rules under
                                    Section 3401(a) that limit the remuneration
                                    included  in wages  based on the nature or
                                    location of the employment or the services
                                    performed (such as the exception for
                                    agricultural labor in Section 3401(a)(2).

                           (b)      Withholding    Compensation    (ss.3401(a)).
                                    Compensation  is defined as wages within the
                                    meaning of Section  3401(a) for the purposes
                                    of income tax  withholding at the source but
                                    determined  without regard to any rules that
                                    limit  the  remuneration  included  in wages
                                    based  on  the  nature  or  location  of the
                                    employment or the services  performed  (such
                                    as the exception for  agricultural  labor in
                                    Section 3401(a)(2)).

                           (c)      Section 415 safe-harbor  compensation.
                                    Compensation is defined as wages, salaries,
                                    and fees for professional services and other
                                    amounts received (without regard to whether
                                    or not an amount is paid in cash) for
                                    personal  services  actually rendered in the
                                    course of employment  with the  Employer
                                    maintaining  the Plan to the extent that the
                                    amounts are includible in gross income
                                    (including,  but not limited to, commissions
                                    paid salesman, compensation  for  services
                                    on the basis of a  percentage  of  profits,
                                    commissions on insurance premiums,  tips,
                                    bonuses, fringe benefits, and reimbursements
                                    or other expense allowances  under a
                                    nonaccountable  Plan (as described in
                                    1.62-2(c)),  and excluding the following:

                                    (i)     Employer  contributions to a Plan of
                                            deferred  compensation which are not
                                            includible in the  Employee's  gross
                                            income for the taxable year in which
                                            contributed,       or       Employer
                                            contributions   under  a  simplified
                                            employee  pension Plan to the extent
                                            such contributions are deductible by
                                            the Employee,  or any  distributions
                                            from    a    Plan    of     deferred
                                            compensation;

                                    (ii)    amounts  realized  from the exercise
                                            of a non-qualified  stock option, or
                                            when restricted  stock (or property)
                                            held by an Employee  becomes  freely
                                            transferable or is no longer subject
                                            to a substantial risk of forfeiture;

                                    (iii)   amounts   realized  from  the  sale,
                                            exchange  or  other  disposition  of
                                            stock  acquired  under  a  qualified
                                            stock option; and

                                      Page 37

<PAGE>
                                    (iv)    other amounts which received special
                                            tax benefits,  or contributions made
                                            by  the  Employer  (whether  or  not
                                            under a salary reduction  agreement)
                                            towards  the  purchase of an annuity
                                            contract described in Section 403(b)
                                            of the  Code  (whether  or  not  the
                                            contributions      are      actually
                                            excludable  from the gross income of
                                            the Employee).

                           Notwithstanding   anything  in  the   definitions  of
                           Compensation  preceding,  at  the  discretion  of the
                           Employer, uniformly applied,  Compensation shall, for
                           purposes of ADP and ACP  testing as  provided  for in
                           Article III, include amounts not currently includible
                           in income  pursuant to Code Sections 125,  402(a)(8),
                           402(h) and  403(b).  For  allocation  purposes,  such
                           amounts   shall  be  includible  as  elected  in  the
                           Adoption Agreement.

                           For any self-employed Individual, Compensation will
                           mean Earned Income.

                           For  Limitation  Years  beginning  after December 31,
                           1991,  for  purposes of applying the  limitations  of
                           Section 6.6,  Compensation  for a Limitation  Year is
                           the  compensation  actually  paid or  made  available
                           during such Limitation Year.

                           Notwithstanding the preceding sentence,  Compensation
                           for a Participant in a defined  contribution Plan who
                           is  permanently  and totally  disabled (as defined in
                           Section  22(e)(3)  of the  Code) is the  Compensation
                           such   Participant   would  have   received  for  the
                           Limitation  Year if the  Participant had been paid at
                           the  rate of  Compensation  paid  immediately  before
                           becoming  permanently  and  totally  disabled;   such
                           imputed compensation for the disabled Participant may
                           be taken into account only if the  Participant is not
                           a Highly Compensated Employee, (as defined in Section
                           414(q) of the Code), and contributions made on behalf
                           of such Participant are nonforfeitable when made.

                  (3)      Defined Benefit Fraction:  A fraction,  the numerator
                           of  which is the sum of the  Participant's  Projected
                           Annual  Benefits under all the defined  benefit plans
                           (whether  or  not   terminated)   maintained  by  the
                           Employer,  and the denominator of which is the lesser
                           of 125  percent of the dollar  limitation  determined
                           for the Limitation Year under Sections 415(b) and (d)
                           of the  Code  or  140  percent  of the  Participant's
                           Highest   Average    Compensation,    including   any
                           adjustments under Section 415(b) of the Code.

                           Notwithstanding  the above if the  Participant  was a
                           participant   as  of  the  first  day  of  the  first
                           Limitation Year beginning after December 31, 1986, in
                           one or more defined  benefit plans  maintained by the
                           Employer  which were in existence on May 6, 1986, the
                           denominator  of this  fraction  will not be less than
                           125 per cent of the sum of the annual  benefits under
                           such plans  which the  Participant  had accrued as of
                           the  close  of the  last  Limitation  Year  beginning
                           before January 1, 1987,  disregarding  any changes in
                           the terms  and  conditions  of the Plan  after May 5,
                           1986.  The  preceding  sentence  applies  only if the
                           defined  benefit  plans   individually   and  in  the
                           aggregate  satisfied the  requirements of Section 415
                           for all Limitation  Years beginning before January 1,
                           1987.

                                      Page 38
<PAGE>
                  (4)      Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation:  For purposes
                           of  calculating  the  Maximum   Permissible   Amount:
                           $30,000  or, if  greater,  one-fourth  of the defined
                           benefit  dollar   limitation  set  forth  in  Section
                           415(b)(1) of the Code as in effect for the Limitation
                           Year.

                  (5)      Defined  Contribution   Fraction:  A  fraction,   the
                           numerator of which is the sum of the Annual Additions
                           to the  Participant's  accounts under all the defined
                           contribution   plans  (whether  or  not   terminated)
                           maintained  by the  Employer  for the current and all
                           prior   Limitation   Years,   (including  the  Annual
                           Additions    attributable   to   the    Participant's
                           nondeductible  employee  contributions to all defined
                           benefit plans, whether or not terminated,  maintained
                           by   the   Employer,   and   the   Annual   Additions
                           attributable to all welfare benefit funds, as defined
                           in  Section  419(e) of the Code,  individual  medical
                           accounts,  as  defined in  Section  415(l)(2)  of the
                           Code, and simplified employee pension,  maintained by
                           the  Employer),  and the  denominator of which is the
                           sum of the maximum  aggregate amounts for the current
                           and all prior  Limitation  Years of service  with the
                           Employer    (regardless    of   whether   a   defined
                           contribution  Plan was  maintained by the  Employer).
                           The maximum  aggregate  amount in any Limitation Year
                           is the lesser of 125 percent of the dollar limitation
                           determined  under Sections 415(b) and (d) of the Code
                           in effect under Section  415(c)(1)(A)  of the Code or
                           35 percent of the Participant's Compensation for such
                           year.

                           If the  Employee was a  participant  as of the end of
                           the first day of the first  Limitation Year beginning
                           after  December  31,  1986,  in one or  more  defined
                           contribution  plans  maintained by the Employer which
                           were in  existence on May 6, 1986,  the  numerator of
                           this  fraction  will be  adjusted  if the sum of this
                           fraction  and  the  Defined  Benefit  Fraction  would
                           otherwise  exceed  1.0 under the terms of this  Plan.
                           Under the adjustment,  an amount equal to the product
                           of (1) the  excess of the sum of the  fractions  over
                           1.0 times (2) the denominator of this fraction,  will
                           be permanently  subtracted from the numerator of this
                           fraction.  The  adjustment  is  calculated  using the
                           fractions  as they would be computed as of the end of
                           the last Limitation Year beginning  before January 1,
                           1987, and  disregarding  any changes in the terms and
                           conditions  of the Plan made after May 5,  1986,  but
                           using the Section 415  limitation  applicable  to the
                           first  Limitation  Year beginning on or after January
                           1, 1987.

                           The Annual Addition for any Limitation Year beginning
                           before  January 1, 1987,  shall not be  recomputed to
                           treat all Employee contributions as Annual Additions.

                  (6)      Employer:  For  purposes  of this  Section  6.6:  the
                           Employer that adopts this Plan,  and all members of a
                           controlled  group  of  corporations  (as  defined  in
                           section  414(b) of the Code as  modified  by  Section
                           415(h), all commonly  controlled trades or businesses
                           (as defined in Section  414(c) as modified by Section
                           415(h)) or affiliated  service  groups (as defined in
                           Section  414(m)) of which the adopting  Employer is a
                           part, and any other entity  required to be aggregated
                           with  the  Employer  pursuant  to  regulations  under
                           Section 414(o) of the Code.

                                      Page 39
<PAGE>
                  (7)      Excess Amount: The excess of the Participant's Annual
                           Additions  for the  Limitation  Year over the Maximum
                           Permissible Amount.

                  (8)      Highest   Average   Compensation:   For  purposes  of
                           calculating the Defined Benefit Fraction, the average
                           compensation  for the three (3) consecutive  Years of
                           Service with the Employer  that  produces the highest
                           average.  A Year of Service  with the Employer is the
                           twelve-consecutive   month  period  defined  in  Item
                           B(4)(j) of the Adoption Agreement.

                  (9)      Limitation  Year:  A  calendar  year or any  other 12
                           consecutive  month period  elected in Item B(4)(d) of
                           the   Adoption   Agreement.   All   qualified   plans
                           maintained   by  the  Employer   must  use  the  same
                           Limitation Year. If the Limitation Year is amended to
                           a  different  12-consecutive  month  period,  the new
                           Limitation  Year  must  begin  on a date  within  the
                           Limitation Year in which the amendment is made.

                  (10)     Master or Prototype Plan: A Plan the form of which is
                           the  subject of a favorable  opinion  letter from the
                           Internal Revenue Service.

                  (11)     Maximum   Permissible   Amount:  The  maximum  Annual
                           Addition  that may be  contributed  or allocated to a
                           Participant's   account   under   the  Plan  for  any
                           Limitation Year shall not exceed the lesser of:

                           (a)      the Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation,
                                    or

                           (b)      25 percent of the Participant's Compensation
                                    for the Limitation Year.

                                    The Compensation  limitation  referred to in
                                    (b) shall not apply to any  contribution for
                                    medical  benefits  (within  the  meaning  of
                                    Section 401(h) or Section  419A(f)(2) of the
                                    Code)  which  is  otherwise  treated  as  an
                                    Annual  Addition under Section  415(l)(1) or
                                    419A(d)(2) of the Code.

                                    If  a  short   Limitation  Year  is  created
                                    because  of  an   amendment   changing   the
                                    Limitation     Year    to    a     different
                                    12-consecutive  month  period,  the  Maximum
                                    Permissible   Amount  will  not  exceed  the
                                    Defined   Contribution   Dollar   Limitation
                                    multiplied by the following fraction:

                                      Number of months in the short Limitation
                                      ----------------------------------------
                                      Year
                                      ----
                                                        12


                  (12)     Projected Annual Benefit: For purposes of calculating
                           the Defined Benefit  Fraction:  the annual retirement
                           benefit   (adjusted  to  an  actuarially   equivalent
                           straight life annuity if such benefit is expressed in
                           a  form  other  than  a  straight   life  annuity  or
                           qualified  joint and  survivor  annuity) to which the
                           Participant  would be entitled under the terms of the
                           Plan,  assuming:  (1) the  Participant  will continue
                           employment  until  Normal  Retirement  Date under the
                           Plan,  (or  current  age,  if  later),  and  (2)  the
                           Participant's Compensation for the current Limitation
                           Year and all other relevant factors used to determine
                           benefits under the Plan will remain  constant for all
                           future Limitation Years.

                                      Page 40
<PAGE>

         (B)      Annual Addition Limitations:

                  (1)      If the  Participant  does not participate in, and has
                           never  participated  in  another  qualified  Plan  or
                           welfare benefit fund, as defined in Section 419(e) of
                           the Code maintained by the Employer, or an individual
                           medical account,  as defined in Section  415(l)(2) of
                           the Code, maintained by the Employer, or a simplified
                           employee pension, as defined in Section 408(K) of the
                           Code,  maintained by the Employer  which  provides an
                           Annual  Addition  as defined in Section  6.6(E),  the
                           amount of Annual  Additions  which may be credited to
                           the  Participant's  account for any  Limitation  Year
                           will not exceed the lesser of the Maximum Permissible
                           Amount  or any  other  limitation  contained  in this
                           Plan.  If  the  Employer   Contribution   that  would
                           otherwise   be   contributed   or  allocated  to  the
                           Participant's   account   would   cause  the   Annual
                           Additions  for  the  Limitation  Year to  exceed  the
                           Maximum Permissible Amount, the amount contributed or
                           allocated   will  be   reduced  so  that  the  Annual
                           Additions  for the  Limitation  Year  will  equal the
                           Maximum Permissible Amount.

                  (2)      Prior  to  determining   the   Participant's   actual
                           Compensation  for the  Limitation  Year, the Employer
                           may  determine the Maximum  Permissible  Amount for a
                           Participant  on the basis of a reasonable  estimation
                           of the Participant's  Compensation for the Limitation
                           Year,   uniformly  determined  for  all  Participants
                           similarly situated.

                  (3)      As soon as is administratively feasible after the end
                           of  the  Limitation  Year,  the  Maximum  Permissible
                           Amount for the Limitation  Year will be determined on
                           the basis of the  Participant's  actual  Compensation
                           for the Limitation Year.

                  (4)      If pursuant to Section  6.6(B)(3) or as result of the
                           allocation of forfeitures, there is an Excess Amount,
                           the excess will be disposed of as follows:

                           (a)      Any   nondeductible    voluntary    employee
                                    contributions,  to  the  extent  they  would
                                    reduce the Excess  Amount,  will be returned
                                    to the Participant.

                           (b)      If after the application of paragraph (a) an
                                    Excess   Amount   still   exists   and   the
                                    Participant  is  covered  by the Plan at the
                                    end  of  the  Limitation  Year,  the  Excess
                                    Amount in the Participant's  account will be
                                    used  to   reduce   Employer   Contributions
                                    (including  any  allocation of  forfeitures)
                                    for such  Participant in the next Limitation
                                    year, and each succeeding  Limitation  Year,
                                    if necessary.

                           (c)      If after the application of paragraph (a) an
                                    Excess   Amount   still   exists,   and  the
                                    Participant  is not  covered  by the Plan at
                                    the end of a  Limitation  Year,  the  Excess
                                    Amount  will  be  held   unallocated   in  a
                                    suspense account.  The suspense account will
                                    be   applied  to  reduce   future   Employer
                                    Contributions  (including  allocation of any
                                    forfeitures) for all remaining  Participants
                                    in  the  next   Limitation   Year  and  each
                                    succeeding Limitation Year, if necessary.

                                      Page 41
<PAGE>
                           (d)      If a suspense account is in existence at any
                                    time during a  Limitation  Year  pursuant to
                                    this Section 6.6(A), it will not participate
                                    in the allocation of the trust's  investment
                                    gains and losses.  If a suspense  account is
                                    in existence at any time during a particular
                                    Limitation Year, all amounts in the suspense
                                    account must be allocated and reallocated to
                                    Participants'  accounts  before any Employer
                                    Contributions or any Employee  contributions
                                    may be made to the Plan for that  Limitation
                                    Year.  Excess Amounts may not be distributed
                                    to Participants or former Participants.

         (C)      Multiple Plan Limitation.

                  (1)      This Section  6.6(C)  applies if, in addition to this
                           Plan,  the   Participant  is  covered  under  another
                           qualified  Master or Prototype  defined  contribution
                           Plan  maintained by the Employer,  a welfare  benefit
                           fund,  as  defined  in  Section  419(e)  of the  Code
                           maintained by the Employer,  or an individual medical
                           account, as defined in Section 415(l)(2) of the Code,
                           maintained by the Employer,  or a simplified employee
                           pension  maintained by the employer which provides an
                           Annual  Addition as defined in Section  6.6(A) during
                           any Limitation  Year. The Annual  Additions which may
                           be credited to a  Participant's  accounts  under this
                           Plan for any such  Limitation  Year  shall not exceed
                           the Maximum  Permissible Amount reduced by the Annual
                           Additions credited to a Participant's  accounts under
                           the other  qualified  master  and  prototype  defined
                           contribution plans, welfare benefit funds, individual
                           medical  accounts,  and simplified  employee pensions
                           for the same Limitation Year. If the Annual Additions
                           with respect to the Participant under other qualified
                           master and prototype defined  contribution  plans and
                           welfare benefit funds,  individual  medical accounts,
                           and simplified  employee  pension,  maintained by the
                           Employer are less than the Maximum Permissible Amount
                           and  the   contributions   that  would  otherwise  be
                           contributed   or  allocated   to  the   Participant's
                           Employer  Contribution  Account under this Plan would
                           cause the Annual Additions for the Limitation Year to
                           exceed this  limitation,  the amount  contributed  or
                           allocated   will  be   reduced  so  that  the  Annual
                           Additions  under  all such  plans  and  funds for the
                           Limitation  Year will equal the  Maximum  Permissible
                           Amount.  If the Annual  Additions with respect to the
                           Participant  under  such other  qualified  master and
                           prototype defined contribution plans, welfare benefit
                           funds  individual  medical  accounts,  and simplified
                           employee  pension,  in the  aggregate are equal to or
                           greater  than  the  Maximum  Permissible  Amount,  no
                           amount  will  be  contributed  or  allocated  to  the
                           Participant's  Employer  Contribution  Account  under
                           this Plan for the Limitation Year.

                  (2)      Prior  to  determining   the   Participant's   actual
                           Compensation  for the  Limitation  Year, the Employer
                           may  determine the Maximum  Permissible  Amount for a
                           Participant  in  the  manner   described  in  Section
                           6.6(B)(2).

                  (3)      As soon as is administratively feasible after the end
                           of  the  Limitation  Year,  the  Maximum  Permissible
                           Amount for the Limitation  Year will be determined on
                           the basis of the  Participant's  actual  Compensation
                           for the Limitation Year.

                                      Page 42
<PAGE>

                  (4)      If,  pursuant to Section  6.6(C)(3) or as a result of
                           the allocation of forfeitures, a Participant's Annual
                           Additions  under this Plan and all other plans result
                           in an Excess Amount for a Limitation Year, the Excess
                           Amount shall be deemed to consist of the amounts last
                           allocated,  except that Annual Additions attributable
                           to a  simplified  employee  pension will be deemed to
                           have  been  allocated   first,   followed  by  annual
                           additions  to a welfare  benefit  fund or  individual
                           medical account  regardless of the actual  allocation
                           date.

                  (5)      If an Excess Amount was allocated to a Participant on
                           an allocation  date of this Plan which coincides with
                           an allocation date of another Plan, the Excess Amount
                           attributed to this Plan will be the product of:

                           (a)      the total Excess Amount allocated as of such
                                    date, times

                           (b)      the  ratio  of  (i)  the  Annual   Additions
                                    allocated   to  the   Participant   for  the
                                    Limitation  Year as of such date  under this
                                    Plan  to (ii)  the  total  Annual  Additions
                                    allocated   to  the   Participant   for  the
                                    Limitation  Year as of such date  under this
                                    and all other qualified  Master or Prototype
                                    defined contribution plans.

                  (6)      Any Excess Amount attributed to this Plan should be
                           disposed of as provided in Section 6.6(C)(4).

         (D)      If the Participant is covered under another  qualified defined
                  contribution  Plan  maintained by the Employer  which is not a
                  Master  or  Prototype  Plan,  Annual  Additions  which  may be
                  credited to the Participant's accounts under this Plan for any
                  Limitation  Year will be limited in  accordance  with  Section
                  6.6(C)  (1-6) as though  the Plan  were a Master or  Prototype
                  Plan unless the Employer  provides  other  limitations in Item
                  B(12) of the Adoption Agreement.

         (E)      If the  Employer  maintains,  or at  any  time  maintained,  a
                  qualified  defined  benefit Plan covering any  Participant  in
                  this Plan, the sum of the  Participant's  Defined Benefit Plan
                  Fraction  and  Defined  Contribution  Plan  Fraction  will not
                  exceed 1.0 in any Limitation  Year. The Annual Additions which
                  may be credited to the Participant's  accounts under this Plan
                  for any  Limitation  Year will be limited in  accordance  with
                  Item B(12) of the Adoption Agreement.

6.7      Reports to  Participants.  The Committee shall cause reports to be made
         at least annually to each  Participant  and to the  Beneficiary of each
         deceased  Participant  as to  the  value  of  each  such  Participant's
         accounts, as of an appropriate preceding Valuation Date.

                                   ARTICLE VII
                           PAYMENT OF ACCOUNT BALANCES

7.1      Termination of Employment Upon Disability or Death. A Participant shall
         become fully vested in his or her Employer Contribution Accounts if the
         Participant  becomes Disabled under Sections 5.1(A), (B), (C) or (D) or
         dies while still  employed.  The accounts of a Participant  who retires
         becomes  Disabled or dies will become  distributable to the Participant
         or to his or her Spouse or

                                      Page 43
<PAGE>

         Beneficiary.  If  distributed  immediately,
         subject to Section 7.4, the distributable  balance,  after adjustments,
         will be determined as soon as practicable  following the receipt by the
         Trustee of written  notice of the  Participant's  termination  from the
         Committee.

7.2      Timing for Determining  Account Balance Upon  Termination of Employment
         Prior to Retirement,  Disability or Death. If a Participant  terminates
         employment  with the Employer before  retirement  under Sections 5.1(F)
         the vested portion of the Participant's  Employer  Contribution Account
         and/or  Matching  Account  shall be determined  and such  Participant's
         accounts  will be  distributable  to the  Participant.  If  distributed
         immediately,  subject to Section 7.4, the distributable  balance, after
         adjustments,  will  be  determined  as soon  as  practicable  following
         receipt  by  the  Trustee  of  written  notice  of  the   Participant's
         termination   from  the  Committee.   The  account   balance  shall  be
         distributable at such time as elected in the Adoption Agreement, but in
         no event shall an account balance not be  distributable  later than the
         Participant's Normal Retirement Date.

7.3      Vesting On Distribution Before Break-in-Service; Cash-Outs.

         (A)      If an Employee  terminates  service,  and the value of the
                  Employee's  vested account  balance derived from Employer and
                  Employee  contributions  is not greater than $3,500,  the
                  Employee will receive a distribution of the value of the
                  entire vested portion of such account balances,  and Rollover
                  Account balance, if any. The nonvested portion will be treated
                  as a  forfeiture.  For purposes of this Section 7.3, if the
                  value of an Employee's  vested account balance is zero, the
                  Employee shall be deemed to have received a distribution
                  of such vested  account  balance.  A  Participant's  vested
                  account  balance shall not include  accumulated  deductible
                  employee contributions within the meaning of Section 72(o)
                  (5)(B) of the Code for Plan Years beginning prior to
                  January 1, 1989.

         (B)      If an Employee terminates  service,  and elects, in accordance
                  with the  requirements of Section 7.4, to receive the value of
                  the Employee's  vested account balance,  the nonvested portion
                  will be treated as a  forfeiture.  If the  Employee  elects to
                  have  distributed  less than the entire vested  portion of the
                  balance in the Employer  Contribution Account, the part of the
                  nonvested  portion that will be treated as a forfeiture is the
                  total  nonvested  portion   multiplied  by  a  fraction,   the
                  numerator   of  which  is  the  amount  of  the   distribution
                  attributable to Employer  Contributions and the denominator of
                  which is the total value of the vested balance in the Employer
                  Contribution Account.

         (C)      If an Employee  receives a distribution  pursuant to this
                  Section 7.3 and the Employee resumes  employment covered under
                  this Plan, the Employee's Employer Contribution Account and/or
                  Matching Account balance will be restored to the amount on the
                  date of  distribution  if the Employee repays to the Plan the
                  full amount of the distribution  attributable to Employer
                  contributions  before the earlier of 5 years after the first
                  date on which the  Participant  is  subsequently  reemployed
                  by the Employer,  or the date the  Participant incurs five (5)
                  consecutive one (1) year Breaks in Service  following the date
                  of the  distribution.  If an Employee is deemed to receive a
                  distribution  pursuant  to this  Section  7.3,  and the
                  Employee resumes employment covered under this Plan before the
                  date the  Participant  incurs five (5)  consecutive  one (1)
                  year Breaks in Service, upon the reemployment of such
                  Employee,  the Employer Contribution Account balance and/or

                                      Page 44
<PAGE>

                  Matching  Account balance of the Employee will be restored to
                  the amount on the date of such deemed distribution.

7.4      Restrictions on Immediate Distributions.

         (A)      If the value of a Participant's vested account balance derived
                  from Employer and Employee contributions exceeds (or at the
                  time of any prior distribution  exceeded) $3,500, and the
                  account balance is immediately distributable, the Participant
                  and the Participant's Spouse (or where either the Participant
                  or the Spouse has died,  the  survivor)  must consent to any
                  distribution  of such account  balance.  The consent of the
                  Participant  and the  Participant's  Spouse shall be obtained
                  in writing within the 90-day period ending on the annuity
                  starting  date.  The annuity  starting  date is the first day
                  of the first period for which an amount is paid as an annuity
                  or any other form.  The Committee shall notify the Participant
                  and the Participant's Spouse of the right to defer any
                  distribution until the Participant's  account balance is no
                  longer immediately  distributable.  Such notification  shall
                  include a general  description of the material features,  and
                  an explanation of the relative values of, the optional forms
                  of benefit  available under the Plan in a manner that would
                  satisfy the notice requirements of Section 417(a)(3), and
                  shall be provided no less than 30 days and no more than 90
                  days prior to the annuity starting date.  However,
                  distribution may commence less than 30 days after the notice
                  described in the  preceding  sentence is given,  provided the
                  distribution  is one to which sections  401(a)(11) and 417 of
                  the Internal Revenue Code do not apply, the plan administrator
                  clearly  informs the  participant  that the  participant has a
                  right to a period of at least  30 days  after  receiving  the
                  notice  to  consider  the  decision  of  whether  or not to
                  elect a distribution (and, if applicable,  a particular
                  distribution option), and the participant,  after receiving
                  the notice, affirmatively elects a distribution.

                  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  only  the  Participant  need
                  consent to the commencement of a distribution in the form of a
                  Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity while the account balance
                  is immediately distributable.  (Furthermore, if payment in the
                  form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity is not required
                  with  respect to the  Participant  pursuant to Section 7.10 of
                  the  Plan,   only  the   Participant   need   consent  to  the
                  distribution   of  an  account  balance  that  is  immediately
                  distributable.  Neither the consent of the Participant nor the
                  Participant's  Spouse  shall be  required to the extent that a
                  distribution  is  required  to satisfy  Section  401(a)(9)  or
                  Section 415 of the Code. In addition, upon termination of this
                  Plan if the Plan does not offer an annuity  option  (purchased
                  from a commercial provider), and if the Employer or any entity
                  within  the same  controlled  group as the  Employer  does not
                  maintain  another  defined  contribution  Plan  (other than an
                  employee stock ownership Plan as defined in Section 4975(e)(7)
                  of the Code), the Participant's  account balance will, without
                  the Participant's  consent, be distributed to the Participant.
                  However, if any entity within the same controlled group as the
                  Employer  maintains  another defined  contribution Plan (other
                  than an employee  stock  ownership  Plan as defined in Section
                  4975(e)(7) of the Code) then the Participant's account balance
                  will be transferred, without the Participant's consent, to the
                  other Plan if the Participant does not consent to an immediate
                  distribution.

                  An account balance is immediately distributable if any part of
                  the account  balance could be distributed  to the  Participant
                  (or surviving spouse) before the Participant  attains or would
                  have  attained  if not  deceased)  the  later  of  the  Normal
                  Retirement Date or age 62.

                                      Page 45
<PAGE>

         (B)      For purposes of determining the applicability of the foregoing
                  consent  requirements to  distributions  made before the first
                  day of the first Plan Year beginning  after December 31, 1988,
                  the  Participant's  vested  account  balance shall not include
                  amounts   attributable  to  accumulated   deductible  employee
                  contributions within the meaning of Section 72(o)(5)(B) of the
                  Code.

7.5      Commencement  of Benefits.  Unless the  Participant  elects  otherwise,
         payments will be made or commence to a Participant  by the Trustee,  as
         directed by the Committee,  no later than the sixtieth (60th) day after
         the  latest of the close of the Plan Year in which (1) the  Participant
         attains age sixty-five  (65) (or Normal  Retirement  Date; if earlier);
         (2)  occurs  the  tenth  (10th)  anniversary  of the year in which  the
         Participant commenced participation in the Plan; or (3) the Participant
         terminates his or her service with the Employer.

         Notwithstanding the foregoing,  the failure of a Participant and Spouse
         to  consent  to  a   distribution   while  a  benefit  is   immediately
         distributable,  within the meaning of Section 7.4 of the Plan, shall be
         deemed  to be an  election  to defer  commencement  of  payment  of any
         benefit sufficient to satisfy this section.

7.6      Timing and Modes of Distribution.

         (A)      General Rules.

                  (1)      Subject to Section 7.10,  Joint and Survivor  Annuity
                           Requirements,  the  requirements  of this Section 7.6
                           shall apply to any  distribution  of a  Participant's
                           interest   and   will   take   precedence   over  any
                           inconsistent   provisions   of  this   Plan.   Unless
                           otherwise  specified,  the provisions of this Section
                           7.6 apply to calendar years  beginning after December
                           31, 1984.

                  (2)      All  distributions  required  under this  Section 7.6
                           shall be determined  and made in accordance  with the
                           Income  Tax  Regulations  under  Section   401(a)(9),
                           including the minimum distribution incidental benefit
                           requirement   of   Section   1.401(a)(9)-2   of   the
                           regulations.

                  (3)      The normal form of payment for a profit-sharing  Plan
                           satisfying the requirements of Section 7.10(F) hereof
                           shall be a  single  sum with no  option  for  annuity
                           payments;  provided,  however, that distributions may
                           be made:

                           (a)      In  installment  payments,  if the  Employer
                                    has  elected  installment  payments in Item
                                    B(10)(a) of the Adoption Agreement;

                           (b)      Through such other form of benefit as may be
                                    identified  in Item B(10)(a) of the Adoption
                                    Agreement,   which  shall  be  available  to
                                    Participants  as an optional form of benefit
                                    payment,   and   shall   preclude   Employer
                                    discretion;

                           (c)      Through  such other form of  benefits as may
                                    be  required  to  be  protected  as  Section
                                    411(d)(6) protected benefits.

                                      Page 46
<PAGE>
         (B)      Required  Beginning Date. The entire interest of a Participant
                  must be  distributed  or begin to be distributed no later than
                  the Participant's required beginning date.

         (C)      Limits on Distribution  Periods.  As of the first distribution
                  calendar year, distributions, if not made in a single-sum, may
                  only  be  made  over  one  of  the  following  periods  (or  a
                  combination thereof):

                  (1)      the life of the Participant,

                  (2)      the life of the Participant and a designated
                           Beneficiary,

                  (3)      a period certain not extending beyond the life
                           expectancy of the Participant, or

                  (4)      a period  certain not extending  beyond the joint and
                           last  survivor  expectancy of the  Participant  and a
                           designated Beneficiary.

         (D)      Determination  of Amount to be  Distributed  Each Year. If the
                  Participant's  interest is to be  distributed  in other than a
                  single sum, the  following  minimum  distribution  rules shall
                  apply on or after the required beginning date:

                  (1)      Individual Account.

                          (a)      If a Participant's benefit is to be
                                   distributed over:

                                    (i)     a period  not  extending  beyond the
                                            life  expectancy of the  participant
                                            or the joint life and last  survivor
                                            expectancy  of the  Participant  and
                                            the     Participant's     designated
                                            Beneficiary; or

                                    (ii)    a period  not  extending  beyond the
                                            life  expectancy  of the  designated
                                            Beneficiary,  the amount required to
                                            be  distributed  for  each  calendar
                                            year,  beginning with  distributions
                                            for the first distribution  calendar
                                            year,   must  at  least   equal  the
                                            quotient  obtained by  dividing  the
                                            Participant's    benefit    by   the
                                            applicable life expectancy.

                          (b)      For calendar years  beginning  before January
                                   1, 1989, if the  Participant's  Spouse is not
                                   the  designated  beneficiary,  the  method of
                                   distribution  selected  must  assure  that at
                                   least 50% of the present  value of the amount
                                   available for distribution is paid within the
                                   life expectancy of the Participant.

                          (c)      For calendar years  beginning  after December
                                   31, 1988, the amount to be distributed  each
                                   year,  beginning with distributions for the
                                   first distribution calendar year shall not be
                                   less than the  quotient  obtained by dividing
                                   the  Participant's  benefit by the lesser of
                                   (1) the  applicable  life  expectancy  or (2)
                                   if the  Participant's  Spouse  is not  the
                                   designated  Beneficiary,  the applicable
                                   divisor determined from the table set forth
                                   in Q&A-4 of Section 1.401(a)(9)-2  of the
                                   Income Tax  Regulations.  Distributions after
                                   the death of the Participant shall be
                                   distributed  using the applicable  life
                                   expectancy in

                                      Page 47
<PAGE>
                                   Section (1)(a) above as the
                                   relevant divisor without regard to
                                   Regulations  Section 1.401(a)(9)-2.

                          (d)      The  minimum  distribution  required  for the
                                   Participant's  first  distribution   calendar
                                   year   must  be  made   on  or   before   the
                                   Participant's  required  beginning  date. The
                                   minimum   distribution   for  other  calendar
                                   years, including the minimum distribution for
                                   the  distribution  calendar year in which the
                                   Employee's  required  beginning  date occurs,
                                   must be made on or before December 31 of that
                                   distribution calendar year.

                  (2)      Other  Forms.   If  the   Participant's   benefit  is
                           distributed in the form of an annuity  purchased from
                           an insurance company,  distributions thereunder shall
                           be  made  in  accordance  with  the  requirements  of
                           Section  401(a)(9)  of the Code  and the  regulations
                           thereunder.

         (E)  Death Distribution Provisions

                  (1)      Distribution   Beginning   Before   Death.   If   the
                           Participant  dies  after  distribution  of his or her
                           interest  has begun,  the  remaining  portion of such
                           interest will continue to be  distributed at least as
                           rapidly  as under the  method of  distribution  being
                           used prior to the Participant's death.

                  (2)      Distribution    Beginning   After   Death.   If   the
                           Participant  dies before  distribution  of his or her
                           interest  begins,  distribution of the  Participant's
                           entire  interest shall be completed by December 31 of
                           the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of
                           the Participant's  death except to the extent that an
                           election   is  made  to  receive   distributions   in
                           accordance with (a) or (b) below:

                           (a)      if any portion of the Participant's interest
                                    is  payable  to  a  designated  Beneficiary,
                                    distributions  may be made  over the life or
                                    over a period  certain not greater  than the
                                    life    expectancy    of   the    designated
                                    Beneficiary commencing on or before December
                                    31  of   the   calendar   year   immediately
                                    following  the  calendar  year in which  the
                                    Participant died;

                           (b)      if  the   designated   Beneficiary   is  the
                                    Participant's  surviving  Spouse,  the  date
                                    distributions   are  required  to  begin  in
                                    accordance  with  (a)  above  shall  not  be
                                    earlier than the later of (1) December 31 of
                                    the calendar year immediately  following the
                                    calendar year in which the Participant  died
                                    and (2) December 31 of the calendar  year in
                                    which the  Participant  would have  attained
                                    age 70-1/2.

                                    If the  Participant has not made an election
                                    pursuant to this  Section  7.6(E)(2)  by the
                                    time of his or her death, the  Participant's
                                    designated Beneficiary must elect the method
                                    of distribution no later than the earlier of
                                    (1)  December  31 of the  calendar  year  in
                                    which  distributions  would be  required  to
                                    begin under this section, or (2) December 31
                                    of the calendar  year in which  contains the
                                    fifth  anniversary  of the  date of death of
                                    the  Participant.  If the Participant has no
                                    designated Beneficiary, or if the

                                      Page 48
<PAGE>
                                    designated
                                    Beneficiary  does  not  elect  a  method  of
                                    distribution,     distribution     of    the
                                    Participant's   entire   interest   must  be
                                    completed  by  December  31 of the  calendar
                                    year containing the fifth anniversary of the
                                    Participant's death.

                  (3)      Surviving  Spouse's  Death.  For  purposes of Section
                           (E)(2) above, if the surviving  Spouse dies after the
                           Participant,  but  before  payments  to  such  Spouse
                           begin,  the  provisions  of Section  (E)(2)  with the
                           exception of paragraph (b) therein,  shall be applied
                           as if the surviving Spouse were the Participant.

                  (4)      Minor Beneficiary.  For purposes of this Section (E),
                           any amount paid to a child of the Participant will be
                           treated  as if it had  been  paid  to  the  surviving
                           Spouse if the amount becomes payable to the surviving
                           Spouse when the child reaches the age of majority.

                  (5)      Distribution   Considered   to  Begin   on   Required
                           Beginning Date. For the purposes of this Section (E),
                           distribution   of   a   Participant's   interest   is
                           considered  to  begin on the  Participant's  required
                           beginning  date  (or,  if  Section  (E)(3)  above  is
                           applicable,  the date  distribution  is  required  to
                           begin to the  surviving  Spouse  pursuant  to Section
                           (E)(2)  above).  If  distribution  in the  form of an
                           annuity  irrevocably  commences  to  the  Participant
                           before  the  required   beginning   date,   the  date
                           distribution  is  considered  to  begin  is the  date
                           distribution actually commences.

         (F)      Definitions.

                  (1)      Applicable life  expectancy:  The life expectancy (or
                           joint and last survivor expectancy)  calculated using
                           the attained age of the  Participant  (or  designated
                           Beneficiary) as of the  Participant's  (or designated
                           Beneficiary's)  birthday in the  applicable  calendar
                           year reduced by one for each  calendar year which has
                           elapsed  since  the date  life  expectancy  was first
                           calculated. If life expectancy is being recalculated,
                           the  applicable  life  expectancy  shall  be the life
                           expectancy  as  so   recalculated.   The   applicable
                           calendar   year  shall  be  the  first   distribution
                           calendar  year,  and  if  life  expectancy  is  being
                           recalculated such succeeding calendar year.

                  (2)      Designated   Beneficiary:   The   individual  who  is
                           designated  as the  Beneficiary  under  the  Plan  in
                           accordance  with Section  401(a)(9)  and the proposed
                           regulations thereunder.

                  (3)      Distribution calendar year: A calendar year for which
                           a minimum distribution is required. For distributions
                           beginning before the  Participant's  death, the first
                           distribution  calendar  year  is  the  calendar  year
                           immediately   preceding   the  calendar   year  which
                           contains the Participant's  required  beginning date.
                           For  distributions  beginning after the Participant's
                           death,  the first  distribution  calendar year is the
                           calendar year in which  distributions are required to
                           begin pursuant to Section (E) above.

                  (4)      Life  expectancy:  Life expectancy and joint and last
                           survivor  expectancy  are  computed  by  use  of  the
                           expected  return  multiples  in  Tables  V and  VI of
                           Section 1.72-9 of the Income Tax Regulations.

                                      Page 49
<PAGE>
                           Unless  otherwise  elected  by  the  Participant  (or
                           Spouse,  in the case of  distributions  described  in
                           Section  (E)(2)(b)  above) by the time  distributions
                           are  required to begin,  life  expectancies  shall be
                           recalculated   annually.   Such  election   shall  be
                           irrevocable  as to the  Participant  (or  Spouse) and
                           shall  apply  to  all  subsequent   years.  The  life
                           expectancy  of a  non-spouse  Beneficiary  may not be
                           recalculated.

                  (5)      Participant's benefit:

                           (a)      The account balance as of the last valuation
                                    date  in  the  calendar   year   immediately
                                    preceding  the  distribution  calendar  year
                                    (valuation  calendar year)  increased by the
                                    amount of any  contributions  or forfeitures
                                    allocated to the account balance as of dates
                                    in the  valuation  calendar  year  after the
                                    valuation     date    and    decreased    by
                                    distributions made in the valuation calendar
                                    year after the valuation date.

                           (b)      Exception for second  distribution  calendar
                                    year.  For purposes of paragraph  (a) above,
                                    if any portion of the  minimum  distribution
                                    for the first distribution  calendar year is
                                    made  in the  second  distribution  calendar
                                    year on or  before  the  required  beginning
                                    date, the amount of the minimum distribution
                                    made  in the  second  distribution  calendar
                                    year shall be treated as if it had been made
                                    in the  immediately  preceding  distribution
                                    calendar year.

                  (6)      Required beginning date:

                           (a)      General rule. The required beginning date of
                                    a  Participant  is the first day of April of
                                    the  calendar  year  following  the calendar
                                    year in which the  Participant  attains  age
                                    70-1/2.

                           (b)      Transitional  rules. The required  beginning
                                    date of a Participant who attains age 70-1/2
                                    before January 1, 1988,  shall be determined
                                    in accordance with (1) or (2) below:

                                    (i)     Non-5-percent  owners.  The required
                                            beginning date of a Participant  who
                                            is  not a  5-percent  owner  is  the
                                            first  day of April of the  calendar
                                            year  following the calendar year in
                                            which  the  later of  retirement  or
                                            attainment of age 70-1/2 occurs.

                                    (ii)    5-percent   owners.   The   required
                                            beginning date of a Participant  who
                                            is a 5-percent owner during any year
                                            beginning  after  December 31, 1979,
                                            is the first day of April  following
                                            the later of:

                                            (a)      the calendar year in which
                                                     the participant attains age
                                                     70-1/2, or

                                            (b)      the earlier of the calendar
                                                     year with or  within  which
                                                     ends the Plan Year in which
                                                     the  Participant  becomes a
                                                     5-percent

                                      Page 50
<PAGE>
                                                     owner,  or  the
                                                     calendar  year in which the
                                                     Participant retires.

                                    The required beginning date of a Participant
                                    who is not a 5-percent owner who attains age
                                    70-1/2  during  1988 and who has not retired
                                    as of January 1, 1989, is April 1, 1990.

                           (c)      5-percent owner. A Participant is treated as
                                    a  5-percent  owner  for  purposes  of  this
                                    Section if such  Participant  is a 5-percent
                                    owner as defined  in  Section  416(i) of the
                                    Code  (determined in accordance with Section
                                    416 but  without  regard to whether the Plan
                                    is  top-heavy)  at any time  during the Plan
                                    Year ending with or within the calendar year
                                    in which  such owner  attains  age 66-1/2 or
                                    any subsequent Plan Year.

                           (d)      Once distributions have begun to a 5-percent
                                    owner under this Section, they must continue
                                    to be  distributed,  even if the Participant
                                    ceases  to  be  a   5-percent   owner  in  a
                                    subsequent year.

         (G)      Transitional Rule.

                  (1)      Distributions  to 5-percent  Owners.  Notwithstanding
                           the  other  requirements  of  this  Section  7.6  and
                           subject to the  requirements  of Section 7.10,  Joint
                           and Survivor Annuity  Requirements,  distributions on
                           behalf of any Employee,  including a 5-percent owner,
                           may be made in  accordance  with all of the following
                           requirements  (regardless  of when such  distribution
                           commences):

                           (a)      The  distribution  by the plan is one  which
                                    would not have  disqualified such plan under
                                    Section  401(a)(9) of the  Internal  Revenue
                                    Code as in effect  prior to amendment by the
                                    Deficit Reduction Act of 1984.

                           (b)      The  distribution  is in  accordance  with a
                                    method  of  distribution  designated  by the
                                    Employee whose interest in the plan is being
                                    distributed or, if the Employee is deceased,
                                    by a Beneficiary of such Employee.

                           (c)      Such designation was in writing,  was signed
                                    by the Employee or the Beneficiary,  and was
                                    made before January 1, 1984.

                           (d)      The Employee had accrued a benefit under the
                                    Plans of December 31, 1983.

                           (e)      The method of distribution designated by the
                                    Employee or the  Beneficiary  specifies  the
                                    time at which  distribution  will  commence,
                                    the period over which  distributions will be
                                    made,  and in the  case of any  distribution
                                    upon the Employee's death, the Beneficiaries
                                    of the Employee listed in order of priority.

                  (2)      Distribution on Death. A distribution upon death will
                           not be covered by this  transitional  rule unless the
                           information in the designation  contains the required

                                      Page 51
<PAGE>
                           information  described  above  with  respect  to  the
                           distributions  to be  made  upon  the  death  of  the
                           Employee.

                  (3)      Designation   of   Distribution   Method.   For   any
                           distribution  which commences before January 1, 1984,
                           but continues  after December 31, 1983, the Employee,
                           or the  Beneficiary,  to whom  such  distribution  is
                           being made,  will be presumed to have  designated the
                           method of distribution  under which the  distribution
                           is  being  made if the  method  of  distribution  was
                           specified in writing and the  distribution  satisfies
                           the requirements in subsections (G)(1)(a) and (e).

                  (4)      Revocation  of  Designations.  If  a  designation  is
                           revoked any subsequent  distribution must satisfy the
                           requirements of Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the
                           regulations  thereunder.  If a designation is revoked
                           subsequent to the date  distributions are required to
                           begin,  the plan  must  distribute  by the end of the
                           calendar  year  following  the calendar year in which
                           the  revocation  occurs  the  total  amount  not  yet
                           distributed  which  would have been  required to have
                           been distributed to satisfy Section  401(a)(9) of the
                           Code  and  the  regulations  thereunder,  but for the
                           Section  242(b)(2)   election.   For  calendar  years
                           beginning after December 31, 1988, such distributions
                           must meet the minimum distribution incidental benefit
                           requirements in Section  1.401(a)(9)-2  of the Income
                           Tax Regulations.  Any changes in the designation will
                           be considered to be a revocation of the  designation.
                           However, the mere substitution or addition of another
                           Beneficiary (one not named in the designation)  under
                           the  designation  will  not  be  considered  to  be a
                           revocation  of  the  designation,  so  long  as  such
                           substitution  or  addition  does not alter the period
                           over  which  distributions  are to be made  under the
                           designation,  directly or indirectly (for example, by
                           altering the relevant measuring life). In the case in
                           which an amount is  transferred  or rolled  over from
                           one Plan to  another  Plan,  the rules in Q&A J-2 and
                           Q&A J-3 shall apply.

7.7      Designation of Beneficiary.

         (A)      Default  Beneficiary.  In the  case  of a  Participant  who is
                  married,   the   Participant's   Beneficiary   shall   be  the
                  Participant's Spouse, but if the Participant's Spouse consents
                  as provided in this Section 7.7, or if the  Participant is not
                  married,   then  the  Participant  shall  have  the  right  to
                  designate   that   after   such   Participant's   death   such
                  Participant's  accounts  shall be  distributed to a designated
                  Beneficiary or Beneficiaries.

         (B)      Spousal  Consent.  Any  consent of a Spouse  given  pursuant
                  to this  Section  must be in writing and given prior to the
                  death of the  Participant.  Such  consent  must  acknowledge
                  the effect of the  Participant's Beneficiary designation,  the
                  identity of any non-Spouse Beneficiary, including any class of
                  Beneficiaries and  contingent  Beneficiaries,  and the consent
                  must be witnessed  by a Plan  representative  or a Notary
                  Public.  The Participant may not subsequently  change the
                  designation of his or her Beneficiary  unless his Spouse
                  consents to the new  designation  in accordance  with the
                  requirements set forth in the preceding sentence.  The consent
                  of a Participant's  Spouse shall not be required if the
                  Participant  establishes to the satisfaction of the Committee
                  that consent may not be obtained  because there is no Spouse,
                  the Spouse cannot be located or because of such other
                  circumstances as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe
                  by regulations.  A Spouse's

                                      Page 52
<PAGE>
                  consent shall be  irrevocable.
                  Any consent by a Spouse,  or  establishment  that  the consent
                  of the Spouse may not be obtained, shall be effective only
                  with respect to that Spouse.

         (C)      Changing  Beneficiaries.  Subject to Subparagraphs (A) and (B)
                  above,  the  Participant's  designation of Beneficiary  may be
                  made,  changed or revoked by the  Participant at any time by a
                  written  instrument,  in form  satisfactory  to the Committee,
                  and shall become  effective  only when executed by such
                  Participant (and, if applicable,  consented to by the
                  Participant's Spouse as set forth in Section 7.7(B)) and filed
                  with  the  Committee  prior  to  such  Participant's  death.
                  If all of the Beneficiaries named in  such designation  shall
                  have  predeceased such Participant, or die  prior to complete
                  distribution  of the Participant's  accounts, or if such
                  Participant fails to execute and file a designation and is not
                  survived by a Spouse the  payment of such  Participant's
                  accounts  shall be made  pursuant  to the Plan and to such
                  Beneficiaries as required by state law. Neither the Employer,
                  the Committee, nor the Trustee, shall have any duty to see
                  that  such  Participant,  any  Spouse  or any  Beneficiary
                  executes  and  files  any such designation with the Committee.

7.8      Optional Forms of Benefit.  The optional  forms of benefit  provided by
         this Plan are not subject to Employer discretion and are made available
         to all Participants on a nondiscriminatory basis. The optional forms of
         benefit are  described  in Articles  III and VII, as may be selected in
         the  Adoption  Agreement.  If  selected  in Item B(13) of the  Adoption
         Agreement,  the  Employer  may attach to the Plan a list of the Section
         "411(d)(6)   protected   benefits"   that  must  be  preserved  from  a
         individually  designed  Plan or other  prototype  Plan  which this Plan
         amends.

7.9      Distribution  Upon  Disability.  In the event of the  Disability of the
         Participant,  the Trustee,  following  receipt of  notification of such
         Disability  from  the  Committee,  shall  make  distributions  from the
         Account.

7.10     Joint and Survivor Annuity Requirements.

         (A)      Application.  The  provisions of this Section 7.10 shall apply
                  to any  Participant  who is credited with at least one Hour of
                  Service with the  Employer on or after  August 23,  1984,  and
                  such other Participants as provided in Section 7.10(G).

         (B)      Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity.  Unless an optional form
                  of benefit is selected pursuant to a Qualified Election within
                  the ninety-day  period ending on the Annuity  Starting Date, a
                  married  Participant's  Vested Account Balance will be paid in
                  the form of a  Qualified  Joint and  Survivor  Annuity  and an
                  unmarried Participant's Vested Account Balance will be paid in
                  the form of a life annuity.  The Participant may elect to have
                  such  annuity  distributed  upon  attainment  of the  Earliest
                  Retirement Age under the Plan.

         (C)      Qualified  Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity. Unless an optional
                  form of benefit has been selected  within the election  period
                  pursuant to a Qualified Election, if a Participant dies before
                  the  Annuity  Starting  Date  then  the  Participant's  Vested
                  Account  Balance  shall be applied  toward the  purchase of an
                  annuity for the life of the  surviving  Spouse.  The surviving
                  Spouse  may elect to have such  annuity  distributed  within a
                  reasonable period after the Participant's death.

         (D)      Definitions.
                                      Page 53
<PAGE>
                  (1)      Election period: The period which begins on the first
                           day of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains
                           age 35 and  ends  on the  date  of the  Participant's
                           death. If a Participant  separates from service prior
                           to the  first day of the Plan Year in which age 35 is
                           attained,  with respect to the account  balance as of
                           the date of  separation,  the  election  period shall
                           begin on the date of separation.

                           Pre-age 35  waiver:  A  Participant  who will not yet
                           attain age 35 as of the end of any current  Plan Year
                           may make a special  Qualified  Election  to waive the
                           Qualified  Preretirement  Survivor  Annuity  for  the
                           period  beginning  on the date of such  election  and
                           ending on the first day of the Plan Year in which the
                           Participant  will attain age 35. Such election  shall
                           not  be  valid  unless  the  Participant  receives  a
                           written  explanation  of the Qualified  Preretirement
                           Survivor  Annuity in such terms as are  comparable to
                           the  explanation   required  under  Section  7.10(E).
                           Qualified  Preretirement  Survivor  Annuity  coverage
                           will be automatically  reinstated as of the first day
                           of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age
                           35.  Any new  waiver on or after  such date  shall be
                           subject  to the  full  requirements  of this  Section
                           7.10.

                  (2)      Earliest  retirement age: The earliest date on which,
                           under  the  Plan,  the  Participant  could  elect  to
                           receive retirement benefits.

                  (3)      Qualified Election: A waiver of a Qualified Joint and
                           Survivor   Annuity  or  a   Qualified   Preretirement
                           Survivor Annuity. Any waiver of a Qualified Joint and
                           Survivor   Annuity  or  a   Qualified   Preretirement
                           Survivor Annuity shall not be effective  unless:  (a)
                           the  Participant's  Spouse consents in writing to the
                           election;  (b) the  election  designates  a  specific
                           Beneficiary  including any class of  Beneficiaries or
                           any  contingent  Beneficiaries,   which  may  not  be
                           changed   without  spousal  consent  (or  the  Spouse
                           expressly  permits  designations  by the  Participant
                           without  any  further  spousal   consent);   (c)  the
                           Spouse's  consent  acknowledges  the  effect  of  the
                           election;  and (d) the Spouse's  consent is witnessed
                           by  a   Plan   representative   or   Notary   Public.
                           Additionally, a Participant's waiver of the Qualified
                           Joint and  Survivor  Annuity  shall not be  effective
                           unless  the  election  designates  a form of  benefit
                           payment  which  may not be  changed  without  spousal
                           consent (or the spouse expressly permits designations
                           by  the  Participant   without  any  further  spousal
                           consent). If it is established to the satisfaction of
                           a Plan representative that there is no Spouse or that
                           the Spouse cannot be located, a waiver will be deemed
                           a Qualified Election.

                           Any consent by a Spouse obtained under this provision
                           (or  establishment  that the  consent of a Spouse may
                           not be obtained) shall be effective only with respect
                           to such Spouse.  A consent that permits  designations
                           by the Participant without any requirement of further
                           consent  by such  Spouse  must  acknowledge  that the
                           Spouse  has the right to limit  consent to a specific
                           Beneficiary,  and a specific  form of  benefit  where
                           applicable, and that the Spouse voluntarily elects to
                           relinquish   either  or  both  of  such   rights.   A
                           revocation  of  a  prior  waiver  may  be  made  by a
                           Participant  without the consent of the Spouse at any
                           time before the commencement of benefits.  The number
                           of  revocations  shall  not be  limited.  No  consent
                           obtained under this  provision  shall be valid unless
                           the  Participant  has received  notice as provided in
                           Paragraph (E) below.

                                      Page 54
<PAGE>
                  (4)      Qualified  Joint and Survivor  Annuity:  An immediate
                           annuity  for  the  life  of  the  Participant  with a
                           survivor  annuity for the life of the Spouse which is
                           not  less  than 50  percent  and not  more  than  100
                           percent of the amount of the annuity which is payable
                           during  the joint  lives of the  Participant  and the
                           Spouse and which is the  amount of benefit  which can
                           be purchased  with the  Participant's  vested account
                           balance. The percentage of the survivor annuity under
                           the Plan shall be 50%.

                  (5)      Spouse  (surviving  spouse):  the Spouse or surviving
                           Spouse  of the  Participant,  provided  that a former
                           Spouse  will be treated  as the  Spouse or  surviving
                           Spouse and the current  Spouse will not be treated as
                           the Spouse or surviving Spouse to the extent provided
                           under  a  qualified   domestic   relations  order  as
                           described in Section 414(p) of the Code.

                  (6)      Annuity  Starting  Date:  The first day of the first
                           period  for which an amount is payable as an
                           annuity or any other form.

                  (7)      Vested Account  Balance:  The aggregate  value of the
                           Participant's  vested account  balances  derived from
                           Employer   and  Employee   contributions   (including
                           rollovers),  whether vested before or upon death. The
                           provisions  of this  Section  7.10  shall  apply to a
                           Participant who is vested in amounts  attributable to
                           Employer  contributions,  Employee  contributions (or
                           both) at the time of death or distribution.

(E)      Notice Requirements.

                  (1)      Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity.  In the case of
                           a Qualified  Joint and Survivor  Annuity as described
                           in Section 7.10(B),  the Committee shall no less than
                           30 days and no more than 90 days prior to the Annuity
                           Starting  Date  provide  each  Participant  a written
                           explanation  of:  (i) the terms and  conditions  of a
                           Qualified  Joint  and  Survivor  Annuity;   (ii)  the
                           Participant's  right  to make  and the  effect  of an
                           election to waive the  Qualified  Joint and  Survivor
                           Annuity  form  of  benefit;  (iii)  the  rights  of a
                           Participant's Spouse; and (iv) the right to make, and
                           the effect of, a revocation of a previous election to
                           waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity.

                  (2)      Qualified  Pre-Retirement  Survivor  Annuity.  In the
                           case of a Qualified  Pre-Retirement  Survivor Annuity
                           as described in Section 7.10(C),  the Committee shall
                           provide each Participant within the applicable period
                           for such  Participant  a written  explanation  of the
                           Qualified  Pre-Retirement  Survivor  Annuity  in such
                           terms and in such  manner as would be  comparable  to
                           the explanation provided for meeting the requirements
                           of Section  7.10(E)  applicable to a Qualified  Joint
                           and Survivor Annuity.

                           The applicable  period for a Participant is whichever
                           of the  following  periods ends last:  (i) the period
                           beginning  with  the  first  day  of  the  Plan  Year
                           preceding  the  Plan  Year in which  the  Participant
                           attains age thirty-two (32) and ending with the close
                           of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age
                           thirty-five  (35);  (ii) a reasonable  period  ending
                           after the individual  becomes a Participant;  (iii) a

                                      Page 55
<PAGE>
                           reasonable  period  ending after  Section  7.10(E)(3)
                           ceases  to  apply  to  the  Participant;  and  (iv) a
                           reasonable  period  ending  after  Section 7.10 first
                           applies  to  the  Participant.   Notwithstanding  the
                           foregoing,   notice   must  be   provided   within  a
                           reasonable   period  ending  after   separation  from
                           service in the case of a  Participant  who  separates
                           from service before attaining age thirty-five (35).

                           For purposes of applying the preceding  paragraph,  a
                           reasonable  period ending after the enumerated events
                           described  in (ii),  (iii) and (iv) is the end of the
                           two-year period  beginning one year prior to the date
                           the  applicable  event  occurs,  and  ending one year
                           after that  date.  In the case of a  Participant  who
                           separates  from service before the Plan Year in which
                           age 35 is attained,  notice shall be provided  within
                           the  two-year  period  beginning  one-year  prior  to
                           separation and ending one year after  separation.  If
                           such a Participant  thereafter  returns to employment
                           with the  Employer,  the  applicable  period for such
                           participant shall be redetermined.

                  (3)      Subsidized Annuity Distributions. Notwithstanding the
                           other  requirements  of  this  Section  7.10(E),  the
                           respective notices prescribed by this Section 7.10(E)
                           need not be given  to a  Participant  if (1) the Plan
                           "fully  subsidizes" the cost of a Qualified Joint and
                           Survivor Annuity or Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor
                           Annuity,   and  (2)  the  Plan  does  not  allow  the
                           Participant to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor
                           Annuity or Qualified  Preretirement  Survivor Annuity
                           and does not allow a married Participant to designate
                           a  non-Spouse  Beneficiary.   For  purposes  of  this
                           Section 7.10(E),  a Plan fully subsidizes the cost of
                           a benefit if no  increase  in cost,  or  decrease  in
                           benefits  to the  Participant  may  result  from  the
                           Participant's failure to elect another benefit.

         (F)      Safe harbor rules.

                  (1)      Application.   This   Section   shall   apply   to  a
                           Participant  in a  profit-sharing  Plan,  and  to any
                           distribution,  made on or after  the first day of the
                           first Plan Year  beginning  after  December 31, 1988,
                           from or under a separate account  attributable solely
                           to accumulated deductible employee contributions,  as
                           defined  in  Section  72(o)(5)(B)  of the  Code,  and
                           maintained  on  behalf  of a  Participant  in a money
                           purchase  pension Plan,  (including a target  benefit
                           Plan) if the following conditions are satisfied:  (1)
                           the Participant  does not or cannot elect payments in
                           the form of a life  annuity,  and (2) on the death of
                           the  Participant,  the  Participant's  vested account
                           balance will be paid to the  Participant's  surviving
                           Spouse,  but if there is no  surviving  Spouse or, if
                           the  surviving  Spouse  has  already  consented  in a
                           manner  conforming to a Qualified  Election,  then to
                           the   Participant's   designated   Beneficiary.   The
                           surviving  Spouse may elect to have  distribution  of
                           the vested account balance commence within the 90-day
                           period following the date of the Participant's death.
                           The account  balance  shall be adjusted  for gains or
                           losses  occurring  after the  Participant's  death in
                           accordance  with the provisions of the Plan governing
                           the adjustment of account balances for other types of
                           distributions.  This  Section  7.10(F)  shall  not be
                           operative   with  respect  to  a  Participant   in  a
                           profit-sharing  Plan  if  the  Plan  is a  direct  or
                           indirect  transferee of a defined benefit Plan, money
                           purchase Plan, a target benefit Plan, stock bonus, or
                           profit-sharing  Plan which is subject to the survivor
                           annuity   requirements  of  Section   401(a)(11)  and
                           Section 417 of the Code.  If this

                                      Page 56
<PAGE>
                           Section  7.10(F) is
                           operative,  then the provisions of this Section 7.10,
                           other than in Section 7.10(G), shall be inoperative.

                  (2)      Waiver.  The  Participant may waive the spousal death
                           benefit   described  in  this  section  at  any  time
                           provided  that  no such  waiver  shall  be  effective
                           unless  it  satisfies   the   conditions  of  Section
                           7.10(D)(3)  (other than the notification  requirement
                           referred  to   therein)   that  would  apply  to  the
                           Participant's  waiver of the Qualified  Preretirement
                           Survivor Annuity.

                  (3)      Vested Account Balance.  For purposes of this Section
                           7.10(F),  vested  account  balance shall mean, in the
                           case of a money  purchase  pension  Plan or a  target
                           benefit  Plan,  the  Participant's  separate  account
                           balance attributable solely to accumulated deductible
                           employee  contributions within the meaning of Section
                           72(o)(5)   (B)  of  the  Code.   In  the  case  of  a
                           profit-sharing  Plan,  vested  account  balance shall
                           have  the  same   meaning  as   provided  in  Section
                           7.10(D)(7).

         (G)      Transitional Rules.

                  (1)      Any living  Participant  not  receiving  benefits  on
                           August 23, 1984, who would  otherwise not receive the
                           benefits  prescribed by the previous sections of this
                           Section 7.10 must be given the  opportunity  to elect
                           to have the prior sections of this Section 7.10 apply
                           if such  Participant  is  credited  with at least one
                           Hour of Service under this Plan or a predecessor Plan
                           in a Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1976,
                           and such  Participant  had at least ten (10) years of
                           vesting   service  when  he  or  she  separated  from
                           service.

                  (2)      Any living  Participant  not  receiving  benefits  on
                           August 23,  1984 who was  credited  with at least one
                           Hour of Service under this Plan or  predecessor  Plan
                           on or  after  September  2,  1974,  and  who  is  not
                           otherwise  credited  with any  service in a Plan Year
                           beginning  on or after  January 1, 1976 must be given
                           the  opportunity  to have his or her benefits paid in
                           accordance with Section 7.10(G)(4).

                  (3)      The respective  opportunities  to elect (as described
                           in Section 7.10(G)(1) and (2) above) must be afforded
                           to the  appropriate  Participants  during  the period
                           commencing  on August 23, 1984 and ending on the date
                           benefits   would   otherwise    commence   to   these
                           Participants.

                  (4)      Any Participant  who has elected  pursuant to Section
                           7.10(G)(2)  and any  Participant  who does not  elect
                           under   Section   7.10(G)(1)   or   who   meets   the
                           requirements of Section  7.10(G)(1)  except that such
                           Participant  does not have at least ten (10) years of
                           vesting   service  when  he  or  she  separates  from
                           service,  shall have his or her benefits  distributed
                           in accordance with all of the following  requirements
                           of benefits  would have been payable in the form of a
                           life annuity:

                           a)       Automatic  joint and  survivor  annuity.  If
                                    benefits  in  the  form  of a  life  annuity
                                    become payable to a married participant who:

                                      Page 57
<PAGE>
                                    (i)     begins to receive payments under the
                                            Plan on or after Normal Retirement
                                            Date; or

                                    (ii)    dies on or after Normal Retirement
                                            Date while still working for the
                                            Employer; or

                                    (iii)   begins to receive payments on or
                                            after the Qualified Early Retirement
                                            Age; or

                                    (iv)    separates  from  service on or after
                                            attaining Normal Retirement Date (or
                                            the Qualified Early  Retirement Age)
                                            and after satisfying the eligibility
                                            requirements   for  the  payment  of
                                            benefits    under   the   Plan   and
                                            thereafter dies before  beginning to
                                            receive such benefits;

                                    then such  benefits  will be received  under
                                    this Plan in the form of a  Qualified  Joint
                                    and Survivor Annuity, unless the Participant
                                    has elected  otherwise  during the  election
                                    period.  The  election  period must begin at
                                    least  6  months   before  the   Participant
                                    attains  Qualified Early  Retirement Age and
                                    end  not  more  than  90  days   before  the
                                    commencement   of  benefits.   Any  election
                                    hereunder  will  be in  writing  and  may be
                                    changed by the Participant at any time.

                           b)       Election of early survivor  annuity.  A
                                    Participant  who is employed after attaining
                                    the Qualified  Early  Retirement  Age will
                                    be given  the  opportunity  to elect, during
                                    the election  period,  to have a  survivor
                                    annuity  payable  on  death.  If the
                                    Participant elects  the  survivor  annuity,
                                    payments  under such  annuity  must not be
                                    less than the payments  which  would  have
                                    been  made to the  Spouse  under  the
                                    Qualified  Joint and Survivor  Annuity  if
                                    the  Participant  had  retired  on the day
                                    before his or her death.  Any  election
                                    under  this  provision  will  be in  writing
                                    and  may be  changed  by the Participant  at
                                    any time.  The  election  period  begins on
                                    the later of (1) the 90th day before the
                                    Participant  attains the Qualified  Early
                                    Retirement Age, or (2) the date on which
                                    participation begins, and ends  on the date
                                    the Participant terminates  employment.

                           c) For purposes of this Section 7.10(G)(4):

                                    (i)     Qualified  Early  Retirement  Age is
                                            the  latest  of:  (i)  the  earliest
                                            date,  under the Plan,  on which the
                                            Participant  may  elect  to  receive
                                            retirement benefits,  (ii) the first
                                            day of  the  120th  month  beginning
                                            before   the   Participant   reaches
                                            Normal Retirement Date, or (iii) the
                                            date    the    Participant    begins
                                            participation.

                                    (ii)    Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity
                                            is an  annuity  for the  life of the
                                            participant  with a survivor annuity
                                            for  the  life  of  the   Spouse  as
                                            described in Section 7.10(D)(4).

         (H)      Nontransferability.  Any annuity distributed from the Plan
                  must be nontransferable.

                                      Page 58

<PAGE>
         (I)      Incorporation  of  Terms.  The terms of any  annuity  contract
                  purchased  and  distributed  by the Plan to a  Participant  or
                  Spouse shall comply with the requirements of this Plan.

7.11     Distributions  to Qualified Plans. In the event a former Employee whose
         accounts have not been fully distributed  becomes an active participant
         in a Plan qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code, the Committee may
         direct  the  Trustee  to  transfer  the  amount  in such  Participant's
         account(s) to any such Plan provided the Plan to receive such transfers
         authorizes  accepting  the transfer,  provides that assets  transferred
         shall be held in a  separate  account  and  requires  that  the  assets
         transferred shall not be subject to any forfeiture provisions.

7.12     Profit  Sharing Plans and 401(k) Profit Sharing Plans Only - Withdrawal
         of Employer  Contributions.  Subject to the  provisions of the Plan, in
         accordance with rules for giving notice as determined by the Committee,
         and as elected in the Adoption Agreement, a Participant may withdraw as
         of the first  Accounting Date subsequent to receipt by the Committee of
         such notice:

         (A)      An amount  equal to not more  than  100% of the  Participant's
                  Employer Contribution Account determined as of such Accounting
                  Date. No  Participant  who has made any withdrawal of Employer
                  Contributions  in the twelve (12) months  preceding the giving
                  of such notice may make a withdrawal under this Section.

         (B)      Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 7.12,
                  any withdrawal made pursuant to Section 7.12(A) shall be for a
                  minimum whole dollar amount not less than Five Hundred Dollars
                  ($500.00);  except that if the amount available for withdrawal
                  is less than Five Hundred  Dollars  ($500.00) then the minimum
                  amount of the withdrawal shall be the amount available.

         (C)      No forfeitures will occur solely as a result of an  Employee's
                  withdrawal of Employer Contributions.

         (D)      Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 7.12,
                  a  Participant  may not make a  withdrawal,  pursuant  to this
                  Section of any portion of the  Participant's  vested  interest
                  which  has been  assigned  to  secure  repayment  of a loan in
                  accordance with Section 10.10,  below,  until such time as the
                  Committee shall have released said portion so assigned.

7.13.  Prohibition Against Alienation.

         (A)      Except as provided in  Sections  401(a)(13)  and 414(p) of the
                  Code, no benefit or interest available under this Plan will be
                  subject to assignment or  alienation,  either  voluntarily  or
                  involuntarily.

         (B)      The  preceding  sentence  shall  also  apply to the  creation,
                  assignment,  or recognition of a right to any benefit  payable
                  with respect to a Participant pursuant to a domestic relations
                  order,  unless the Committee  determines  that such order is a
                  qualified  domestic  relations  order,  as  defined in Section
                  414(p) of the Code,  or any domestic  relations  order entered
                  before January 1, 1985.

                                      Page 59
<PAGE>
         (C)      All rights and benefits,  including  elections,  provided to a
                  Participant in this Plan shall be subject to the rights
                  afforded to any "alternate payee" under a "qualified  domestic
                  relations  order."  Furthermore, an immediate  distribution to
                  an "alternate payee" shall be permitted if such distribution
                  is authorized by a "qualified  domestic  relations  order,"
                  even if the affected Participant has not reached the "earliest
                  retirement  age"  under the Plan,  provided  that in no event
                  will any such  distribution  accelerate  the repayment of any
                  loan made to the affected Participant under the Plan, unless
                  such Participant consents thereto in writing.  For purposes of
                  this Section 7.13,  "alternate payee,"  "qualified  domestic
                  relations order" and "earliest  retirement age" shall have the
                  meaning set forth under Code Section 414(p), unless a
                  Qualified  Distribution  Date has been  selected  in the
                  Adoption  Agreement,  in which case the  earliest  retirement
                  age shall be the date on which the domestic relations order is
                  determined to be qualified.

7.14     Missing  Participant  or  Beneficiary.  Each  Participant  and/or  each
         Beneficiary  must file with the Committee  from time to time in writing
         his or her post office address and each change of post office  address.
         Any  communication,  statement  or notice  addressed  to a  Participant
         and/or  Beneficiary  at such last post  office  address  filed with the
         Committee or if no address is filed with the Committee then at the last
         post office address as shown on the Employer's records, will be binding
         on the  Participant  and/or  Beneficiary  for all purposes of the Plan.
         Neither the  Committee  nor the Trustee shall be required to search for
         or locate a Participant or Beneficiary.

         Any other provision of the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, if any
         application for a benefit has not been filed by a Participant otherwise
         eligible  therefor within ninety (90) days after the Plan Year in which
         occurred his or her termination  date, the Committee shall mail to such
         Participant  and/or  Beneficiary  at his or her last  known  address an
         application  for benefit and a reminder  that he or she is eligible for
         such benefit.  If such  application  is not filed with the Committee in
         accordance  with the  provisions  of the Plan  within  ninety (90) days
         after it is so mailed  to such  Participant  or his or her  termination
         date,  whichever is later,  the benefit shall be forfeited and shall be
         used to reduce future Employer  Contributions as though the Participant
         were not  vested in his or her  accounts  as of the end of said  ninety
         (90) day period. Upon the subsequent filing of an application  therefor
         by the  Participant  and/or his  Beneficiary,  such  accounts  shall be
         immediately  reinstated  pursuant  to  this  provision  as  though  the
         Participant  were 100% vested in his or her accounts in an amount equal
         to the cash value of the accounts on the date forfeited.  To the extent
         forfeited amounts are not available,  the Employer shall contribute the
         amount required to reinstate the Participant's account balance.

7.15     Limitation on Certain Distributions. Notwithstanding anything contained
         herein to the  contrary,  the  Trustee  may, in its  discretion,  delay
         satisfying  requests  for  distributions  for  up  to  one  year  where
         distributions  require  amounts  to be  withdrawn  from the  Guaranteed
         Investment Contract Fund; provided, however, that in no event shall the
         Trustee  delay  distributions  to  a  Participant  beyond  the  legally
         required time for distribution as set forth in Section 7.5.

7.16     Form of  Distributions  and  Withdrawals.  The  Trustee  shall make all
         distributions  and  withdrawals  under  the  Plan,  including  Hardship
         withdrawals, other withdrawals while the Participant is still employed,
         and  distributions  upon retirement,  disability,  death and separation
         from service,  pro rata,  from all accounts and  Investment  Funds,  as
         follows:

                                      Page 60
<PAGE>
         (A)      In a Plan with no Employer  Stock Fund,  all  withdrawals  and
                  distributions under the Plan shall be made in cash.

         (B) In a Plan with an Employer Stock Fund:

                  (1)      Withdrawals and  distributions  under the Plan from
                           the other Investment  Fund(s) shall be made in cash.

                  (2)      Withdrawals and distributions under the Plan from the
                           Employer  Stock  Fund  may be made in cash or in full
                           shares of Employer Stock,  with any fractional  share
                           paid in cash, as elected by the Participant.  For the
                           cash portion of any  distribution or withdrawal,  the
                           Participant  will receive the cash  proceeds from the
                           sale of shares of Employer Stock as of the sale date.

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                                DIRECT ROLLOVERS

8.1      General. This Article applies to distributions made on or after January
         1, 1993. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary that
         would otherwise limit a  distributee's  election under this Article,  a
         distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner  prescribed by the
         Plan  administrator,  to  have  any  portion  of an  eligible  rollover
         distribution paid directly to an eligible  retirement Plan specified by
         the distributee in a direct rollover.

8.2      Definitions.

         (A)      Eligible  rollover  distribution:  An eligible  rollover
                  distribution  is any  distribution  of all or any  portion of
                  the balance to the credit of the  distributee,  except that an
                  eligible  rollover  distribution does not include:  any
                  distribution  that is one of a series of substantially  equal
                  periodic payments (not less  frequently  than annually) made
                  for the life (or life  expectancy) of the distributee or the
                  joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the distributee
                  and the distributee's designated Beneficiary, or for a
                  specified  period of ten years or more;  any  distribution  to
                  the extent such distribution is required under section  401(a)
                  (9) of the Code; and the portion of any  distribution that is
                  not includible in gross income (determined  without regard to
                  the  exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to
                  employer securities).

         (B)      Eligible  retirement  Plan: An eligible  retirement Plan is an
                  individual  retirement  account described in section 408(a) of
                  the  Code,  an  individual  retirement  annuity  described  in
                  section  408(b) of the Code,  an  annuity  Plan  described  in
                  section 403(a) of the Code, or a qualified  trust described in
                  section  401(a) of the Code,  that  accepts the  distributee's
                  eligible  rollover  distribution.  However,  in the case of an
                  eligible  rollover  distribution to the surviving  spouse,  an
                  eligible  retirement Plan is an individual  retirement account
                  or individual retirement annuity.

         (C)      Distributee:  A  distributee  includes  an  Employee or former
                  Employee.  In addition,  the  Employee's or former  Employee's
                  surviving  Spouse  and the  Employee's  or  former  Employee's
                  Spouse or former  Spouse who is the  alternate  payee  under a
                  qualified  domestic

                                      Page 61
<PAGE>
                  relations  order,  as  defined in section
                  414(p)  of the  Code,  are  distributees  with  regard  to the
                  interest of the Spouse or former Spouse.

         (D)      Direct Rollover: A direct rollover is a payment by the Plan to
                  the eligible retirement Plan specified by the distributee.

         (E)      Waiver of Notice.  If a distribution  is one to which Sections
                  401(a)(11) and 417 of the Internal  Revenue Code do not apply,
                  such  distribution  may  commence  less than 30 days after the
                  notice required under Section  1.411(a)-(11)(c)  of the Income
                  Tax  Regulations  is  given,   provided  that:  (1)  the  plan
                  administrator   clearly  informs  the  Participant   that  the
                  Participant  has a right to a period of at least 30 days after
                  receiving  the notice to consider  the  decision of whether or
                  not to elect a distribution (and, if applicable,  a particular
                  distribution option), and (2) the Participant, after receiving
                  the notice, affirmatively elects a distribution.

                                   ARTICLE IX
                              TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS

9.1      Use of Top-Heavy  Provisions.  If the Plan becomes a Top-Heavy  Plan in
         any Plan Year after  December 31, 1983,  the provisions of this Article
         IX will supersede any conflicting provision in the Plan or the Adoption
         Agreement.   The  Committee  has  sole   responsibility   to  make  the
         determination as to the top-heavy status of the Plan.

9.2      Top-Heavy Definitions.

         (A)      Key Employee:  Any Employee or former  Employee (and the
                  Beneficiaries  of such  Employee) who at any time during the
                  determination  period was an officer of the Employer if such
                  individual's  annual  Compensation exceeds 50% of the dollar
                  limitation  under Section  415(b)(1)(A) of the Code, an owner
                  (or considered an owner  under  Section  318 of the  Code)
                  of one of the  ten  largest  interests  in the  Employer
                  if such individual's  Compensation  exceeds 100% of the dollar
                  limitation under Section 415(c)(1)(A) of the Code, a 5 per
                  cent owner of the Employer,  or a 1 per cent owner of the
                  Employer who has an annual Compensation of more than $150,000.
                  Annual compensation means compensation as defined in Item B(4)
                  (a) of the Adoption Agreement, but including amounts
                  contributed by the Employer  pursuant to a salary  reduction
                  agreement which are  excludable  from the  Employee's  gross
                  income under  Section 125,  Section  402(e)(3),  Section
                  402(h)(1)(B) or Section 403(b) of the Code.  The determination
                  period is the Plan Year containing the Determination Date and
                  the 4 preceding Plan Years.

                  The  determination  of who is Key  Employee  will  made by the
                  Committee in accordance with Section 416(i)(1) of the Code and
                  the regulations thereunder.

         (B)      Top-Heavy  Plan:  This Plan, for any Plan Year beginning after
                  December 31, 1983, if any of the following conditions exists:

                  (1)      If the  Top-Heavy  Ratio  for this  Plan  exceeds  60
                           percent  and this  Plan is not  part of any  Required
                           Aggregation Group or Permissive  Aggregation Group of
                           plans.

                                      Page 62
<PAGE>
                  (2)      If  this  Plan is a part  of a  Required  Aggregation
                           Group  of  plans   but  not  part  of  a   Permissive
                           Aggregation  Group  and the  Top-Heavy  Ratio for the
                           group of plans exceeds 60 percent.

                  (3)      If  this  Plan is a part  of a  Required  Aggregation
                           Group and part of a Permissive  Aggregation  Group of
                           plans  and the  Top-Heavy  Ratio  for the  Permissive
                           Aggregation Group exceeds 60 percent.

         (C)      Top-Heavy  Ratio:  For purposes of determining if the Plan is
                  a Top-Heavy Plan:

                  (1)      If  the  Employer   maintains  one  or  more  defined
                           contribution plans (including any Simplified employee
                           pension Plan) and the Employer has not maintained any
                           defined  benefit Plan which during the 5-year  period
                           ending on the  Determination  Date(s)  has or has had
                           accrued  benefits,  the Top-Heavy Ratio for this Plan
                           alone or for the Required or  Permissive  Aggregation
                           Group as appropriate is a fraction,  the numerator of
                           which is the sum of the  account  balances of all Key
                           Employees as of the Determination  Date(s) (including
                           any part of any account  balance  distributed  in the
                           5-year period ending on the  Determination  Date(s)),
                           and  the  denominator  of  which  is  the  sum of all
                           account  balances  (including any part of any account
                           balance  distributed  in the 5-year  period ending on
                           the   Determination   Date(s),   both   computed   in
                           accordance  with  Section  416 of the  Code  and  the
                           regulations   thereunder.   Both  the  numerator  and
                           denominator  of the Top-Heavy  Ratio are increased to
                           reflect any  contribution not actually made as of the
                           Determination Date, but which is required to be taken
                           into  account on that date under  Section  416 of the
                           Code and the regulations thereunder.

                  (2)      If  the  Employer   maintains  one  or  more  defined
                           contribution plans (including any Simplified Employee
                           Pension  Plan)  and  the  Employer  maintains  or has
                           maintained  one or more defined  benefit  plans which
                           during the 5-year period ending on the  Determination
                           Date(s)  has or has had  any  accrued  benefits,  the
                           Top-Heavy   Ratio  for  any  Required  or  Permissive
                           Aggregation  Group as appropriate is a fraction,  the
                           numerator  of  which is the sum of  account  balances
                           under the  aggregated  defined  contribution  plan or
                           plans for all Key Employees  determined in accordance
                           with (1)  above,  and the  Present  Value of  accrued
                           benefits under the aggregated defined benefit plan or
                           plans for all Key  Employees as of the  Determination
                           Date(s),  and the  denominator of which is the sum of
                           the account  balances  under the  aggregated  defined
                           contribution  plan or  plans  for  all  Participants,
                           determined  in  accordance  with (1)  above,  and the
                           Present Value of accrued  benefits  under the defined
                           benefit plan or plans for all  Participants as of the
                           Determination  Date(s),  all determined in accordance
                           with   Section  416  of  the  Code  and   regulations
                           thereunder.  The  accrued  benefits  under a  defined
                           benefit plan in both the numerator and denominator of
                           the   Top-Heavy   Ratio   are   increased   for   any
                           distribution  of  an  accrued  benefit  made  in  the
                           five-year period ending on the Determination Date.

                  (3)      For  purposes  of (1) and (2)  above,  the  value  of
                           account  balances  and the  Present  Value of accrued
                           benefits  will be  determined  as of the most  recent
                           Valuation  Date  that  falls  within or ends with the
                           12-month  period  ending on the  Determination  Date,
                           except as provided in Section 416 of the Code and the
                           regulations  thereunder

                                      Page 63
<PAGE>
                           for the first and second Plan
                           years of a defined benefit Plan. The account balances
                           and accrued  benefits of a Participant (a) who is not
                           a Key  Employee but who was a Key Employee in a prior
                           year,  or (b) who has not been credited with at least
                           one Hour of Service with any Employer maintaining the
                           Plan at any time during the  five-year  period ending
                           on the  Determination  Date will be disregarded.  The
                           calculation of the Top-Heavy Ratio, and the extent to
                           which  distributions,  rollovers,  and  transfers are
                           taken into  account will be made in  accordance  with
                           Section   416  of  the  Code   and  the   regulations
                           thereunder.     Voluntary     deductible     employee
                           contributions  will not be  taken  into  account  for
                           purposes  of  computing  the  Top-Heavy  Ratio.  When
                           aggregating  plans the value of account  balances and
                           accrued benefits will be calculated with reference to
                           the  Determination  Dates  that fall  within the same
                           calendar year.

                           The accrued benefit of a Participant other than a Key
                           Employee shall be determined under (a) the method, if
                           any,  that  uniformly  applies for  accrual  purposes
                           under all defined  benefit  plans  maintained  by the
                           Employer,  or (b) if there is no such  method,  as if
                           such  benefit  accrued  not  more  rapidly  than  the
                           slowest  accrual rate permitted  under the fractional
                           rule of Section 411(b)(1)(C) of the Code.

         (D)      Permissive  Aggregation Group: The Required  Aggregation Group
                  of plans plus any other Plan or plans of the  Employer  which,
                  when  considered  as a group  with  the  Required  Aggregation
                  Group,  would continue to satisfy the  requirements of Section
                  401(a)(4) and Section 410 of the Code.

         (E)      Required  Aggregation  Group:  (1) Each  qualified Plan of the
                  Employer in which at least one Key  Employee  participates  or
                  participated  at any  time  during  the  determination  period
                  (regardless of whether the Plan has  terminated),  and (2) any
                  other   qualified  Plan  of  Employer  which  enables  a  Plan
                  described in (1) to meet the requirements of Section 401(a)(4)
                  or Section 410 of the Code.

         (F)      Determination  Date: For purposes of determining if there is a
                  Key Employee and for calculating  the Top-Heavy  Ratio: 1) for
                  any Plan Year  subsequent to the first Plan Year, the last day
                  of the preceding  Plan Year, and 2) for the first Plan Year of
                  the Plan, the last day of that year.

         (G)      Valuation  Date:  The date  specified in Item  B(14)(c) of the
                  Adoption  Agreement  as of which  account  balances or accrued
                  benefits are valued for purposes of calculating  the Top-Heavy
                  Ratio.

         (H)      Present  Value:  Present  Value  shall  be  based  only on the
                  interest  and  mortality   rates  specified  in  the  Adoption
                  Agreement.

9.3      Minimum Allocation.

         (A)      Except as otherwise  provided in Section 9.3(C) and (D) below,
                  the Employer Contributions and forfeitures allocated on behalf
                  of any  Participant  who is not a Key  Employee  shall not be
                  less than the  lesser of three per cent (3%) of such
                  Participant's  Compensation  or in the case where the Employer
                  has no defined benefit Plan which designates this Plan to
                  satisfy

                                      Page 64
<PAGE>
                  Section 401 of the Code,  the largest  percentage  of
                  Employer contributions and forfeitures, as a percentage of the
                  Key Employee's Compensation, as limited by Section  401(a)(17)
                  of the Code, allocated on behalf of any Key Employee for that
                  year.  The minimum allocation is determined without regard to
                  any Social  Security  contribution.  This minimum  allocation
                  shall be made even though,  under other Plan  provisions,  the
                  Participant would not otherwise be entitled to receive an
                  allocation  or would have  received  a lesser  allocation for
                  the year because of (i) such Participants  failure to complete
                  1,000 Hours of Service (or any other equivalent  provided in
                  the Plan) or (ii) the  Employee's  failure to make  mandatory
                  contributions  or (iii)  Compensation  less than a stated
                  amount.

         (B)      For purposes of computing the minimum allocation, Compensation
                  shall  mean  Compensation  as  defined  in  Section  6.6(A) as
                  limited by Section 401(a)(17) of the Code.

         (C)      Section 9.3(A) shall not apply to any  Participant who was not
                  employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year.

         (D)      Section  9.3(A)  shall  not  apply to any  Participant  to the
                  extent  the  Participant  is  covered  under any other plan or
                  plans of the  Employer  and the  Employer has provided in Item
                  B(14) of the Adoption Agreement that the minimum allocation or
                  benefit requirement  applicable to Top-Heavy Plans will be met
                  in the other plan or plans.

         (E)      The minimum allocation  required (to the extent required to be
                  nonforfeitable  under  Section  416(b) of the Code) may not be
                  forfeited under Section  411(a)(3)(B) or Section  411(a)(3)(D)
                  of the Code.

         (F)      For each Plan Year in which the  Paired  Plans are  Top-Heavy,
                  the  Top-Heavy  requirements  set forth in Article VIII of the
                  Plan and Item B(14) of the Adoption Agreement shall apply.

         (G)      Neither Before Tax  Contributions  nor Matching  Contributions
                  may be taken into  account for the purpose of  satisfying  the
                  minimum Top-Heavy contribution requirements.

9.4      Minimum  Vesting  Schedules.  For any Plan Year in which this Plan is a
         Top-Heavy  Plan, the vesting  schedule  elected by the Employer in Item
         B(14) and/or C(4)(d) of the Adoption Agreement will automatically apply
         to the Plan.  The  minimum  vesting  schedule  applies to all  benefits
         within the  meaning  of  Section  411(a)(7)  of the Code  except  those
         attributable  to Employee  contributions,  including  benefits  accrued
         before the effective  date of Section 416 and benefits  accrued  before
         the  Plan  became  a  Top-Heavy  Plan.   Further,   no  decrease  in  a
         Participant's  nonforfeitable  percentage  may  occur in the  event the
         Plan's status as a Top-Heavy  Plan changes for any Plan Year.  However,
         this Section 9.4 does not apply to the account  balance of any Employee
         who does  not  have an Hour of  Service  after  the Plan has  initially
         become  a  Top-Heavy   Plan  and  such   Employee's   account   balance
         attributable  to  employer   contributions   and  forfeitures  will  be
         determined without regard to this Section 9.4.

                                    ARTICLE X
                                     TRUSTEE

10.1     Trustee.  The Trustee  shall  receive,  hold,  invest,  administer  and
         distribute the Trust Fund in accordance with the provisions of the Plan
         as herein set forth.

                                      Page 65
<PAGE>
10.2     Records and Accounts of Trustee.  The Trustee shall  maintain  accurate
         and detailed  records and accounts of all its transactions of the Trust
         Fund,  which shall be available at all reasonable  times for inspection
         or audit by any  person  designated  by the  Employer  and by any other
         person or entity to the extent required by law.

10.3     Reports to Employer. As soon as practicable following the close of each
         accounting  period and following the effective date of the  termination
         of the Plan, the Trustee shall file a written report with the Employer.
         The report shall set forth all  transactions  with respect to the Trust
         Fund during the period  listing the Trust Fund assets with their market
         value as of the close of the period covered by the report.

10.4     Powers of Trustee.  The Trustee  shall  administer  the Trust Fund as a
         nondiscretionary Trustee, and the Trustee shall not have any discretion
         or authority  with regard to the investment of the Trust Fund and shall
         act solely as a directed  Trustee  of the fund  contributed  to it. The
         Trustee,  as a  nondiscretionary  Trustee,  as may be  directed  by the
         Employer  (or  the  Participants  to the  extent  provided  herein)  is
         authorized  and  empowered,  by way of  limitation,  with the following
         powers,  rights and duties, each of which the Trustee shall exercise in
         a nondiscretionary  manner as directed in accordance with the direction
         of the Employer (or the  Participants) as a Named Fiduciary  (except to
         the extent that Plan  assets are subject to the control and  management
         of a properly appointed Investment Manager):

         (A)      At the  direction  of the Named  Fiduciary,  to sell,  write
                  options on, convey or transfer, invest and reinvest any part
                  thereof in each and every kind of property,  whether real,
                  personal or mixed, tangible or intangible,  whether income or
                  non-income producing and wherever situated, including, but not
                  limited to, time deposits (including time deposits in the
                  Trustee or its affiliates,  or any successor thereto, if the
                  deposits  bear a reasonable  rate of  interest),  fee simple,
                  leasehold or lesser  estates in real estate, shares of common
                  and preferred stock, mortgages, bonds, leases, notes,
                  debentures,  equipment or collateral trust  certificates,
                  rights,  warrants,  convertible or exchangeable,  and other
                  corporate, individual or government securities or obligations,
                  annuity, retirement or other insurance contracts, mutual funds
                  (including funds for which the Trustee or its affiliates serve
                  as investment  advisor),  units of group or collective  trusts
                  established  to permit the  pooling of funds of  separate
                  pension and profit sharing trusts,  provided  the  Internal
                  Revenue  Service  has ruled such group trust to be  qualified
                  under Code Section  401(a) and exempt  under Code Section
                  501(a) (or the  applicable  corresponding  provision of any
                  other Revenue Act) or in units of any other  common,
                  collective  or  commingled  trust fund  heretofore or
                  hereafter  established  and maintained by the Trustee or its
                  affiliates; as long as the Trustee holds any units  hereunder,
                  the instrument establishing such common trust fund (including
                  all amendments  thereto) shall be deemed to have been adopted
                  and made a part of this Plan, and such other  investments as
                  the Named Fiduciary  shall direct the Trustee to invest Plan
                  assets or hold as an Investment  Fund for the investment
                  of Plan assets pursuant to Participant direction.

         (B)      At the  direction of the Named  Fiduciary,  to sell,  convert,
                  redeem,  exchange,  grant options for the purchase or exchange
                  of, or otherwise  dispose of any property held  hereunder,  at
                  public  or  private  sale,  for  cash or upon  credit  with or
                  without security, without obligation on the part of any person
                  dealing  with the  Trustee  to see to the  application  of the
                  proceeds of or to inquire into the  validity,  expediency,  or
                  propriety of any such disposal;

                                      Page 66
<PAGE>
         (C)      At the direction of the Named Fiduciary, to manage, operate,
                  repair, partition and improve and mortgage or lease (with or
                  without an option to purchase)  for any length of time any
                  property  held in the Trust Fund; to renew or extend any
                  mortgage or lease,  upon such terms as the Trustee may deem
                  expedient;  to agree to reduction of the rate of interest on
                  any mortgage; to agree to any modification in the terms of any
                  lease or  mortgage,  or of any  guarantee  pertaining  to
                  either of them;  to  exercise  and enforce any right of
                  foreclosure;  to bid in  property on  foreclosure;  to take a
                  deed in lieu of foreclosure with or without paying
                  consideration  therefor and in connection therewith to release
                  the obligation on the bond secured by the  mortgage;  and to
                  exercise  and  enforce in any action,  suit or  proceeding  at
                  law or in equity any rights, covenants, conditions, or
                  remedies  with  respect to any lease or  mortgage or to any
                  guarantee pertaining to either of them or to waive any default
                  in the performance thereof;

         (D)      In accordance with the direction of a Named Fiduciary, to
                  vote, personally or by general or limited proxy, any shares of
                  stock or other securities held in the Trust Fund, provided
                  that all voting rights pertaining to shares of any financial
                  institution in the state where the Trustee is located shall be
                  exercised by the trustee only if and as directed in writing by
                  the  Committee;  provided  further,  that the Trustee and the
                  Employer may agree in writing that such voting rights be
                  passed through to the  Participant's in proportion  to their
                  interest in the Investment  Funds,  to delegate  discretionary
                  voting power to the trustees of a voting  trust for any period
                  of time;  and to exercise or sell,  personally  or by power of
                  attorney,  any conversion or  subscription  or other rights
                  appurtenant  to any  securities or other property held in the
                  Trust Fund;

         (E)      As may be  directed  by the  Named  Fiduciary,  to  join in or
                  oppose any  reorganization,  recapitalization,  consolidation,
                  merger  or  liquidation,  or any Plan  therefor,  or any lease
                  (with or without an option to  purchase),  mortgage or sale of
                  the property of any  organization  the securities of which are
                  held in the  Trust  Fund;  to pay  from  the  Trust  Fund  any
                  assessments, charges, or compensation specified in any Plan of
                  reorganization,  recapitalization,  consolidation,  merger  or
                  liquidation;  to deposit any  property  with any  committee or
                  depository;  and to retain any property  allotted to the Trust
                  Fund in any reorganization,  recapitalization,  consolidation,
                  merger or liquidation;

         (F)      In  accordance  with  the  written  instructions  of  a  Named
                  Fiduciary, to settle,  compromise or commit to arbitration any
                  claim,  debt or  obligation  of or against the Trust Fund;  to
                  enforce or abstain from enforcing any right,  claim,  debt, or
                  obligation; and to abandon any property determined by it to be
                  worthless;

         (G)      As may be directed by the Named Fiduciary, to continue to hold
                  any property of the Trust Fund,  whether or not  productive of
                  income;  to reserve from  investment and keep  unproductive of
                  income, without liability for interest,  such cash as it deems
                  advisable  and,  consistent  with its  obligations  as Trustee
                  hereunder,  to hold  such  cash  in a  demand  deposit  in the
                  Trustee bank, its affiliates, or any successor thereto;

         (H)      To hold  property of the Trust Fund in its own name, or in the
                  name of  nominee,  without  disclosure  of this  trust,  or in
                  bearer  form so that it may pass by  delivery,  and to deposit
                  property  with  any   depository,   but  no  such  holding  or
                  depositing shall relieve the Trustee of

                                      Page 67
<PAGE>
                  its responsibility for
                  the  safe  custody  and  disposition  of  the  Trust  Fund  in
                  accordance  with the  provisions  of this  agreement as may be
                  directed by the Named  Fiduciary,  and the  Trustee's  records
                  shall at all  times  show that  such  property  is part of the
                  Trust Fund;

         (I)      As  directed  by the Named  Fiduciary,  to make,  execute  and
                  deliver, as Trustee, any deeds,  conveyances,  leases (with or
                  without option to purchase),  mortgages,  options,  contracts,
                  waivers,  or other  instruments  that the  Trustee  shall deem
                  necessary  or  desirable  in the  exercise of its powers under
                  this agreement;

         (J)      To employ,  at the expense of the  Employer or the Trust Fund,
                  agents and  delegate to them such  duties as the Trustee  sees
                  fit;  the  Trustee  shall  not be  responsible  for  any  loss
                  occasioned by any such agents  selected by it with  reasonable
                  care;  the Trustee may consult with legal  counsel (who may be
                  counsel for the Employer)  concerning any questions  which may
                  arise with  reference  to its power or duties under this Plan,
                  and the  written  opinion  of such  counsel  shall be full and
                  complete  protection  with  respect to any action taken or not
                  taken by the Trustee in good faith and in accordance  with the
                  written opinion of such counsel;

         (K)      To pay out of the Trust Fund any taxes  imposed or levied with
                  respect  to the Trust Fund and may  contest  the  validity  or
                  amount  of any  tax,  assessment,  penalty,  claim  or  demand
                  respecting the Trust Fund;  however,  unless the Trustee shall
                  have first been indemnified to its satisfaction,  it shall not
                  be  required  to  contest  the  validity  of  any  tax,  or to
                  institute,  maintain  or defend  against  any other  action or
                  proceeding either at law or in equity;

         (L)      To make loans to  Participants  in  accordance  with  policies
                  established by the Committee and in accordance  with the terms
                  of the Plan and the and to  segregate  or  otherwise  identify
                  property of the Trust Fund as directed  by the  Committee  for
                  such purpose  including  providing  collateral  for loans made
                  pursuant to the Plan.

10.5     Trustee's  Fees and Expenses.  The Trustee shall be entitled to receive
         reasonable  fees for its  services  hereunder  in  accordance  with its
         schedule  of fees  then in  effect  and shall be  entitled  to  receive
         reimbursement  for  all  reasonable  expenses  incurred  by it  in  the
         administration  of this Plan.  Except to the extent  that the  Employer
         shall  pay such  fees  and  expenses,  they  shall  be  charged  to and
         collected  by  the  Trustee  from  each  Participant's   accounts.  The
         Trustee's  fees and expenses for  extraordinary  services in connection
         with any Participant's  accounts may be charged to and collected by the
         Trustee from such accounts.

10.6     Trustee  May Resign or Be  Removed.  The  Trustee may resign by written
         notice to the Employer  which shall be effective  sixty (60) days after
         delivery  unless  the  Trustee  and the  Employer  agree to an  earlier
         effective  date.  The Trustee may be removed by the Employer by written
         notice to the Trustee  which shall be  effective  sixty (60) days after
         delivery  unless  the  Trustee  and the  Employer  agree to an  earlier
         effective  date.  Prior to the effective  date of such  resignation  or
         removal,  the Employer  shall amend its Plan to eliminate any reference
         to the PRISM(R) Prototype  Retirement Plan and Trust, and appoint a new
         trustee.  The Trustee  shall deliver the Trust Fund to its successor on
         the effective  date of  resignation  or removal,  or as soon after such
         effective date as practicable.  However, the Trustee may first subtract
         any amounts owed it from the Trust Fund for compensation,  expenses and
         taxes due.

                                      Page 68
<PAGE>
         If the  Employer  fails to so amend the Plan and  appoint  a  successor
         trustee  within the sixty (60) days,  or longer  period as the  Trustee
         permits in  writing,  the Trustee  shall apply to a court of  competent
         jurisdiction for appointment of a successor trustee.

10.7     Separate Investment Funds.

         (A)      The assets of the Trust Fund  shall be held in such  number of
                  Investment  Funds as the  Employer  and the Trustee may agree,
                  plus an Employer Stock Fund if selected bythe Employer in the
                  Adoption Agreement, as the Employer shall designate in writing
                  on the Investment Fund Designation form affixed to the
                  Adoption Agreement.  Such  Investment  Funds shall be selected
                  by the Employer  from among the funds  offered by the Trustee
                  for use as Investment Funds in the PRISM(R)Prototype
                  Retirement Plan & Trust. The Trustee reserves the right to
                  change the funds  available for use as  Investment  Funds in
                  the PRISM(R)Prototype  Retirement Plan & Trust, from time to
                  time, and the Employer agrees to execute an amended Investment
                  Fund Designation form to reflect any such changes as may
                  impact the Investment Funds available to the Employer's  Plan.
                  The Employer hereby acknowledges that, available as Investment
                  Funds are interests in registered  investment companies (i.e.
                  mutual funds) for which the sponsoring organization, its
                  parent,  affiliates or successors may serve as investment
                  advisor and receive  compensation from the registered
                  investment  company for its services as  investment  advisor.
                  The  Employer  acknowledges  that it, as Named  Fiduciary,
                  has the sole responsibility  for selection of the  Investment
                  Funds  offered under the Plan,  and it has done so on the
                  basis  of the  Employer's  determination, after  due  inquiry,
                  of  the  appropriateness  of the selected Investment  Funds as
                  vehicles for the investment of Plan assets pursuant to the
                  terms of the  Plan, considering all relevant facts and
                  circumstances, including but not limited to (i) the investment
                  policy and philosophy of the Employer  developed  pursuant to
                  ERISA Section 402(b)(1);  (ii) the Participants,  including
                  average level of investment  experience and  sophistication;
                  (iii) the ability of  Participants,  using an appropriate  mix
                  of Investment  Funds,  to diversify the  investment of Plan
                  assets held for their benefit; (iv) the ability of
                  Participants  to,  utilizing an appropriate  mix of Investment
                  Funds, to structure an investment  portfolio  within  their
                  account in the Plan with risk and return  characteristics
                  within the normal  range of risk and return  characteristics
                  for  individuals  with similar  investment  backgrounds,
                  experience and expectations;  and, (v) in making the selection
                  of Investment  Funds,  the Employer did not rely on any
                  representations  or  recommendations  from the Trustee or any
                  of its employees,  except as may  have been  provided  through
                  written  materials,  including  marketing  materials  provided
                  by the various sponsors or  distributors  of the  Investment
                  Funds,  and that the  Investment  Fund  selection has not be
                  influenced, approved, or encouraged through the actions of the
                  Trustee or its employees.

                  For purposes of the Plan,  "Employer  Stock" shall mean common
                  stock listed on a recognized  securities exchange issued by an
                  Employer of  Employees  covered by the Plan or by an affiliate
                  of such  Employer  and which shall be a  "qualifying  employer
                  security" as defined in ERISA.  The Employer  Stock Fund shall
                  be invested and reinvested in shares of Employer Stock,  which
                  stock  shall be  purchased  by the  Trustee  to the extent not
                  contributed  to the Plan by the  Employer,  except for amounts
                  which may  reasonably  be expected to be  necessary to satisfy
                  distributions  to be made in cash. No Employer  Stock shall be
                  acquired  or  held  in any  Investment  Fund  other  than  the
                  Employer  Stock  Fund.  Up to 100% of the  assets of the Trust
                  Fund may be invested in Employer Stock.

                                      Page 69
<PAGE>
                  All  contributions  shall be  allocated  by the Trustee to the
                  Plan's Investment Funds specified by the Employer.  Dividends,
                  interest and other  distributions  shall be  reinvested in the
                  same Investment Fund from which received.

                  Employers  sponsoring 401(k) profit sharing plans may elect to
                  determine the  Investment  Funds,  including an Employer Stock
                  Fund, if applicable,  into which Matching Contributions and/or
                  Employer  Contributions  will be  invested  and/or  into which
                  Participants  may not direct  contributions.  By making  these
                  designations, the Employer shall be deemed to have advised the
                  Trustee in  writing  regarding  the  retention  of  investment
                  powers.

                  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing  provisions  of  this  Section
                  10.7(A),  the Trustee may, in its  discretion,  accept certain
                  investments  which  have  been,  and are,  held as part of the
                  Trust Fund prior to the date the  Employer  adopted this Plan.
                  Such investments shall be considered  investments  directed by
                  the  Employer  or  an   Investment   Committee  for  the  Plan
                  ("Investment Committee"),  if one is acting. The Trustee shall
                  hold, administer and dispose of such investments in accordance
                  with  directions to the Trustee  contained in a written notice
                  from the  Employer or  Investment  Committee.  Any such notice
                  shall advise the Trustee regarding the retention of investment
                  powers by the Employer or the  Investment  Committee and shall
                  be of a continuing nature or otherwise,  and may be revoked in
                  writing by the Employer or Investment Committee.

                  The Trustee  shall not be liable but shall be fully  protected
                  by reason of its taking or  refraining  from taking any action
                  at the direction of the Employer or Investment Committee,  nor
                  shall the  Trustee be liable but shall be fully  protected  by
                  reason of its refraining from taking any action because of the
                  failure of the Employer or the Investment  Committee to give a
                  direction  or  order.  The  Trustee  shall be under no duty to
                  question or make inquiry as to any direction,  notification or
                  order or failure to give a direction, notification or order by
                  the Employer or the Investment Committee. The Trustee shall be
                  under no duty to make any review of  investments  directed  by
                  the Employer or  Investment  Committee  acquired for the Trust
                  Fund and under no duty at any time to make any  recommendation
                  with respect to disposing of or  continuing to retain any such
                  investments.  While the  Employer  may direct the Trustee with
                  respect to Plan  investments,  the Employer may not (1) borrow
                  from the Fund or pledge any assets of the Fund as security for
                  a loan;  (2) buy  property or assets from or sell  property or
                  assets to the Fund;  (3) charge any fee for services  rendered
                  to the Fund;  or (4) receive any  services  from the Fund on a
                  preferential basis.

                  The Employer  hereby  indemnifies and holds the Trustee or its
                  nominee  harmless from any and all actions,  claims,  demands,
                  liabilities,   losses,   damages  or  reasonable  expenses  of
                  whatsoever  kind and nature in connection  with or arising out
                  of (1) any  action  taken  or  omitted  in good  faith  or any
                  investment or  disbursement of any part of the Trust Fund made
                  by the  Trustee  in  accordance  with  the  directions  of the
                  Employer or the  Investment  Committee  or any  inaction  with
                  respect  to any  Employer  or  Investment  Committee  directed
                  investment or with respect to any investment  previously  made
                  at the  direction of the Employer or  Investment  Committee in
                  the absence of  directions  from the  Employer  or  Investment
                  Committee  therefor,  or (2) any failure by the Trustee to pay
                  for any property

                                      Page 70
<PAGE>
                  purchased by the Employer or the  Investment
                  Committee for the Trust Fund by reason of the insufficiency of
                  funds in the Trust Fund.

                  Anything  hereinabove  to the  contrary  notwithstanding,  the
                  Employer shall have no responsibility to the Trustee under the
                  foregoing    indemnification    if   the   Trustee   knowingly
                  participated in or knowingly  concealed any act or omission of
                  the Employer or Investment  Committee knowing that such act or
                  omission constituted a breach of fiduciary responsibility,  or
                  if the Trustee  fails to perform any of the duties  undertaken
                  by it under the  provisions  of this Plan,  or if the  Trustee
                  fails  to  act  in  conformity   with  the  directions  of  an
                  authorized  representative  of the Employer or the  Investment
                  Committee.

         (B)      Each Participant shall by such mechanism as may be agreed upon
                  between   the   Trustee   and   Employer,   direct   that  the
                  contributions  made  to his  or her  accounts  for  which  the
                  Participant  may  direct  investments,   as  selected  by  the
                  Employer in the Adoption Agreement, be invested in one or more
                  of the Investment Funds, including the Employer Stock Fund, if
                  applicable.  At the time an Employee  becomes eligible for the
                  Plan,  he or she shall  specify the  percentage  of his or her
                  accounts (expressed in percentage  increments as may be agreed
                  to  between  the  Employer  and the  Trustee)  to be  invested
                  pro-rata in each such Investment Fund.

         (C)      Upon prior  written  notice to the  Trustee,  or other form of
                  notice acceptable to the Trustee,  a Participant may change an
                  investment  direction  with  respect to future  contributions.
                  Through acceptable notice to the Trustee,  the Participant may
                  elect  to  transfer  all or a  portion  of such  Participant's
                  interest in each  Investment  Fund (based on the value of such
                  interest on the  Valuation  Date  immediately  preceding  such
                  election), including an Employer Stock Fund, if applicable, to
                  any other of the Investment  Funds selected by the Employer so
                  that the  Participant's  interest in the said Investment Funds
                  immediately  after the  transfer is  allocated  in  percentage
                  increments  as  may  be  agreed  to by the  Employer  and  the
                  Trustee.

                  Notwithstanding   any   Participant's   election   to   change
                  Investment  Funds,  the Trustee may, in its discretion,  delay
                  satisfaction   of  requests   to  change  from  a   guaranteed
                  investment  contract  fund  for  up  to  one  year,  or  delay
                  satisfaction of changes in Investment Funds pending settlement
                  of prior changes in Investment Funds.

         (D)      The Employer will be responsible  when  transmitting  Employer
                  and  Employee  contributions  to show the dollar  amount to be
                  credited to each Investment Fund for each Employee.

         (E)      Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, neither the Trustee,
                  nor the  Employer,  nor any  fiduciary  of the  Plan  shall be
                  liable to the  Participant or any of his or her  beneficiaries
                  for any loss  resulting  from action taken at the direction of
                  the Participant.

         (F)      In a 401(k) profit sharing Plan where the Employer has elected
                  to  invest  a  portion  or all of the  Matching  Contributions
                  and/or Employer Contributions in the Employer Stock Fund, then
                  the following shall apply:

                                      Page 71
<PAGE>
                  If  selected  by the  Employer in the  Adoption  Agreement,  a
                  Participant  who is fifty-five  (55) years of age or older and
                  who is 100% vested in his Matching Contribution account and/or
                  Employer  Contribution  account may elect to have the Employer
                  Stock (and any earnings thereon) attributable to such Matching
                  Contributions and/or Employer Contributions diversified in the
                  other  Investment  Funds under the Plan in accordance with the
                  following rules and limitations.  The amount of Employer Stock
                  which may be diversified each Plan Year shall be determined in
                  accordance with the following schedule:

==================================== =========================================
                                     then the  percent of the number of whole
                                     shares  (rounded  to the  nearest  whole
                                     number)  credited  to the  Participants'
                                     Matching    Account   and/or    Employer
If   the   age   attained   by  the  Contribution  Account on the last day of
Participant                          the  preceding  Plan  Year  which may be
during the Plan Year is:             diversified  pursuant to the rules below
                                     may not exceed
==================================== =========================================
55                                   25%
==================================== =========================================
56                                   25%
==================================== =========================================
57                                   30%
==================================== =========================================
58                                   40%
==================================== =========================================
59                                   50%
==================================== =========================================
60                                   60%
==================================== =========================================
61                                   70%
==================================== =========================================
62                                   80%
==================================== =========================================
63                                   90%
==================================== =========================================
64                                   100%
==================================== =========================================

                  The  election  to  diversify  may only be made  once each Plan
                  Year.  The  election  may be made in any  month  by  providing
                  notice  to the  Committee  in  accordance  with the  frequency
                  selected by the  Employer  for other  Investment  Fund changes
                  under the Plan.  Each election to make a transfer  pursuant to
                  this Section shall specify the  Investment  Fund(s) into which
                  the shares  subject to  diversification  will be reinvested so
                  that  the  Participant's   interest  in  the  said  Investment
                  Fund(s),  immediately  after the  transfer,  is  allocated  in
                  increments as may be allowed by the Trustee.  Thereafter,  the
                  Participant's  interest in said  Investment  Fund(s)  shall be
                  subject to transfer in accordance with this Section.

         (G)      Forfeitures  arising  under  the Plan will be  invested  in an
                  Investment  Fund as may be selected in the  discretion  of the
                  Employer.

         (H)      In the event the Trust holds  life  insurance,  the  following
                  restrictions shall apply:

                  (1)      Limitations on Premium Payments

                           (a)      If   ordinary   or  whole   life   insurance
                                    contracts  are  purchased  on the  life of a
                                    Participant,   less  than  one-half  of  the
                                    insured  Participant's current allocation

                                      Page 72
<PAGE>
                                    of contributions will be used to pay
                                    premiums attributable to such insurance.
                                    Ordinary or whole life insurance contracts
                                    are those with both nondecreasing benefits
                                    and nonincreasing premiums.
                           (b)      If  term   or   universal   life   insurance
                                    contracts  are   purchased,   no  more  than
                                    one-quarter  of  the  insured  Participant's
                                    current  allocation of contributions will be
                                    used to pay  premiums  attributable  to such
                                    insurance.
                           (c)      If a  combination  of ordinary or whole life
                                    insurance  contracts  and term or  universal
                                    life insurance contracts are purchased,  the
                                    sum  of  one-half  of  the   ordinary   life
                                    insurance   premiums   and  all  other  life
                                    insurance    premiums    will   not   exceed
                                    one-fourth   of   the   aggregate   employer
                                    contributions allocated to any participant.

                  (2)      The Plan  Administrator  will  direct the  Trustee to
                           convert  the  entire  value  of  any  life  insurance
                           contract  at  or  before  the  Participant's   actual
                           retirement  or   distribution   on   termination   of
                           employment,  but not  later  than  the  Participant's
                           Required  Beginning  Date to provide  cash  values or
                           retirement  annuity income,  or, subject to the Joint
                           and Survivor  Annuity waiver  requirements of Section
                           7.10, the Plan  Administrator  may direct the Trustee
                           to distribute the insurance  contract directly to the
                           Participant.
                  (3)      The Trustee,  at the direction of the Employer  shall
                           be entitled to exercise  all rights and options  with
                           respect to any such life insurance  contracts held by
                           the Plan.

10.8     Registration, Distribution and Voting of Employer Stock and Procedures
         Regarding Tender Offers.

         (A)      All  voting  rights on shares of  Employer  Stock  held in the
                  Employer  Stock Fund shall be exercised by the Trustee only as
                  directed  by the  Participants  acting  in their  capacity  as
                  "Named  Fiduciaries" (as defined in Section 402 of the Act) in
                  accordance  with  the  following  provisions  of this  Section
                  10.8(A):

                  (1)      As soon as practicable  before each annual or special
                           shareholders'  meeting of the  Employer,  the Trustee
                           shall furnish to each Participant  sufficient  copies
                           of the proxy solicitation  material sent generally to
                           shareholders,   together   with  a  form   requesting
                           confidential   instructions  on  how  the  shares  of
                           Employer  Stock   allocated  to  such   Participant's
                           account,  and,  separately,  such  shares of Employer
                           Stock as may be unallocated ("Unallocated Shares") or
                           allocated to  Participant  accounts but for which the
                           Trustee does not receive  timely  voting  instruction
                           from   the   Participant   ("Non-Directed   Shares"),
                           (including  fractional shares to 1/1000th of a share)
                           are  to be  voted.  The  direction  with  respect  to
                           Non-Directed  Shares  and  Unallocated  Shares  shall
                           apply  to such  number  of votes  equal to the  total
                           number of votes  attributable to Non-Directed  Shares
                           and Unallocated Shares multiplied by a fraction,  the
                           numerator  of  which  is  the  number  of  shares  of
                           Employer Stock credited to the Participant's  account
                           and the  denominator  of which is the total number of
                           shares   credited   to  the   accounts  of  all  such
                           Participants  who have timely provided  directions to
                           the Trustee with respect to  Non-Directed  Shares and
                           Unallocated Shares under this Section 10.8(A)(1). The
                           Employer and the Committee  will  cooperate  with the
                           Trustee  to  ensure  that  Participants  receive  the
                           requisite   information  in  a  timely  manner.   The
                           materials furnished to the

                                      Page 73
<PAGE>
                           Participants shall include
                           a notice from the Trustee  that the Trustee will vote
                           any  shares  for which  timely  instructions  are not
                           received  by the  Trustee as may be directed by those
                           voting  Participants,  acting  in their  capacity  as
                           Named Fiduciaries of the Plan as provided above. Upon
                           timely  receipt  of such  instructions,  the  Trustee
                           shall vote the shares as instructed. The instructions
                           received  by  the  Trustee   from   Participants   or
                           Beneficiaries  shall be held by the Trustee in strict
                           confidence  and shall not be  divulged or released to
                           any person including directors, officers or employees
                           of the Employer,  or of any other company,  except as
                           otherwise required by law.

                  (2)      With respect to all  corporate  matters  submitted to
                           shareholders,  all shares of Employer  Stock shall be
                           voted only in accordance  with the directions of such
                           Participants  as  Named  Fiduciaries  as given to the
                           Trustee  as  provided  in  Section  10.8(A)(1).  With
                           respect to shares of Employer Stock  allocated to the
                           account of a deceased Participant, such Participant's
                           Beneficiary, as Named Fiduciary, shall be entitled to
                           direct  the voting of shares of  Employer  Sock as if
                           such Beneficiary were the Participant.

         (B)      All tender or  exchange  decisions  with  respect to  Employer
                  Stock  held in the  Employer  Stock Fund shall be made only by
                  the Participants acting in their capacity as Named Fiduciaries
                  with respect to the Employer Stock allocated to their accounts
                  in accordance  with the  following  provisions of this Section
                  10.8(B):

                  (1)      In the  event  an  offer  shall  be  received  by the
                           Trustee  (including  a tender  offer  for  shares  of
                           Employer  Stock  subject to Section  14(d)(1)  of the
                           Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934 or  subject to Rule
                           13e-4 promulgated under that Act, as those provisions
                           may from  time to time be  amended)  to  purchase  or
                           exchange  any  shares of  Employer  Stock held by the
                           Trust,  the Trustee will advise each  Participant who
                           has  shares  of  Employer   Stock  credited  to  such
                           Participant's  account in writing of the terms of the
                           offer as soon as practicable  after its  commencement
                           and  will  furnish  each  Participant  with a form by
                           which  he may  instruct  the  Trustee  confidentially
                           whether or not to tender or exchange shares allocated
                           to  such  Participant's   account,  and,  separately,
                           Unallocated Shares and Non-Directed Shares (including
                           fractional  shares  to  1/1000th  of  a  share).  The
                           directions  with respect to  Non-Directed  Shares and
                           Unallocated  Shares  shall  apply to such  number  of
                           Non-Directed  Shares and Unallocated  Shares equal to
                           the  total   number  of   Non-Directed   Shares   and
                           Unallocated  Shares  multiplied  by a  fraction,  the
                           numerator  of  which  is  the  number  of  shares  of
                           Employer Stock credited to the Participant's  account
                           and the  denominator  of which is the total number of
                           shares   credited   to  the   accounts  of  all  such
                           Participants  who have timely provided  directions to
                           the Trustee with respect to  Non-Directed  Shares and
                           Unallocated  Shares under this Section  10.8(B).  The
                           materials furnished to the Participants shall include
                           (i)  a  notice  from  the  Trustee  that,  except  as
                           provided in this  Section  10.8(B),  the Trustee will
                           not tender or  exchange  any shares for which  timely
                           instructions are not received by the Trustee and (ii)
                           such related  documents as are prepared by any person
                           and  provided  to the  shareholders  of the  Employer
                           pursuant to the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934. The
                           Committee   and  the   Trustee   may   also   provide
                           Participants with such other material  concerning the
                           tender  or  exchange  offer  as  the  Trustee  or the

                                      Page 74
<PAGE>
                           Committee  in  its   discretion   determines   to  be
                           appropriate;  provided,  however,  that  prior to any
                           distribution  of  materials  by  the  Committee,  the
                           Trustee shall be furnished with sufficient numbers of
                           complete copies of all such  materials.  The Employer
                           and the Committee  will cooperate with the Trustee to
                           ensure  that   Participants   receive  the  requisite
                           information in a timely manner.

                  (2)      The  Trustee  shall  tender or not  tender  shares or
                           exchange   shares  of   Employer   Stock   (including
                           fractional shares to 1/1000th of a share) only as and
                           to the extent instructed by the Participants as Named
                           Fiduciaries as provided in Section  10.8(B)(1).  With
                           respect to shares of Employer Stock  allocated to the
                           account of a deceased Participant, such Participant's
                           Beneficiary,  as a Named Fiduciary, shall be entitled
                           to direct  the  Trustee  whether  or not to tender or
                           exchange such shares as if such  Beneficiary were the
                           Participant.  If tender or exchange  instructions for
                           shares of Employer Stock  allocated to the account of
                           any  Participant  are  not  timely  received  by  the
                           Trustee,  the Trustee will treat the non-receipt as a
                           direction not to tender or exchange such shares.  The
                           instructions    received   by   the   Trustee    from
                           Participants  or  Beneficiaries  shall be held by the
                           Trustee  in  strict   confidence  and  shall  not  be
                           divulged  or   released  to  any  person,   including
                           directors,  officers or employees of the Employer, or
                           of any other company, except as otherwise required by
                           law.

                  (3)      In the  event,  under the terms of a tender  offer or
                           otherwise,  any shares of Employer Stock tendered for
                           sale, exchange or transfer pursuant to such offer may
                           be  withdrawn  from such  offer,  the  Trustee  shall
                           follow such instructions respecting the withdrawal of
                           such  securities  from such offer in the same  manner
                           and the same  proportion as shall be timely  received
                           by  the  Trustee  from  the  Participants,  as  Named
                           Fiduciaries,  entitled under this Section  10.8(B) to
                           give  instructions  as  to  the  sale,   exchange  or
                           transfer of securities pursuant to such offer.

                  (4)      In the  event  an  offer  shall  be  received  by the
                           Trustee  and  instructions  shall be  solicited  from
                           Participants   pursuant   to   Section   10.8(B)(1-3)
                           regarding  such offer,  and prior to  termination  of
                           such offer,  another offer is received by the Trustee
                           for the  securities  subject to the first offer,  the
                           Trustee   shall  use  its  best  efforts   under  the
                           circumstances  to  solicit   instructions   from  the
                           Participants  to the  Trustee  (i)  with  respect  to
                           securities  tendered  for sale,  exchange or transfer
                           pursuant to the first offer, whether to withdraw such
                           tender,  if possible,  and, if withdrawn,  whether to
                           tender any securities so withdrawn for sale, exchange
                           or  transfer  pursuant  to the second  offer and (ii)
                           with  respect to  securities  not  tendered for sale,
                           exchange  or transfer  pursuant  to the first  offer,
                           whether  to tender or not to tender  such  securities
                           for sale, exchange or transfer pursuant to the second
                           offer. The Trustee shall follow all such instructions
                           received in a timely manner from  Participants in the
                           same manner and in the same proportion as provided in
                           Section  10.8(B)(1-3).  With  respect to any  further
                           offer for any Employer  Stock received by the Trustee
                           and   subject  to  any   earlier   offer   (including
                           successive   offers   from   one  or  more   existing
                           offerors),  the Trustee  shall act in the same manner
                           as described above.

                  (5)      A Participant's instructions to the Trustee to tender
                           or  exchange  shares of  Employer  Stock  will not be
                           deemed a withdrawal or suspension  from the Plan or a
                           forfeiture

                                      Page 75
<PAGE>
                           of  any  portion  of  the   Participant's
                           interest in the Plan.  Funds received in exchange for
                           tendered  shares  will be  credited to the account of
                           the  Participant  whose shares were tendered and will
                           be used by the Trustee to purchase Employer Stock, as
                           soon as practicable. In the interim, the Trustee will
                           invest such funds in short-term investments permitted
                           under  the  Plan,  and in the  same  manner  in which
                           forfeited amounts are invested.

                  (6)      In the  event  the  Employer  initiates  a tender  or
                           exchange   offer,   the  Trustee  may,  in  its  sole
                           discretion, enter into an agreement with the Employer
                           not to  tender or  exchange  any  shares of  Employer
                           Stock in such offer,  in which event,  the  foregoing
                           provisions  of this  Section  10.8(B)  shall  have no
                           effect  with  respect to such  offer and the  Trustee
                           shall not tender or  exchange  any shares of Employer
                           Stock in such offer.

         (C)      The Trustee acting with respect to the Employer Stock Fund may
                  with the consent of the  Committee  designate  any Employee or
                  other  Trustee as agent to solicit  the  instructions  to vote
                  provided for in Subsection  (A) of this Section,  and shall be
                  held harmless in relying upon such agent's  written  advice as
                  to how shares are to be voted,  and said Trustee may, with the
                  consent of the  Committee,  designate any Employee as agent to
                  solicit instructions from Participants regarding such a tender
                  offer,  as required under  Subsection (B) above,  and shall be
                  held harmless in relying upon such agent's  written  advice as
                  to whether shares of Employer Stock are to be tendered.

         (D)      The  Employer   shall  be   responsible   for  complying  with
                  applicable federal and state securities laws and regulations.

10.9     Valuation of Investment Funds and Accounts.

         (A)      As of each  Valuation  Date,  the Trustee shall  determine the
                  fair  market  value  of each  Investment  Fund,  including  an
                  Employer  Stock  Fund,  if  any,  being  administered  by  the
                  Trustee.  With  respect  to each  such  Investment  Fund,  the
                  Trustee  shall  determine  (a) the change in value between the
                  current  Valuation Date and the then last preceding  Valuation
                  Date,  (b) the net gain or loss  resulting  from expenses paid
                  (including fees and expenses,  if any, which are to be charged
                  to such  Fund)  and (c)  realized  and  unrealized  gains  and
                  losses.

                  The transfer of funds to or from an  Investment  Fund pursuant
                  to Section 10.7(C) and payments, distributions and withdrawals
                  from an Investment Fund to provide benefits under the Plan for
                  Participants or Beneficiaries shall not be deemed to be gains,
                  expenses or losses of an Investment Fund.

                  After each Valuation  Date, the Trustee shall allocate the net
                  gain or loss of each Investment Fund as of such Valuation Date
                  to  the  accounts  of  Participants   participating   in  such
                  Investment  Fund  on  such  Valuation   Date.   Contributions,
                  forfeitures   and   rollovers   received   and   credited   to
                  Participants' accounts as of such Valuation Date, or as of any
                  earlier date since the last preceding Valuation Date shall not
                  be  considered  in  allocating  gains or losses  allocated  to
                  Participants' accounts.

                                      Page 76
<PAGE>
         (B)      The reasonable and equitable decision of the Trustee as to the
                  value of each  Investment  Fund,  including an Employer  Stock
                  Fund,  if any,  and of any account as of each  Valuation  Date
                  shall be  conclusive  and binding upon all persons  having any
                  interest,  direct or indirect,  in the Investment  Funds or in
                  any account.

                                   ARTICLE XI
                                 ADMINISTRATION

11.1     Committee  Membership.  The Employer  shall  appoint a Committee  which
         shall  consist of at least one member.  The  Committee  members will be
         named in the Adoption Agreement and may be, but are not required to be,
         Employees of the Employer.  All members of the Committee shall serve at
         the pleasure of the Employer.  In the event that the Committee has more
         than  one  member,  one  member  shall  serve  as  Chairman  and one as
         Secretary.  Any member of the Committee may resign by notice in writing
         to the Employer.  Any vacancy in the  Committee  shall be filled by the
         Employer as soon as practicable  after a vacancy.  If the Employer does
         not designate a Committee,  the Employer shall assume all of the duties
         of the Committee.

11.2     Powers and Duties of Committee. The Committee shall have all powers and
         duties and only the powers  and  duties as are  specifically  conferred
         upon it by this Plan or as the  Employer may delegate to or impose upon
         it consistent  with the  provisions  of this Plan,  ERISA and the Code.
         Without  limiting the generality of the foregoing,  the Committee shall
         have the following powers and duties:

         (A)      to interpret  and construe  the terms and  provisions  of this
                  Plan and to decide any  questions  which may arise  hereunder,
                  including but not limited to --

                  (1)      the amount of a Participant's Compensation,

                  (2)      a Participant's Years of Service,

                  (3)      the age of any person who might be entitled to
                           receive benefits,

                  (4)      the right of any person to receive benefits,

                  (5)      the amount of any benefits to be paid to any persons;

         (B)      to cause to be maintained  all necessary  records and accounts
                  under this Plan and to keep in convenient form any data as may
                  be necessary for valuation of the assets and liabilities;

         (C)      to  rely  upon  the  records  of  the  Employer  or  upon  any
                  certificate, statement or other representation made to it by a
                  Participant,  a Beneficiary,  the authorized representative of
                  the Participant or Beneficiary,  or the Trustee concerning any
                  fact required to be determined  under any of the provisions of
                  this Plan,  and the  Committee  shall not be  required to make
                  inquiry  into the  propriety  of any action by the Employer or
                  the Trustee;

         (D)      to give written notice to a Participant, a Beneficiary, or the
                  authorized  representative  of the Participant or Beneficiary,
                  of the amount of benefits payable under this Plan;

                                      Page 77
<PAGE>
         (E)      to make and  enforce  any rules,  not  inconsistent  with this
                  Plan,  as it shall deem  necessary or proper for the efficient
                  administration of this Plan;

         (F)      to  have  and  exercise  such  other  authority  as  it  deems
                  necessary  to carry out the purposes  and  provisions  of this
                  Plan,  provided that any act of discretion  permitted shall be
                  exercised in a uniform  non-discriminatory manner with respect
                  to individuals in like or similar circumstances;

         (G)      to adopt rules and guidelines for the  administration  of this
                  Plan,  provided that they are not inconsistent  with the terms
                  of this  Plan  and are  uniformly  applicable  to all  persons
                  similarly  situated and to delegate in accordance with Section
                  11.8  such  functions  and  duties  as  the  Committee   deems
                  advisable;

         (H)      to  establish  a  funding  policy  and  investment  objectives
                  consistent with the purposes of the Plan and the  requirements
                  of law;

         (I)      to employ such  attorneys,  accountants and agents as it shall
                  determine to assist it in carrying out its duties hereunder.

         Except  as  otherwise  provided  in  this  Plan  or  determined  by the
         Employer, any action or determination taken or made by the Committee or
         any interpretation or construction made by the Committee shall be final
         and shall be binding upon all persons. The Committee shall at all times
         exercise the power and authority given to it under this Plan in a fair,
         reasonable and non-discriminatory manner.

11.3     Actions of the Committee. Any act authorized or required to be taken by
         the  Committee  shall be taken by a  decision  of the  majority  of the
         members  acting at the  time.  Any  decision  of the  Committee  may be
         expressed by a vote at a Committee meeting or in writing, signed by all
         members of the Committee, without a meeting. All allocation statements,
         notices,   directions,    approvals,   instructions   and   all   other
         communications  required  or  authorized  to be given by the  Committee
         under  this Plan shall be in  writing  and signed by a majority  of the
         members of the Committee.  The Committee may, however, by an instrument
         in  writing  signed  by all the  members  and filed  with the  Trustee,
         designate  one or more if its members as having the  authority  to sign
         all such  communications on behalf of the Committee.  Until notified in
         writing to the contrary, the Trustee shall be fully protected in acting
         in accordance with all communications which it considers genuine and to
         have been signed on behalf of the  Committee by the members  authorized
         to sign  communications.  If at any time for any reason  the  Committee
         shall be unable to act with respect to any matter,  the Employer  shall
         act with  respect to that  matter and its action  shall be final and it
         shall be binding upon all persons.

11.4     Resignation,  Removal and Designation of Successors.  Any member of the
         Committee  may  resign at any time and any member may be removed by the
         Employer with or without cause. In case of resignation,  death, removal
         or inability or failure for any cause of any member of the Committee to
         serve or to continue to serve,  a successor  shall be  appointed by the
         Employer. The Committee shall promptly notify the Trustee of any change
         in its membership.

11.5     Committee Review.  If any Participant,  Spouse,  Beneficiary,  or other
         authorized representative of a Participant, Spouse or Beneficiary shall
         file an application  with the Committee for benefits under

                                      Page 78
<PAGE>
         the Plan and
         the application is denied, in whole or in part, such applicant shall be
         notified of the denial in writing within ninety (90) days of receipt of
         the claim.  The notice to the applicant  shall state that the Committee
         has  denied  the   application   pursuant   to  the   exercise  of  its
         discretionary  powers. This notice shall set forth the specific reasons
         for the denial,  specific  reference to pertinent Plan  provisions upon
         which the denial is based, a description of any additional  information
         needed to perfect the claim with an  explanation of why it is necessary
         and an explanation of procedure for appeal.

         Any   Participant,    Spouse,    Beneficiary,   or   other   authorized
         representative   of  the  Participant,   Spouse  or  Beneficiary  whose
         application  for benefits  has been denied may,  within sixty (60) days
         after  receiving the  notification,  make a written  application to the
         Committee  to review the denial.  The  applicant  may request  that the
         review be made by written statements submitted by the applicant and the
         Committee,  at a hearing,  or by both. Any hearing shall be held in the
         main offices of the  Employer on a date and time as the Employer  shall
         designate  with at least seven (7) days notice to the applicant  unless
         the applicant accepts shorter notice.  Within sixty (60) days after the
         review has been completed, the Employer shall render a written decision
         and shall send a copy to the  applicant.  This  decision  shall include
         specific  reasons for the decision,  as well as specific  references to
         the pertinent Plan provisions upon which the decision is based.

         If  the   Participant,   Spouse,   Beneficiary,   or  other  authorized
         representative  of a Participant,  Spouse or Beneficiary  does not file
         written  notice  with the  Employer at the times set forth  above,  the
         individual shall have waived all benefits under this Plan other than as
         set forth in the notice from the Committee.

11.6     Records.  The  Committee  shall keep or cause to be kept records of all
         meetings,  proceedings and actions held,  undertaken or performed by it
         and shall furnish to the Employer reports as the Employer may request.

11.7     Compensation.   The  members  of  the  Committee  shall  serve  without
         compensation for services as such, but all reasonably incurred fees and
         expenses shall be paid by the Employer.

11.8     Designation of Named Fiduciaries and Allocation of Responsibility Among
         Fiduciaries.  The  Employer,  the  Committee  and the Trustee  shall be
         "Named  Fiduciaries"  with respect to this Plan as that term is defined
         in ERISA. The Named  Fiduciaries shall have only those specific powers,
         duties,  responsibilities  and  obligations  as are given to them under
         this Plan. The Named Fiduciaries may designate any person or persons as
         a fiduciary  and may delegate to such person or persons any one or more
         of their powers, functions, duties and responsibilities with respect to
         the Plan as set forth in this Plan,  authorizing  or providing for such
         direction, information or action. Any such designation shall be made in
         writing and shall become  effective  upon written  acceptance.  No such
         designation  or  delegation  by the Employer or the Committee of any of
         its powers,  authority or  responsibilities to the Trustee shall become
         effective unless such designation or delegation shall first be accepted
         by the Trustee in a writing  signed by it and delivered to the Employer
         or the Committee, as applicable.  Furthermore, each Named Fiduciary may
         rely upon any such  direction,  information  or action of another Named
         Fiduciary  as being  proper  under  this  Plan and is not  required  to
         inquire  into the  propriety  of any  such  direction,  information  or
         action.  It is intended that under this Plan each Named Fiduciary shall
         be  responsible  for the proper  exercise  of its own  powers,  duties,
         responsibilities  and  obligations and shall not be responsible for act
         or failure to act of another fiduciary.

                                      Page 79
<PAGE>
11.9     Notice by  Committee or Employer.  Any  communication  or notice to any
         person by the Committee or the Employer  shall be in writing and may be
         given by  delivery  to the person or by first  class mail with  postage
         prepaid  addressed  to the person at the last  address on file with the
         Committee or the Employer. Any notice delivered as provided above shall
         be deemed to have been given when  delivered,  and any notice mailed as
         provided above shall be deemed to have been given when mailed.

11.10    Loans to Participants.

         (A)               (1)  In  accordance  with  Section  11.8  above,  the
                           Committee is hereby designated as the named fiduciary
                           with sole authority and  responsibility to approve or
                           deny loans and, except as provided in subsections (G)
                           and (H) of this Section,  collect  unpaid  loans,  in
                           accordance with the provisions of this Section 11.10.
                           This  Section  11.10 shall  apply if the  Employer is
                           eligible  to and elects  Item  B(16) of the  Adoption
                           Agreement.

                  (2)      Subject to the consent of the Committee, loans may be
                           made upon  approval of the written  application  of a
                           Participant   or   Beneficiary   submitted   to   the
                           Committee. Such application shall be submitted during
                           a specified period established by the Committee prior
                           to the date the  loan is to be  made.  The  Committee
                           shall notify the  Participant or Beneficiary  whether
                           the loan has been approved or denied.  Loans shall be
                           made available to all Participants and  Beneficiaries
                           on a  reasonably  equivalent  basis,  except  that no
                           loans  will be made  to any  Stockholder-Employee  or
                           Owner-Employee  and no  loan  shall  be  made  to any
                           Participant  which the Committee,  upon reviewing the
                           Participant's  written application  determines may be
                           reasonably  expected  to be unable to repay the loan.
                           Loans   shall  not  be  made   available   to  Highly
                           Compensated  Employees (as defined in Section  414(q)
                           of the Code) in an  amount  greater  than the  amount
                           made available to other  Employees.  Except for loans
                           made  prior  to the  date  this  Plan is  adopted,  a
                           Participant  or  Beneficiary  shall have no more than
                           five loans outstanding at any given time.

                  (3)      All loans will be adequately  secured and will bear a
                           reasonable  rate of interest.  Rates of interest will
                           be  determined  daily by the  Trustee for Plan loans.
                           The Committee  will determine the minimum loan amount
                           for the Plan.

         (B)      In  reviewing  and  approving  or  denying  loan  applications
                  hereunder,  the Committee shall bear sole  responsibility  for
                  ensuring  compliance with all applicable federal or state laws
                  and  regulations,  including  the federal Truth In Lending Act
                  (15 U.S.C.  ss.1601 et seq.), and Equal Credit Opportunity Act
                  (15 U.S.C.  ss.1691 et seq.). The Committee shall upon request
                  supply the Trustee with  evidence  that it has  complied  with
                  such federal or state law.

         (C)      Notwithstanding  Section 7.13 above,  each loan made hereunder
                  shall be  secured  by a  written  assignment,  in favor of the
                  Plan, of that portion of the Participant's  accounts which the
                  Committee  determines  to be  necessary to  adequately  secure
                  repayment of the loan.

                                      Page 81
<PAGE>
         (D)      A Participant must obtain the consent of his or her Spouse, if
                  any,  to use the  account  balance as  security  for the loan.
                  Spousal   consent  shall  be  obtained  no  earlier  than  the
                  beginning  of the ninety (90) day period that ends on the date
                  the loan is to be so secured.  The consent  must be in writing
                  and  must be  witnessed  by a Plan  representative  or  Notary
                  Public.  Such consent shall thereafter be binding with respect
                  to the consenting spouse or any subsequent spouse with respect
                  to that loan.  A new consent  shall be required if the account
                  balance  is used for  renegotiation,  extension,  renewal,  or
                  other revision of the loan.

                  Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, no spousal consent is
                  required for the use of the account  balance as security for a
                  Plan  loan  to the  Participant  under  a  safe-harbor  profit
                  sharing Plan as described in Section 7.10(F).

         (E)      No loan shall be approved by the Committee to any  Participant
                  or Beneficiary in any amount which exceeds the lesser of

                  (1)      $50,000, reduced by the excess (if any) of -

                           (a)      the  highest  outstanding  balance  of loans
                                    from the Plan  during  the  one-year  period
                                    ending on the day  before  the date on which
                                    such loan was made, over,

                           (b)      the  outstanding  balance  of loans from the
                                    Plan on the  date on  which  such  loan  was
                                    made, or

                  (2)      fifty percent (50%) of the present value of the
                           Participant's nonforfeitable accrued benefit.

                  For purposes of the above limitation, all loans from all plans
                  of the  Employer  and other  members  of a group of  employers
                  described in Sections 414(b), (c), (m) and (o) of the Code are
                  aggregated.

                  The term of the loan  shall be  determined  by the  Committee.
                  Furthermore,  any  loan  shall,  by  its  terms  require  that
                  repayment  (principal  and  interest)  be  amortized  in level
                  payments, not less frequently than quarterly over a period not
                  extending beyond five years from the date of the loan,  except
                  that the Committee, in its discretion,  may permit a repayment
                  period in excess of five years for loans made to a Participant
                  or Beneficiary used to acquire a dwelling unit which, within a
                  reasonable time (determined at the time the loan is made) will
                  be used as a principal residence of the borrower.

                  An  assignment  or pledge of any portion of the  participant's
                  interest  in the Plan will be  treated  as a loan  under  this
                  paragraph.

         (F)      Each  loan  hereunder  shall be made pro rata  from the
                  borrowing  Participant's  available  accounts  and  Investment
                  Funds.  Loan  repayments  shall  generally  be made  via
                  payroll deduction, except that the repayment  of  outstanding
                  principal  at  maturity,  in the event the loan is called,  or
                  in the event the Participant chooses to prepay  the loan shall
                  be made in such  manner as the  Committee  shall  determine.
                  Loan repayments and interest  thereon shall be credited to the
                  Investment  Funds and accounts in accordance with current
                  elections.  No loan shall be  considered a general investment
                  of the Trust Fund.  Each loan shall be evidenced by a written
                  agreement,  evidencing the Participant's  obligation to repay
                  the borrowed amount  to the Plan,  in such  form and with such
                  provisions  consistent  with  this  Section  11.10 as is
                  acceptable to the Trustee.  All loan agreements shall be
                  deposited with the Trustee.

         (G)      In the event a  Participant  does not repay the  principal  of
                  such loan or interest thereon at such times as are required by
                  the  terms of the loan or if the  Participant  ceases to be an
                  Employee  while  such  Participant  has a loan made  hereunder
                  which is outstanding,  the Committee,  in its discretion,  may
                  direct the  Trustee to take such action as the  Committee  may
                  reasonably determine, including:

                  (1)      demand  repayment of the loan and, subject to Section
                           10.4(K),   institute   legal   action   against   the
                           Participant to enforce  collection of any balance due
                           from the Participant, or

                  (2)      demand  repayment  of the loan,  and charge the total
                           amount of the unpaid loan and unpaid interest against
                           the  balance  credited  to the  Participant's  vested
                           account  balance  which was  assigned as security for
                           the loan and reduce any payment or distribution  from
                           the  Trust  Fund  to  which  the  Participant  or the
                           Participant's  Beneficiary may become entitled to the
                           extent  necessary to discharge the  obligation on the
                           loan.

                  Notwithstanding  the foregoing  provisions  of this  Paragraph
                  (G),  in the  event of  default,  foreclosure  on the note and
                  attachment  of security  will not occur until a  distributable
                  event occurs in the Plan.

         (H)      In the event the Committee  fails or refuses for any reason to
                  direct the Trustee as provided  in  Paragraph  (G) above or if
                  the   Trustee   otherwise   reasonably   concludes   that  the
                  collectibility of a loan hereunder is in jeopardy, the Trustee
                  is  authorized  to  take  such  action  as it  may  reasonably
                  determine to enforce  repayment and  satisfaction of the loan.
                  The  Employer  shall be  responsible  for costs  and  expenses
                  incurred in collecting any loan balance.

         (I)      In the event  that the amount of any  payment or  distribution
                  from the Trust Fund is  insufficient  to repay the balance due
                  on any loan, the Participant  shall be liable for and continue
                  to make repayments on such balance.

         (J)      If a valid spousal  consent has been obtained in accordance
                  with Paragraph (D), then,  notwithstanding any other provision
                  of this Plan, the portion of the Participant's  vested account
                  balance used as a security interest held by the Plan by reason
                  of a loan  outstanding to the Participant  shall be taken into
                  account for  purposes  of  determining  the  amount  of the
                  account  balance  payable  at the  time  of  death  or
                  distribution, but only if the  reduction is used as repayment
                  of the loan.  If less than 100% of the Participant's  vested
                  account balance  (determined  without regard to the preceding
                  sentence) is payable to the surviving Spouse, then the account
                  balance shall be adjusted by first reducing the vested account
                  balance by the amount of the  security  used as  repayment of
                  the loan,  and then  determining  the benefit
                  payable to the surviving Spouse.

                                      Page 82
<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE XII
                  FAILURE TO ATTAIN OR RETAIN QUALIFIED STATUS

12.1     Failure to Qualify as a Prototype.  This Plan is  established  with the
         intent that it shall  qualify under Section 401 of the Code and that it
         shall comply with ERISA and all other applicable laws,  regulations and
         rulings. It may be modified and amended retroactively, if necessary, to
         secure  such   qualification.   Should  the  Internal  Revenue  Service
         determine that this Plan does not qualify under the Code or any statute
         of similar import, or fails or refuses to issue an opinion,  and if the
         Plan is not amended, as required to qualify, before the time allowed by
         law for the Employer to file its  corporate  federal tax return for the
         taxable  year in which the  Effective  Date  occurs,  the Plan shall be
         considered  to be  rescinded  and of no force and  effect.  Any  assets
         attributable to contributions made by the Employer shall be returned to
         the Employer by the Trustee as soon as administratively  feasible.  The
         Employer shall refund to the Participant any contributions  made by the
         Participant to the Plan.

12.2     Failure  of  Employer  to  Attain  or  Retain  Qualification.   If  the
         Employer's Plan fails to attain or retain qualification, such Plan will
         no longer  participate in this prototype Plan and will be considered an
         individually designed Plan.

                                  ARTICLE XIII
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

13.1     Employer Action.  Except as may be specifically  provided  herein,  any
         action  required or  permitted to be taken by the Employer may be taken
         on behalf of the Employer by any officer of the Employer.

13.2     No Guarantee of  Interests.  Neither the Trustee,  the Employer nor any
         other named fiduciary in any way guarantees the Trust Fund from loss or
         depreciation,  nor do they  guarantee  any payment to any  person.  The
         liability  of the Trustee,  the Employer and a named  fiduciary to make
         any payments  hereunder is limited to the available assets of the Trust
         Fund.

13.3     Employment   Rights.   The  Plan  is  not  a  contract  of  employment.
         Participation in the Plan will not give any Participant the right to be
         retained  in the  Employer's  employ,  nor any  right  or  claim to any
         benefit  under the  Plan,  unless  the right or claim has  specifically
         accrued under the Plan.

13.4     Interpretations  and  Adjustments.  To the extent  permitted by law, an
         interpretation  of the Plan and a decision on any matter within a named
         fiduciary's  discretion made in good faith is binding on all persons. A
         misstatement  or  other  mistake  of fact  shall be  corrected  when it
         becomes known and the person  responsible shall make such adjustment on
         account thereof as he or she considers equitable and practicable.

13.5     Uniform  Rules.  In the  administration  of the Plan,  uniform rules
         will be applied to all  Participants  similarly situated.

13.6     Evidence.  Evidence  required  of  anyone  under  the  Plan  may  be by
         certificate,  affidavit, document or other information which the person
         acting on it  considers  pertinent  and  reliable  and signed,  made or
         presented by the proper party or parties.

                                      Page 83
<PAGE>
13.7     Waiver of Notice.  Any notice required under the Plan may be waived by
         the person entitled to notice.

13.8     Controlling  Law.  The law of the state  where the  Trustee  is located
         shall be the controlling  state law in all matters relating to the Plan
         and shall apply to the extent that it is not  preempted  by the laws of
         the United States of America.

13.9     Tax  Exemption of Trust.  The trust  herein  created is  designated  as
         constituting a part of a Plan intended to qualify under Sections 401(a)
         of the Code and to be tax-exempt under Section 501(a) of the Code.

13.10    Counterparts.  The Plan may be executed in two or more  counterparts,
         any one of which will be an original  without reference to the others.

13.11    Annual  Statement  of  Account.  The  assets of the Trust  Fund will be
         valued annually at fair market as of the last day of each Plan Year. On
         such date the earning and losses of the Trust Fund will be allocated to
         each  Participant's  accounts  in the ratio that such  account  balance
         bears to all account balances. The Trustee will deliver to the Employer
         a statement of each  Participant's  account balances as of the last day
         of Plan Year.

13.12    No Duty to Inquire.  No person  shall have any duty to make any inquiry
         as to the application or use of the Trust Fund, or any part thereof, or
         to inquire into the validity,  expediency or propriety of any matter or
         thing done or proposed to be done by the Trustee.

13.13    Invalidity.  In case any  provisions  of this Plan shall be invalid,
         this fact shall not affect the validity of any other provision.

13.14    Titles.  Titles to Articles and Sections are for  convenience  only and
         shall have no bearing upon the construction or  interpretation  of this
         Plan.

13.15    No Duty of Trustee  to  Collect  Contributions.  The  Trustee  shall be
         accountable  for all  contributions  received but shall have no duty to
         require  any  contributions  to be  delivered  or to  determine  if the
         contributions  received  comply  with  the  Plan or with  any  Board of
         Directors resolution of the Employer providing for contributions.

13.16    Trustee  Distributes  by Committee  Direction.  The Trustee  shall make
         distributions only through Committee direction.  The Trustee shall have
         no  responsibility to see how distributions are applied or to ascertain
         whether   the   Committee's    directions   comply   with   the   Plan.
         Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary,  payments made in
         accordance with these  provisions will continue only so long as amounts
         remain in the Participant's accounts.

                                   ARTICLE XIV
                            AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION

14.1     Amendment  by  the  Sponsor.  Society  National  Bank,  the  sponsoring
         organization,  reserves the right without being  required to obtain the
         approval  of the  Employer  to amend  any part of the Plan from time to
         time,  subject to the  provisions of Article XII,  Section 14.2 and the
         following:

                                      Page 84
<PAGE>
         (A)      Except as  provided in Section  14.1(B) and (C), no  amendment
                  shall become  effective until at least thirty (30) days' prior
                  written notice (unless the Employer  agrees to shorter notice)
                  has been given to the Employer,  nor shall any such  amendment
                  reduce  Participants'  benefits  to less than the  benefits to
                  which they would have been  entitled if they had resigned from
                  the  employ  of the  Employer  on the  effective  date  of the
                  amendment;

         (B)      An  amendment  of the Plan and Trust which the  sponsor  deems
                  necessary   to   enable   the  Plan  and  Trust  to  meet  the
                  requirements  of  Section  401(a)  of the  Code  may  be  made
                  effective as of the date the Plan and Trust was established by
                  the sponsor or as of any subsequent date;

         (C)      An  amendment  of the Plan and Trust to  conform  the Plan and
                  Trust to any change in the law,  regulations or rulings of the
                  United States may take effect as of the date such amendment is
                  required to be effective.  Any amendment  executed pursuant to
                  the  provisions  of this  Section 14.1 shall be executed by an
                  authorized  officer  of the  sponsor,  or its  successor.  For
                  purposes of this Section 14.1, the Employer shall be deemed to
                  have been  furnished a copy of any  amendment  on the business
                  day next following the mailing by the sponsor or the Trustee.

14.2     Amendment by Adopting Employer.  The Employer may (1) change the choice
         of options in the Adoption  Agreement,  (2) add overriding  language in
         the  Adoption  Agreement  when such  language is  necessary  to satisfy
         Section  415 or  Section  416  of  the  Code  because  of the  required
         aggregation  of multiple  plans,  and (3) add certain model  amendments
         published by the Internal  Revenue Service which  specifically  provide
         that  their  adoption  will  not  cause  the  Plan  to  be  treated  as
         individually  designed.  An Employer that amends the Plan for any other
         reason,  including a waiver of the minimum  funding  requirement  under
         Section 412(d) of the Code,  will no longer  participate in this Master
         or  Prototype  Plan  and  will be  considered  to have an  individually
         designed Plan.

14.3     Vesting - Plan  Termination.  In the event of  termination  or  partial
         termination  of  the  Plan,  the  account   balance  of  each  affected
         Participant will be nonforfeitable.

14.4     Vesting - Complete  Discontinuance of Contributions.  In the event of a
         complete  discontinuance  of contributions  under the Plan, the account
         balance of each affected Participant will be nonforfeitable.

14.5     Plan  Merger -  Maintenance  of  Benefit.  In the  event of a merger or
         consolidation  with,  or  transfer  of assets to any other  Plan,  each
         Participant  will  receive a  benefit  immediately  after  the  merger,
         consolidation  or transfer  (if the Plan then  terminated)  which is at
         least equal to the benefit the  Participant was entitled to immediately
         before such  merger,  consolidation  or transfer  (if the Plan had then
         terminated).

14.6     Direct Transfer.  In its discretion,  the Trustee may accept the direct
         transfer  of Plan assets  from the  trustee of other  retirement  plans
         described  in Code  Section  401(a).  If the  Plan  receives  a  direct
         transfer  of  elective   deferrals  (or  amounts  treated  as  elective
         deferrals)  under a Plan with a Code Section  401(k)  arrangement,  the
         distribution  restrictions of Code Sections 401(k)(2) and (10) continue
         to apply to those transferred elective deferrals.

                                      Page 85
<PAGE>
14.7     Termination  of  Participation  by Employer.  The  Employer  expects to
         continue its  participation in this Plan  indefinitely but reserves the
         right to terminate this Plan as to its Employees at any time by written
         instrument  filed with the Trustee.  In the event of such  termination,
         partial  termination or complete  discontinuance of  contributions,  or
         termination  as provided in Section 13.3,  the account  balance of each
         affected   Participant   will  be   nonforfeitable.   Distribution   to
         Participants who have theretofore become entitled to the payment of any
         benefits   hereunder  or  to  Spouses  or   Beneficiaries  of  deceased
         Participants  shall be made in the  same  manner  as if the  Employer's
         participation   had  not  terminated  or  contributions  had  not  been
         discontinued.

         The  account(s)  of each such  Participant,  in the event of payment in
         other than a single  sum,  need not be  converted  into  cash,  but may
         continue to remain in the trust, with a right and obligation thereafter
         to participate in the net earnings,  losses,  taxes and expenses of the
         trust.

         If any  Participant  shall die after the  termination of the Employer's
         participation  and before all of said  Participant's  interest has been
         paid,  then,  upon  the  written  direction  of  Employer,  the  entire
         undistributed   portion   shall  be  paid  in  a  single   sum  to  the
         Participant's Beneficiary.

         In the event of complete discontinuance of contributions,  the Employer
         shall  terminate  this Plan as to its Employees and each  Participant's
         interest shall be distributed to such Participant.

14.8     Notice of Amendment,  Termination or Partial Termination. The Committee
         will notify  affected  Participants  of an  amendment,  termination  or
         partial termination of the Plan within a reasonable time.

14.9     Substitution of Trustee.  Any corporation or association into which the
         Trustee may be converted,  merged or with which it may be consolidated,
         or any  corporation  or  association  resulting  from  any  conversion,
         merger,  reorganization  or consolidation to which the Trustee may be a
         party,  shall be the  successor  of the Trustee  hereunder  without the
         execution or filing of any instrument or the performance of any further
         act.

                                   ARTICLE XV
                       DISCHARGE OF DUTIES BY FIDUCIARIES

15.1     Discharge of Duties.  Subject to the  provisions  of Articles IX and X,
         the Named  Fiduciaries  and any other  fiduciary  shall discharge their
         respective  duties set forth in the Plan solely in the  interest of the
         Participants and their Spouses and Beneficiaries and:

         (A) for the exclusive purpose of:

                  (1)      providing benefits to Participants and their Spouses
                           and Beneficiaries; and

                  (2)      defraying reasonable expenses of administering the
                           Plan;

         (B)      with  the  care,  skill,  prudence  and  diligence  under  the
                  circumstances  then prevailing that a prudent person acting in
                  a like  capacity and familiar  with such matters  would use in
                  the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like
                  aims; and

                                      Page 86
<PAGE>
         (C)      by diversifying  the investments of the Plan so as to minimize
                  the risk of large losses, unless under the circumstances it is
                  clearly prudent not to do so.

                                   ARTICLE XVI
                   AMENDMENT AND CONTINUATION OF ORIGINAL PLAN

16.1     Amendment  and  Continuation.  Notwithstanding  any  of  the  foregoing
         provisions  of  the  Plan  to  the  contrary,  an  Employer  which  has
         previously  established  a  profit  sharing  Plan  and  trust  or money
         purchase  pension Plan and trust, as applicable,  (the "Original Plan")
         may, in accordance with the provisions of the Original Plan,  amend and
         continue  that Plan in the form of this  Plan and  Trust and  become an
         Employer hereunder, subject to the following:

         (A)      Subject to the  conditions and  limitations of the Plan,  each
                  person who is a Participant  or former  Participant  under the
                  Original Plan  immediately  prior to the Effective Date of the
                  amendment  and  continuation  thereof in the form of this Plan
                  will continue as a Participant under this Plan;

         (B)      The words  "Original  Plan" shall be substituted for the word
                  "Plan" where the word appears in Section 2.2 of the Plan;

         (C)      No  election  may be made in the  Adoption  Agreement  if such
                  election will reduce the benefits of a  Participant  under the
                  Original Plan to less than the benefits to which he would have
                  been  entitled  if he had  resigned  from  the  employ  of the
                  Employer on the date of the amendment and  continuation of the
                  Original Plan in the form of this Plan;

         (D)      The amounts,  if any,  credited to a  Participant's  or former
                  Participant's  accounts,  immediately  prior to the  Effective
                  Date of the amendment and continuation of the Original Plan in
                  the form of this Plan shall constitute the opening balances in
                  his or her  accounts,  as  appropriate,  under  this  Plan and
                  Trust;

         (E)      Amounts being paid to a former  Participant  or Beneficiary in
                  accordance  with the  provisions  of the  Original  Plan shall
                  continue to be paid in accordance with such provisions; and

         (F)      Any Beneficiary  designation in effect under the Original Plan
                  immediately  before its amendment and continuation in the form
                  of  this  Plan  shall  be  deemed  to be a  valid  Beneficiary
                  designation  filed with the Employer under Section 7.7 of this
                  Plan,  to the extent  consistent  with the  provisions of this
                  Plan,  unless and until the Participant or former  Participant
                  revokes   such   Beneficiary   designation   or  makes  a  new
                  Beneficiary designation under this Plan.

         IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,   Society  National  Bank  has  established  this
prototype Plan as of the 24th day of March, 1995.

                            SOCIETY NATIONAL BANK

                            By:        /s/ Edward J. Togetti
                                      -----------------------------------------

                            Title:    Senior Vice President and General Counsel

                                      Page 87



                                                                  EXHIBIT 10.2

 03/24/95
                                                       Basic Plan Document # 05
                                                                     Plan # 002
                                                IRS Letter Serial No.: D363689a

                    PRISM(R) PROTOTYPE RETIREMENT PLAN & TRUST

                            401(k) Profit Sharing Plan
                                 (Nonstandardized)


                                Adoption Agreement <F1>

     The Employer <F2>, designated below, hereby establishes a profit-sharing
     plan (optionally including a cash or deferred arrangement (as  defined  in
     ss.401(k) of the  Internal  Revenue  Code)) for all  Eligible  Employees as
     defined in this  Adoption  Agreement  pursuant to the terms of the PRISM(R)
     Prototype Retirement Plan & Trust Basic Plan Document # 05.

     A.       Employer Information:

              1.      Name:             M.D.C. Holdings, Inc.
                                        ---------------------

              2.      Address:          3600 South Yosemite Street, Suite 900
                                        -------------------------------------

              3.      Address:          Denver,  CO  80237
                                        ------------------

              4.      Attention:        Valerie Andres  Telephone:  303-773-1100
                                        --------------              ------------

              5.  Employer Taxpayer Identification Number <F3>:   84-0622967
                                                                  ----------


     B.       Basic Plan Provisions:

              1.     Plan Name (select one):

                           This plan is established  effective , (the "Effective
                           Date") as a profit  sharing plan  (optionally  with a
                           cash  or  deferred  arrangement  as  defined  in Code
                           ss.401(k)) to be known as (the "Plan") in the form of
                           the PRISM(R) Prototype Retirement Plan & Trust.

              b.           This plan is an amendment and restatement in the form
                           of the PRISM(R)  Prototype  Retirement  Plan & Trust,
                           effective  07/01/98,  (the  "Effective  Date") of the
                           M.D.C.  Holdings,   Inc.  401(k)  Savings  Plan  (the
                           "Plan"),  originally  effective  as of 01/01/92  (the
                           "Original Effective Date").


<PAGE>
              2.   Employers Three Digit Plan Number:  004

              3.   Committee Members <F4>:  Paris G. Reece III, Daniel S. Japha,
                                            Thomas M. Jenkins, Larry M. Harvey,
                                            Steven U.Parker

              4.           Definitions:

                      a.       Compensation for allocation purposes:

                               i  Will  be   determined   over   the   following
                                  applicable period (select only one):

                                 (a)  X     the Plan Year
                                     ---

                                 (b)        the period of Plan participation
                                     ---    during the Plan Year


                                 (c)        a consecutive 12 month period
                                     ---    commencing on  and ending with, or
                                            within,  the Plan Year.

                               ii     X     If selected, Compensation will
                                     ---    include Employer contributions  made
                                            pursuant to a Salary Reduction
                                            Agreement,  or other   arrangement,
                                            which  are  not includible  in the
                                            gross income of the Employee under
                                            ss.ss.125,  402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B)
                                            or 403(b)of the Internal Revenue
                                            Code.

                              iii           Shall not include (select as many as
                                            desired):

                                (a)         Bonuses
                                     ---

                                (b)         Commissions
                                     ---
                                (c)         Taxable fringe benefits identified
                                     ---    below:


                                (d)   X     Other   items   of   remuneration
                                     ---    identified below:  Reimbursements
                                            and  other   expense   allowances
                                            including fringe benefits, moving
                                            expenses,  deferred  compensation
                                            and welfare benefits.

                               iv           Shall be limited to $ , which shall
                                 ---        be the maximum amount of
                                            compensation considered for plan
                                            allocation purposes (but not for
                                            testing purposes), and may not be an
                                            amount in excess of the Internal
                                            Revenue Codess.401(a)(17) limit in
                                            effect for the Plan Year<F5>.  If no
                                            amount is specified, Compensation
                                            shall be limited to the Internal
                                            Revenue Codess.401(a)(17)


<PAGE>
                                            amount, as
                                            adjusted by the Secretary of the
                                            Treasury from time to time.

                      b.       Early Retirement Date:

                             i                 is not applicable to this Plan
                              ---
                             ii X              is  the  latter  of the  date  on
                               ---             which the Participant attains age
                                               55  (not  less  than  55) and the
                                               date  on  which  the  Participant
                                               completes 5 Years of Service.

                      c.       Hour of Service  shall be determined on the basis
                               of the method selected below. Only one method may
                               be  selected.  The method shall be applied to all
                               Employees  covered  under  the  Plan  as  follows
                               (select only one):


                             i X               On the basis of actual hours for
                              ---              which an Employee is paid,  or
                                               entitled to be paid.
                             ii                On the basis of days  worked.  An
                               ---             Employee  shall be credited  with
                                               ten  (10)  Hours  of  Service  if
                                               under  ss.1.1(U) of the Plan such
                                               Employee  would be credited  with
                                               at least one (1) Hour of  Service
                                               during the day.
                             iii               On the basis of weeks worked.  An
                                ---            Employee  shall be credited  with
                                               forty-five  (45) Hours of Service
                                               if  under  ss.1.1(U)  of the Plan
                                               such  Employee  would be credited
                                               with at  least  one  (1)  Hour of
                                               Service during the week.
                             iv                On  the  basis  of   semi-monthly
                               ---             payroll   periods.   An  Employee
                                               shall    be     credited     with
                                               ninety-five (95) Hours of Service
                                               if  under  ss.1.1(U)  of the Plan
                                               such  Employee  would be credited
                                               with at  least  one  (1)  Hour of
                                               Service  during the  semi-monthly
                                               payroll period.
                             v                 On the basis of months worked. An
                              ---              Employee  shall be credited  with
                                               one hundred ninety (190) Hours of
                                               Service if under ss.1.1(U) of the
                                               Plan  such   Employee   would  be
                                               credited  with at  least  one (1)
                                               Hour of Service during the month.

                      d.       Limitation  Year shall mean the 12 month  period
                               commencing  on January 1 and ending on
                               December 31.

                      e.       Normal  Retirement Date for each Participant
                               shall mean (select one):

                             i X               the date the Participant attains
                              ---              age: 65 (not to exceed 65)


                             ii                the latter of the date the
                               ---             Participant  attains  age (not to
                                               exceed 65) or the (not to exceed
                                               5th) anniversary of the
                                               participation commencement date.
                                               If for the Plan Years  beginning
                                               before  January 1, 1988,  Normal
                                               Retirement  Date was  determined


<PAGE>

                                               with  reference  to the
                                               anniversary of the participation
                                               commencement date (more than 5
                                               but not to exceed 10 years),  the
                                               anniversary date for Participants
                                               who first commenced participation
                                               under the Plan before the first
                                               Plan Year beginning  on or after
                                               January 1, 1988 shall be the
                                               earlier of (A) the tenth
                                               anniversary of the date the
                                               Participant commenced
                                               participation in the Plan (or
                                               such  anniversary  as had been
                                               elected by the  employer, if less
                                               than 10) or (B) the fifth
                                               anniversary  of the first day of
                                               the first Plan Year  beginning on
                                               or after January 1, 1988.
                                               Notwithstanding any other
                                               provisions of the Plan, the
                                               participant commencement date is
                                               the first day of the first Plan
                                               Year in which the Participant
                                               commenced participation in the
                                               Plan.

                      f.       Permitted   Disparity   Level,  for  purposes  of
                               allocating  Employer  Contributions,  shall  mean
                               (select only one):

                             i X               Not applicable - the Plan does
                              ---              not use permitted disparity.


                             ii                The Taxable  Wage Base,  which is
                               ---             the contribution and benefit base
                                               under  section  230 of the Social
                                               Security Act at the  beginning of
                                               the year.

                             iii               % (not  greater  than  100%) of
                                ---            the Taxable Wage Base as defined
                                               in B(4)(f)(ii) above.

                             iv                $ , provided that the amount does
                               ---             not exceed the Taxable  Wage Base
                                               as defined in B(4)(f)(ii) above.

                      g.       Plan Year shall mean (select and  complete  only
                               one of the following):

                               i               The  12-consecutive  month period
                                ---            which    coincides    with    the
                                               Limitation  Year.  The first Plan
                                               Year    shall   be   the   period
                                               commencing on the Effective  Date
                                               and ending on the last day of the
                                               Limitation Year.
                               ii              The  12-consecutive  month period
                                 ---           commencing on, , 19, and each
                                               annual anniversary thereof.
                               iii X           The calendar year (January 1
                                  ---          through December 31).


                      h.       Qualified  Distribution  Date,  for  purposes  of
                               making  distributions  under the  provisions of a
                               Qualified Domestic Relations Order (as defined in
                               Internal Revenue Code ss.414(p)),  X shall be the
                               date the order is determined to be qualified.  If
                               shall is selected,  the  Alternate  Payee will be
                               entitled to an immediate distribution of benefits
                               as directed by the Qualified  Domestic  Relations
                               Order.  If shall not is selected,  the  Alternate

<PAGE>

                               Payee  may  only  take  a  distribution   on  the
                               earliest date that the Participant is entitled to
                               a distribution.

                      i.       Spouse:

                                               If  selected,  Spouse  shall mean
                                               only that person who has actually
                                               been the Participants  spouse for
                                               at least one year.

                      j. Year of Service shall mean:

                               i    For eligibility purposes (select one of the
                                    following):

                                    (a)              the 12  consecutive  months
                                       ---           during which an Employee is
                                                     credited   with  (not  more
                                                     than    1000)    Hours   of
                                                     Service.
                                    (b) X            a Period of Service  (using
                                       ---           the  elapsed  time  method
                                                     of counting Service, as
                                                     described in ss.1.1(N)(3)
                                                     of the Plan).

                               ii   For allocation accrual purposes (select one
                                    of the following):

                                    (a) X            the 12  consecutive  months
                                       ---           during which an Employee is
                                                     credited   with  1000  (not
                                                     more  than  1000)  Hours of
                                                     Service.
                                    (b)              a Period of Service  (using
                                       ---           the  elapsed  time  method
                                                     of counting Service, as
                                                     described in ss.1.1(N)(3)
                                                     of the Plan).

                               iii  For vesting service  purposes (select one of
                                    the following):

                                    (a)              the 12  consecutive  months
                                       ---           during which an Employee is
                                                     credited   with  (not  more
                                                     than    1000)    Hours   of
                                                     Service.
                                    (b) X            a Period of Service  (using
                                       ---           the  elapsed  time  method
                                                     of counting Service, as
                                                     described in ss.1.1(N)(3)
                                                     of the Plan).

                               iv   For purpose of computing Years of Service in
                                    plans  where  Year of  Service is defined in
                                    terms of Hours of Service),  the consecutive
                                    12 month period shall be:

                                    (a) For eligibility purposes, the first Year
                                        of Service  shall be computed  using the
                                        12  month  period   commencing   on  the
                                        Employee's  date of hire and  ending  on
                                        the  first  annual  anniversary  of  the
                                        Employee's  date of hire  (the  "Initial
                                        Computation  Period").  In the  event an
                                        employee    does   not    complete    an
                                        eligibility  Year of Service during this
                                        initial    computation    period,    the
                                        computation period shall be (select only
                                        one):
<PAGE>

                                        (1) X             the period  commencing
                                           ---            on     each     annual
                                                          anniversary   of   the
                                                          Employee's   date   of
                                                          hire and ending on the
                                                          next            annual
                                                          anniversary   of   the
                                                          Employee's   date   of
                                                          hire.
                                        (2)               the Plan  Year,
                                           ---            commencing  with the
                                                          Plan Year in which the
                                                          Initial Computation
                                                          Period ends.

                                    (b) For vesting  purposes,  Years of Service
                                        shall be computed on the basis of:

                                        (1) X             the period  commencing
                                           ---            on     each     annual
                                                          anniversary   of   the
                                                          Employee's   date   of
                                                          hire and ending on the
                                                          next            annual
                                                          anniversary   of   the
                                                          Employee's   date   of
                                                          hire.
                                        (2)               the  Plan  Year,
                                           ---            commencing  with  the
                                                          first  Plan  Year an
                                                          Employee completes an
                                                          Hour of Service.

                                    (c) For allocation accrual purposes, Year of
                                        Service  shall be  computed on the basis
                                        of the Plan Year.

                               v X               For eligibility purposes, Years
                                ---              of Service  with the  following
                                                 Predecessor   Employers   shall
                                                 count   in    fulfilling    the
                                                 eligibility   requirements  for
                                                 this  Plan:   any   predecessor
                                                 organization  if  the  Employer
                                                 maintains   the   Plan  of  the
                                                 predecessor employer.

                               vi X              For vesting purposes,  Years of
                                 ---             Service   with  the   following
                                                 Predecessor   Employers   shall
                                                 count    for     purposes    of
                                                 determining the  nonforfeitable
                                                 amount   of   a   Participant's
                                                 account:     any    predecessor
                                                 organization  if  the  Employer
                                                 maintains   the   Plan  of  the
                                                 predecessor employer.

              5.      Coverage:

                      This Plan is  extended by the  Employer  to the  following
                      Employees  who  have  met  the  eligibility   requirements
                      (select as many as appropriate):

                               i                 All Employees
                                ---
                               ii                Salaried Employees
                                 ---
                               iii               Sales Employees
                                  ---
                               iv                Hourly Employees
                                 ---
<PAGE>

                               v                 Leased Employees
                                ---
                               vi X              All Employees except (select as
                                 ---             applicable):

                                                 (a) X  those who are members
                                                    --- of a unit of Employees
                                                        covered by a collective
                                                        bargaining agreement
                                                        between the
                                                        Employer and  Employee
                                                        representatives,  if
                                                        retirement  benefits
                                                        were the subject of
                                                        good  faith  bargaining
                                                        and if two percent  or
                                                        less of the   Employees
                                                        who are covered
                                                        pursuant to that
                                                        agreement are
                                                        professionals as
                                                        defined in  Section
                                                        1.410(b)-9  of  the
                                                        Regulations.  For  this
                                                        purpose,  the  term
                                                        Employee representative
                                                        does  not include any
                                                        organization  more than
                                                        half of whose members
                                                        are Employees who are
                                                        owners,  officers, or
                                                        executives of the
                                                        Employer.
                                                 (b) X   those    who   are
                                                    ---  nonresident aliens
                                                         (within        the
                                                         meaning         of
                                                         Internal   Revenue
                                                         Code
                                                         ss.7701(b)(1)(B))
                                                         and who receive no
                                                         earned      income
                                                         (within        the
                                                         meaning         of
                                                         Internal   Revenue
                                                         Code ss.911(d)(2))
                                                         from the  Employer
                                                         which  constitutes
                                                         income        from
                                                         sources within the
                                                         United      States
                                                         (within        the
                                                         meaning         of
                                                         Internal   Revenue
                                                         Code
                                                         ss.861(a)(3)).

                                    vii          Union Employees (who are
                                       ---       members of the following unions
                                                 or union affiliates):


                                    vii          Other Employees, described as
                                       ---       follows:


              6.  Eligibility:

                      An Employee  covered by the Plan may become a  Participant
                      upon completion of the following eligibility requirements:

                      a.   Service<F6>:

                               i                 There  shall be no minimum
                                ---              service  requirement  for an
                                                 Employee to become a
                                                 Participant.

                               ii X              The  Employee  must  complete 6
                                 ---             Months  of  Service  (not  more
                                                 than   2   years)   to   be   a
                                                 Participant   for  purposes  of

<PAGE>

                                                 receiving     allocations    of
                                                 Employer     Profit     Sharing
                                                 Contributions.

                      b.       Age:

                               i                 There shall be no minimum age
                                ---              requirement for an Employee to
                                                 become a Participant.
                               ii X              The Employee must attain age 21
                                 ---             (not more than 21) to be a
                                                 Participant in the Plan.

                      c.       Waiver of Age and Service Requirements:

                               i                 Notwithstanding  the provisions
                                ---              of  Items   B(6)(a)   and  (b),
                                                 Employees    who    have    not
                                                 satisfied  the age and  service
                                                 requirements,     but     would
                                                 otherwise    be   eligible   to
                                                 participate in the plan,  shall
                                                 be eligible to  participate  on
                                                 the Effective Date.
                               ii                For new Plans,  notwithstanding
                                 ---             the provisions of Items B(6)(a)
                                                 and (b), Employees who have not
                                                 satisfied  the age and  service
                                                 requirements,     but     would
                                                 otherwise    be   eligible   to
                                                 participate in the plan,  shall
                                                 be eligible to  participate  on
                                                 the Effective Date.

                      d.       Entry Dates:

                               Upon completion of the eligibility  requirements,
                               an Employee shall commence  participation  in the
                               Plan (select only one):

                               i                 As  soon as  practicable  under
                                ---              the payroll practices  utilized
                                                 by    the     Employer,     and
                                                 consistently   applied  to  all
                                                 Employees,  or if earlier,  the
                                                 first day of the Plan Year<F7>.
                               ii                As of the first day of the
                                 ---             month following the  completion
                                                of the eligibility requirements.
                               iii X             As of the earliest of the first
                                  ---            day of the Plan  Year,  fourth,
                                                 seventh  or tenth  month of the
                                                 Plan   Year   next    following
                                                 completion  of the  eligibility
                                                 requirements.
                               iv                As of the earliest of the first
                                 ---             day of the Plan Year or seventh
                                                 month  of the  Plan  Year  next
                                                 following   completion  of  the
                                                 eligibility requirements.
                               v                 As of the first day of the Plan
                                ---              Year next following  completion
                                                 of the eligibility requirements
                                                 (may  only be  selected  if the
                                                 eligibility   year  of  service
                                                 requirement   is  6  months  or
                                                 less).

              7.      Vesting:
<PAGE>

                      a.       The  percentage  of  a   Participant's   Employer
                               Contribution  Account  (attributable  to Employer
                               Profit Sharing Contributions) to be vested in him
                               or her upon  termination  of employment  prior to
                               attainment of the Plan's Normal  Retirement  Date
                               shall be<F8>:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                   Completed Years of Service
                                   <S>         <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>
                                      1           2            3           4           5            6           7
                                   -------     -------      -------     -------     -------      -------     ----
                                   0%          100%
                                   --          ----
                                   0%          0%           100%
                                   --          --           ----
                                   0%          20%          40%         60%         80%          100%
                                   --          ---          ---         ---         ---          ----
                                   0%          0%           20%         40%         60%          80%         100%
                                   --          --           ---         ---         ---          ---         ----
                                   10%         20%          30%         40%         60%          80%         100%
                                   ---         ---          ---         ---         ---          ---         ----
                         X         0%          40%          60%         80%         100%
                                   --          ---          ---         ---         ----
                                   0%          0%           0%          0%          0%           0%          100%
                                   --          --           --          --          --           --          ----

                                     Full and immediate vesting upon entry into the Plan<F9>


                               Notwithstanding  anything to the  contrary in the
                               Plan,  the amount  inserted  in the blanks  above
                               shall not  exceed the  limits  specified  in Code
                               ss.411(a)(2).
</TABLE>
                      b.       For purposes of computing a Participant's  vested
                               account  balance,  Years of Service  for  vesting
                               purposes X shall include Years of Service  before
                               the   Employer   maintained   this  Plan  or  any
                               predecessor  plan,  and X shall not include Years
                               of Service before the Employee attained age 18.

                      c.       Notwithstanding   the  provisions  of  this  Item
                               B(7)(c) of the Adoption Agreement,  a Participant
                               shall become  fully  vested in his  Participant's
                               Employer Contribution if: <F10>

                               i                 the  Participant's  job is
                                ---              eliminated  without the
                                                 Participant  being  offered a
                                                 comparable position elsewhere
                                                 with the Employer.
                               ii                for such reason as is described
                                 ---             below:



              8.      Employer Profit Sharing Contributions:

                      a.       Contributions:

                               i X               In its discretion, the Employer
                                ---              may contribute Employer  Profit
                                                 Sharing Contributions to the
                                                 Plan.
                               ii                The Employer  shall  contribute
                                 ---             Employer     Profit     Sharing
                                                 Contributions  to the  Plan  in
                                                 the   amount   of  %   of   the
                                                 Compensation  of  all  Eligible
                                                 Participants under the Plan.
<PAGE>
                               iii X             If  selected,  the Employer may
                                  ---            make  Employer  Profit  Sharing
                                                 Contributions without regard to
                                                 current  or   accumulated   Net
                                                 Profits of the Employer for the
                                                 taxable  year ending  with,  or
                                                 within the Plan Year.
                               iv X              If  selected,  the Employer may
                                 ---             designate  all or any  part  of
                                                 the  Employer   Profit  Sharing
                                                 Contributions    as   Qualified
                                                 Nonelective      Contributions,
                                                 provided,     however,     that
                                                 contributions   so   designated
                                                 will  be  subject  to the  same
                                                 vesting,    distribution,   and
                                                 withdrawal    restrictions   as
                                                 Before Tax Contributions <F11>.

                      b.       Allocations:

                               Employer  Profit Sharing  Contributions  shall be
                               allocated    to   the    accounts   of   eligible
                               Participants  according to the following selected
                               allocation formula:

                               i X               The  Employer   Profit  Sharing
                                ---              Contributions      shall     be
                                                 allocated   to  each   eligible
                                                 Participant's  account  in  the
                                                 ratio  which the  Participant's
                                                 Compensation   bears   to   the
                                                 Compensation  of  all  eligible
                                                 Participants.  Employer  Profit
                                                 Sharing   Plan   Contributions,
                                                 shall  be   allocated   to  the
                                                 accounts  of  Participants  who
                                                 have   completed   a  Year   of
                                                 Service <F12> (select one):

                                                 (a)      as of the last
                                                    ---   day of the month
                                                          preceding  the month
                                                          in which the
                                                          contribution was made.
                                                 (b)      as of the last  day of
                                                    ---   the  Plan  quarter
                                                          preceding the quarter
                                                          in which the
                                                          contribution was made.
                                                 (c) X    as of the last day of
                                                    ---   the Plan Year.

                                    The Employer  Profit  Sharing  Contributions
                                    shall be allocated in  accordance  with the
                                    following formula:

                                                 (a) If the  Plan is  Top-Heavy,
                                                     the  contribution  shall be
                                                     first   credited   to  each
                                                     eligible      Participant's
                                                     Account in the ratio  which
                                                     the           Participant's
                                                     Compensation  bears  to the
                                                     total  Compensation  of all
                                                     eligible  Participants,  up
                                                     to 3% of each Participant's
                                                     Compensation.

                                                 (b) If the  Plan is  Top-Heavy,
                                                     any Employer Profit Sharing
                                                     Contribution      remaining
                                                     after the allocation in (a)
                                                     above  shall be credited to
                                                     each eligible Participant's
                                                     account in the ratio  which
                                                     the  Participant's   Excess

<PAGE>

                                                     Compensation<F13> bears to
                                                     the total Excess
                                                     Compensation of all
                                                     eligible Participants, up
                                                     to 3% of each eligible
                                                     Participant's  Excess
                                                     Compensation.

                                                 (c) Any contributions remaining
                                                     after the allocation in (b)
                                                     above  shall be credited to
                                                     each eligible Participant's
                                                     account in the ratio  which
                                                     the      sum     of     the
                                                     Participant's         total
                                                     Compensation   and   Excess
                                                     Compensation  bears  to the
                                                     sum    of     the     total
                                                     Compensation   and   Excess
                                                     Compensation     of     all
                                                     eligible  Participants,  up
                                                     to an  amount  equal to the
                                                     maximum  Excess  Percentage
                                                     times   the   sum   of  the
                                                     Participant's  Compensation
                                                     and Excess Compensation. If
                                                     the Plan is Top-Heavy,  the
                                                     maximum  Excess  Percentage
                                                     is     N/A    %     (insert
                                                     percentage). If the Plan is
                                                     not Top-Heavy,  the maximum
                                                     Excess  Percentage is N/A %
                                                     (insert  percentage,  which
                                                     shall not  exceed the prior
                                                     Excess           Percentage
                                                     limitation   specified   by
                                                     more than 3).

                                         Note:       If the Permitted  Disparity
                                                     Level   defined   at   Item
                                                     B(4)(f) is the Taxable Wage
                                                     Base    (which    is    the
                                                     contribution   and  benefit
                                                     base under  section  230 of
                                                     the Social  Security Act at
                                                     the beginning of the year),
                                                     then  the  maximum   Excess
                                                     Percentage  should  be 2.7%
                                                     if the  Plan  is  Top-Heavy
                                                     and 5.7% if the Plan is not
                                                     Top-Heavy.

                                                     If the Permitted  Disparity
                                                     Level   defined   at   Item
                                                     B(4)(f) is greater than 80%
                                                     but less  than  100% of the
                                                     Taxable Wage Base, then the
                                                     maximum  Excess  Percentage
                                                     should  be 2.4% if the Plan
                                                     is  Top-Heavy  and  5.4% if
                                                     the Plan is not Top-Heavy.

                                                     If the Permitted  Disparity
                                                     Level   defined   at   Item
                                                     B(4)(f) is greater than the
                                                     greater  of  $10,000 or 20%
                                                     of the  Taxable  Wage Base,
                                                     but not more than 80%, then
                                                     the     maximum      Excess
                                                     Percentage  should  be 1.3%
                                                     if the  Plan  is  Top-Heavy
                                                     and 4.3% if the Plan is not
                                                     Top-Heavy.

                                                 (d) Any   remaining    Employer
                                                     Profit Sharing Contribution
                                                     shall  be  allocated  among
                                                     eligible      Participants'
                                                     accounts in the ratio which
                                                     the           Participant's
                                                     Compensation  bears  to the
                                                     total  Compensation  of all
                                                     Participants.
<PAGE>

                               iii X             If  selected,  and the Employer
                                  ---            has    elected   to    allocate
                                                 Employer  Profit  Sharing  Plan
                                                 Contributions  as of  the  last
                                                 day  of  the   Plan   Year,   a
                                                 Participant must be employed by
                                                 the Employer on the last day of
                                                 the  Plan   Year  in  order  to
                                                 receive an allocation <F14>.
                               iv X              A  Participant  who  terminates
                                 ---             before  the  end of the  period
                                                 for  which   contributions  are
                                                 allocated  shall  share  in the
                                                 allocation  of Employer  Profit
                                                 Sharing     Contributions    if
                                                 termination  of employment  was
                                                 the result of (select  all that
                                                 apply):

                                                 (a)_X_           retirement
                                                    ---
                                                 (b) X            disability
                                                    ---
                                                 (c) X            death
                                                    ---
                                                 (d) X            other, as
                                                    ---           specified
                                                                  below:   Other
                                                                  termination of
                                                                  employment
                                                                  from       the
                                                                  company     on
                                                                  account  of  a
                                                                  Change      of
                                                                  Control,    as
                                                                  defined in the
                                                                  addendum
                                                                  attached
                                                                  hereto.

              9.      Rollover & Transfer Contributions (select one):

                      a. X              Subject  to   policies,   applied  in  a
                        ---             consistent and nondiscriminatory manner,
                                        adopted by the Committee, each Employee,
                                        who  would   otherwise  be  eligible  to
                                        participate in the Plan except that such
                                        Employee has not yet met the eligibility
                                        requirements,  and each  Participant may
                                        make   a   Rollover    Contribution   as
                                        described   in  Internal   Revenue  Code
                                        ss.ss.402(a)(5), 403(a)(4) or 408(d)(3).
                      (b)               Subject  to   policies,   applied  in  a
                         ---            consistent and nondiscriminatory manner,
                                        adopted   by   the    Committee,    each
                                        Participant    may   make   a   Rollover
                                        Contribution  as  described  in Internal
                                        Revenue Code ss.ss.402(a)(5),  403(a)(4)
                                        or 408(d)(3).
                      (c)               No Employee shall make Rollover
                         ---            Contributions to the Plan.

              10.     Distributions:

                      a.            Distributions Upon Separation from Service:

                               The Normal  Form of Benefit  under the Plan shall
                               be a single lump sum  distribution,  made as soon
                               as administratively  practical after receipt of a
                               distribution  request from a Participant entitled
                               to  a  distribution  or  upon
<PAGE>

                               the  Participant's
                               attainment of the Plan's Early Retirement Date or
                               the Plan's Normal  Retirement Date,  whichever is
                               earlier.

                               In addition  to the Normal  Form of Benefit,  the
                               Participant  shall be  entitled  to  select  from
                               among the  following  optional  forms of  benefit
                               specified  by the  employer  (select  as  many as
                               apply):

                               i.                Installment payments
                                 ---

                               ii X              Such  other  forms  as  may  be
                                 ---             specified  below: Joint &
                                                 Survivor Annuity, or an
                                                 annuity,  provided  that the
                                                 annuity that provides for
                                                 payments not extending  beyond
                                                 the life expectancy of the
                                                 Participant, the  joint  life
                                                 expectancy of  the  Participant
                                                 and  a  designated Beneficiary,
                                                 or for a period  certain not
                                                 extending  beyond the life
                                                 expectancy of the  Participant,
                                                 the joint life expectancy of
                                                 the Participant  and a
                                                 designated  Beneficiary  or the
                                                 combination  of an annuity and
                                                 a single lump sum


                      b.   In-Service    Distributions   (select   as   may   be
                           appropriate):

                               i                 There  shall  be no  in-service
                                ---              distribution   of   Participant
                                                 account  balances  derived from
                                                 Employer     Profit     Sharing
                                                 Contributions.
                               ii X              Participants   may  request  an
                                 ---             in-service    distribution   of
                                                 their      account      balance
                                                 attributable to Employer Profit
                                                 Sharing Contributions,  for the
                                                 following reasons:

                                                 (a) X     For purposes of
                                                    ---    satisfying a
                                                           financial  hardship,
                                                           as determined   in
                                                           accordance    with
                                                           the   uniform
                                                           nondiscriminatory
                                                           policy of the
                                                           Committee;
                                                 (b) X     Attainment of age
                                                           59 1/2 by the
                                                           Participant; or

                                                 (c        Attainment  of the
                                                    ---    Plan's Normal
                                                           Retirement  Date by
                                                           the Participant.

              11.          Forfeitures:

                      a.       Forfeitures of amounts  attributable  to Employer
                               Profit Sharing Contributions shall be reallocated
                               as of:
<PAGE>

                               i X               the last day of the Plan Year
                                ---              in which the Forfeiture
                                                 occurred.
                               ii                the last day of the Plan  Year
                                 ---             following  the Plan  Year in
                                                 which the  Forfeiture occurred.
                               iii               the last  day of the Plan  Year
                                  ---            in   which   the    Participant
                                                 suffering  the  Forfeiture  has
                                                 incurred five  consecutive  One
                                                 Year Breaks in Service.


                      b.  Forfeitures of Employer  Profit Sharing  Contributions
                          shall be reallocated as follows:

                               i                 Not  applicable as Employer
                                ---              Profit Sharing  Contributions
                                                 are always 100% vested and
                                                 nonforfeitable.
                               ii X              Used first to pay the  expenses
                                 ---             of administering  the Plan, and
                                                 then allocated pursuant to one
                                                 of the following two options
                                                 <F15>:
                               iii               Forfeitures  shall be allocated
                                  ---            to  Participant's  accounts  in
                                                 the  same  manner  as  Employer
                                                 Profit  Sharing  Contributions,
                                                 Employer               Matching
                                                 Contributions,        Qualified
                                                 Nonelective   Contributions  or
                                                 Qualified              Matching
                                                 Contributions,      in      the
                                                 discretion of the Employer, for
                                                 the   year   in    which    the
                                                 Forfeiture arose.
                               iv X              Forfeitures shall be applied to
                                 ---             reduce  the   Employer   Profit
                                                 Sharing Contributions, Employer
                                                 Matching         Contributions,
                                                 Qualified           Nonelective
                                                 Contributions    or   Qualified
                                                 Matching Contributions,  in the
                                                 discretion of the Employer, for
                                                 the  Plan  Year  following  the
                                                 Plan Year in which
                                                 the Forfeiture arose.

              12.     Limitations on Allocations:

                      If the  Employer  maintains  or  ever  maintained  another
                      qualified retirement plan in which any Participant in this
                      Plan is (or was) a participant, or could possibly become a
                      participant, the Employer must complete the following:

                      a.       If  the  Participant  is  covered  under  another
                               qualified defined contribution plan maintained by
                               the  Employer  other  than a Master or  Prototype
                               Plan:

                               i X               The  provisions  of this Plan
                                ---              shall  apply as if the other
                                                 plan were a Master or Prototype
                                                 plan; or,
                               ii                The following  provisions  will
                                 ---             be effective to limit the total
                                                 Annual Additions to the Maximum
                                                 Permissible  Amount,  and  will
                                                 properly   reduce   any  Excess
                                                 Amounts,   in  a  manner   that
                                                 precludes Employer discretion:
<PAGE>

                      b.       If  the   Participant  is  or  ever  has  been  a
                               participant in a qualified  defined  benefit plan
                               maintained   by  the   Employer,   the  following
                               provisions  will be  effective to satisfy the 1.0
                               limitation of Internal Revenue Code ss.415(e), in
                               a manner that precludes Employer discretion:



              13.     Internal Revenue Code ss.411(d)(6) Protected Benefits:

                                    If selected,  the Plan has Internal  Revenue
                                    Code ss.411(d)(6)  Protected Benefits from a
                                    prior plan that this Plan amends,  that must
                                    be protected.

                                            (Attach addendum)

              14.     Top-Heavy Plan Provisions:

                      For each Plan Year in which the Plan is a  Top-Heavy  Plan
                      the following provisions will apply:

                      a.       The  percentage  of  a   Participant's   Employer
                               Contribution  Account  to be  vested  in him upon
                               termination  of  employment  prior to  retirement
                               shall be:

                               i.                a percentage determined in
                                 ---             accordance with the following
                                                 schedule:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            <S>                                 <C>
                                            Years of Service                    Percentage
                                            ----------------                    ----------
                                                 Less than two                          0
                                                 Two but less than three               20
                                                 Three but less than four              40
                                                 Four but less than five               60
                                                 Five but less than six                80
                                                 Six or more                           100;
</TABLE>

                               ii.               100%  vesting  after  (not to
                                  ---            exceed 3) Years of  Service;
                                                 provided, however, that Years
                                                 of Service  may not exceed two
                                                 (2) if the service requirement
                                                 for eligibility exceeds 1 year;
                                                 or
                               iii. X            computed in accordance with the
                                   ---           vesting  schedule  selected  by
                                                 the  Employer in Items  B(7)(a)
                                                 or  C(4)(d),  as  long  as  the
                                                 benefits   under  the   vesting
                                                 schedule  in Items  B(7)(a)  or
                                                 C(4)(d)   vest  at   least   as
                                                 rapidly  as  the  two   options
                                                 specified    in    this    Item
                                                 B(14)(a), above.
<PAGE>

                               If the vesting  schedule under the Plan shifts in
                               or out of the  schedules  above for any Plan Year
                               because  of the  Plan's  Top-Heavy  status,  such
                               shift is an amendment to the vesting schedule and
                               the election in ss.2.2 of the Basic Plan Document
                               applies.

                      b.       For purposes of minimum  Top-Heavy  allocations,
                               contributions and forfeitures equal to 3 % (not
                               less than 3%) of each  Non-key  Employee's
                               Compensation  will be  allocated to each
                               Participant's Contribution  Account when the Plan
                               is a Top-Heavy Plan, except as otherwise provided
                               in the  Basic  Plan  Document.  This Item 14 will
                               not apply to any Participant to the extent the
                               Participant  is covered under any other plan or
                               plans of the Employer  and the Employer completes
                               the  following:  (Insert the name of the plan
                               or plans which will meet the minimum  allocation
                               or benefit  requirement  applicable to
                               Top-Heavy plans.)

                      c.       The Valuation  Date as of which account  balances
                               or accrued  benefits  are valued for  purposes of
                               computing the  Top-Heavy  Ratio shall be the last
                               day of each Plan Year.

                      d.       If the Employer  maintains or has ever maintained
                               one or more  defined  benefit  plans  which  have
                               covered  or  could  cover a  Participant  in this
                               Plan, complete the following:

                               Present  Value:   For  purposes  of  establishing
                               Present Value to compute the Top-Heavy Ratio, any
                               benefit  shall be  discounted  only for mortality
                               and interest based on the following:

                               Interest rate:   %              Mortality table:

              15.     Investments:

                      a.       Investments   made  pursuant  to  the  investment
                               direction  provisions  of the Basic Plan Document
                               shall  be made  into any  appropriate  Investment
                               Fund as selected by the  Employer.  In  addition,
                               investment    of   Plan   assets   is   expressly
                               authorized, as required by Revenue Ruling 81-100,
                               in each of the  following  common  or  collective
                               funds  sponsored by the Trustee,  or an affiliate
                               of the Trustee <F16>:

                                    Key  Trust  EB  Managed   Guaranteed  Income
                               Contract  Fund,  Key  Trust  Multiple  Investment
                               Trust  for  Employee  Benefit  Trusts,  and other
                               collective  trusts  exempt  from  tax  under  IRC
                               ss.501 and as described in Rev. Rul. 81-100.

                      b. X      If  selected,  an  Employer  Stock Fund shall be
                        ---     available as an Investment  Fund pursuant to the
                                terms of the Basic Plan Document.
<PAGE>

                                        i.       If  selected,  and an  Employer
                                          ---    Stock Fund is  available  as an
                                                 Investment  Fund,  Participants
                                                 will     have    the     right,
                                                 notwithstanding    any    other
                                                 provisions   of  the  Plan,  to
                                                 direct  that a  portion  of the
                                                 Plan   assets  held  for  their
                                                 benefit  and  invested  in  the
                                                 Employer    Stock    Fund    be
                                                 diversified   pursuant  to  the
                                                 provisions of ss.10.7(F) of the
                                                 Basic Plan Document.

                      c.       Participants may make changes of existing account
                               balances and future  contributions from among the
                               Investment Funds offered:

                                        i. X           Once during each business
                                          ---          day that the Trustee and
                                                       the New York Stock
                                                       Exchange are open.

                                        ii.            Once during each calendar
                                           ---         month.

                                        iii            Once during each quarter
                                            ---        of the Plan Year.

                                        iv.            Once during each rolling
                                           ---         day period.

                        d.          If  selected,   the  Participant   shall  be
                          ---       restricted  in making  changes  of  existing
                                    account  balances from any Investment  Fund,
                                    as specified in the terms or  conditions  of
                                    such Investment Fund, and the Employer shall
                                    attach   an   addendum    specifying    such
                                    restriction.

                      e.             The  Participant  will designate into which
                                     Investment Funds all contributions to their
                                     accounts are made, except the following:

                                        i.             Employer Profit Sharing
                                          ---          Contributions

                                        ii.            Employer Mandatory
                                           ---         Matching Contributions

                                        iii.           Employer Discretionary
                                            ---        Matching Contributions

                                        iv.            Qualified Matching
                                           ---         Contributions

                                        v.             Qualified Nonelective
                                           ---         Contributions

                        f.          If  selected,  and to the extent a selection
                          ---       is made above,  the Employer shall attach an
                                    Investment Direction Addendum specifying how
                                    the  contributions  so  specified  shall  be
                                    invested among the Investment Fund.

                        g.          If  selected,   the  Participant   shall  be
                          ---       restricted in the use of the Employer  Stock
                                    Fund as an Investment  Fund for  designating
                                    the  investment  of   contributions  in  the
                                    Participant's account, as follows:
<PAGE>

                                    i.   The Participant may not direct the
                                      ---investment of Plan assets held in their
                                         account into the Employer Stock Fund.
                                   ii.   The Participant may direct -- % of the
                                      ---following contributions into the

                                              (a)         Employer Stock Fund:
                                                 ---
                                              (b)         Employer Profit
                                                 ---      Sharing Contributions

                                              (c)         Employer Mandatory
                                                 ---      Matching Contributions

                                              (d)         Employer Discretionary
                                                 ---      Matching Contributions

                                              (e)         Qualified Matching
                                                 ---      Contributions

                                              (f)         Qualified Nonelective
                                                 ---      Contributions

                                  iii.        %   of    the    above referenced
                                      ---     contributions  will be invested
                                              into   the  Employer  Stock  Fund,
                                              with the balance  invested among:

                                               (a)        the other  Investment
                                                  ---     Funds,  including the
                                                          Employer Stock Fund

                                               (b)        the other  Investment
                                                  ---     Funds,  not including
                                                          the Employer Stock
                                                          Fund
              16.     Loans (select one):

                           a. X     Loans   may  be  made   from   the  Plan  in
                             ---    accordance  with the Basic Plan Document and
                                    such   policies   and   procedures   as  the
                                    Committee   may   adopt   and   apply  on  a
                                    consistent and nondiscriminatory basis<F17>.

                           b.     No loans shall be made from the Plan.
                             ---
              17.     Trustee:

                      The  Trustee  of  this  Plan  shall  be  KeyTrust  Company
                      National  Association (a bank or trust company  affiliated
                      with KeyCorp  within the meaning of Internal  Revenue Code
                      ss.1504).


              18. Effective Date Addendum:
<PAGE>

                       If  selected,  the  following  provisions  shall have the
                       specified  effective  dates (which are different from the
                       date specified in Item B(1)):

<PAGE>



     C.           ss.401(k) Plan Provisions:

              1.      Service:

                      An  Eligible  Employee  shall be  required  to fulfill the
                      following  eligibility  service  requirements  in order to
                      participate  in  the  Plan  through  a  salary   reduction
                      agreement  and for purposes of receiving an  allocation of
                      Employer Matching Contributions:

                      a. X          The  Employee  must  complete  6  Months  of
                        ---         Service  (not  more  than  1  year)  to be a
                                    Participant   for   purposes  of   receiving
                                    allocations     of     Employer     Matching
                                    Contributions.
                      b. X          The  Employee  must  complete  6  Months  of
                        ---         Service  (not  more  than  1  year)  to be a
                                    Participant  for purposes of entering into a
                                    Salary   Reduction   Agreement   and  having
                                    Employee   Before   Tax   Contributions   or
                                    Employee After Tax Contributions contributed
                                    to the Plan on the Employee's behalf.

              2.      Employee Salary Deferrals:

                       a. Participants  shall be entitled to enter into a Salary
                      Reduction Agreement providing for Before Tax Contributions
                      to be made to the Plan.

                                    i. X        The minimum Before Tax
                                      ---    Contribution shall be 1 % of the
                                                Participant's Compensation.
                                    ii. X       The maximum Before Tax
                                       ---      Contribution  shall be 15 % of
                                                the Participant's Compensation.

                       b. Participants  shall be entitled to enter into a Salary
                      Reduction  Agreement providing for After Tax Contributions
                      to be made to the Plan.

                                   i.           The  minimum  After Tax
                                     ---        Contribution  shall be % of the
                                                Participant's Compensation.
                                   ii.          The  maximum  After Tax
                                      ---       Contribution  shall be % of the
                                                Participant's Compensation.
                                   iii.         If selected, notwithstanding the
                                       ---      above,  a Participant  shall not
                                                be able to  enter  into a Salary
                                                Reduction   Agreement  providing
                                                for After Tax  Contributions  to
                                                be made to the Plan  unless  the
                                                Participant  has entered  into a
                                                Salary Reduction  Agreement that
                                                provides    for    Before    Tax
                                                Contributions  to be made to the
                                                Plan in an  amount  of at  least
                                                     %  of  the   Participant's
                                                ---- Compensation.

                      c.            If selected, a Participant shall be entitled
                        ---         to enter into a Salary  Reduction  Agreement
                                    providing that any extraordinary  item of

<PAGE>

                                    compensation,  not yet payable (including
                                    bonuses),   be  withheld  from  the
                                    Participant's  Compensation  and contributed
                                    to the  Plan as  either  a  Before  Tax
                                    Contribution,  or  After  Tax Contribution
                                    (provided such  contributions are authorized
                                    above, and to the extent that such
                                    contribution,  when aggregated with either
                                    the Participants other Before  Tax
                                    Contributions  or  After  Tax  Contributions
                                    do not  exceed  the  limitations
                                    specified above, on an annual basis).

              3.  Contribution Changes:

                      a.            Participants  may  increase or decrease  the
                                    amount  of  contributions  made to the  Plan
                                    pursuant  to a  Salary  Reduction  Agreement
                                    once each:

                                    i.           Plan Year
                                      ---
                                    ii           Semi-annual period, based on
                                      ---        the Plan Year

                                    iii. X       Quarter, based on the Plan Year
                                        ---
                                    iv           Month
                                      ---
                                    v            Other,  as  specified  below
                                     ---         (provided  that it is at least
                                                 once per  year):


                      b.       Claims   for   returns   of  Excess   Before  Tax
                               Contributions  for  the  Participant's  preceding
                               taxable  year  must  be  made  in  writing,   and
                               submitted to the Committee by March 15 (specify a
                               date between March 1 and April 15).<F18>

              4.           Employer Matching Contributions <F19>:

                      a.            Mandatory Matching Contributions:

                               The  Employer  shall  make  contributions  to the
                               Plan, in an amount as specified below:

                               i.              An  amount,  equal  to % of each
                                 ---           Participant's     Before     Tax
                                               Contributions, however, no match
                                               shall  be made  on  Participants
                                               Before  Tax   Contributions   in
                                               excess  of  %  (or  $ )  of  the
                                               Participant's Compensation.
                                ii.            An  amount,  equal  to % of  each
                                   ---         Participant's      After      Tax
                                               Contributions,  but not to exceed
                                               %    of     the     Participant's
                                               Compensation, or $ .

<PAGE>

                               iii             An  amount,  equal  to  % of each
                                  ---          Participant's contributions  made
                                               pursuant to a Salary  Reduction
                                               Agreement  (including both Before
                                               Tax Contributions and  After  Tax
                                               Contributions), but only  if  the
                                               Participant has entered into a
                                               Salary  Reduction  Agreement
                                               providing for  Before  Tax
                                               Contributions  of at  least  % of
                                               the  Participant's Compensation,
                                               but not to exceed % of the
                                               Participant's  Compensation,
                                               or $ .
                               iv              An amount equal to the sum of the
                                 ---           following:

                                                 (a)  % of  the  first  % of the
                                                      Participant's Compensation
                                                      deferred   pursuant  to  a
                                                      Salary           Reduction
                                                      Agreement; plus,
                                                 (b)  % of  the  next  % of  the
                                                      Participant's Compensation
                                                      deferred   pursuant  to  a
                                                      Salary           Reduction
                                                      Agreement; plus,
                                                 (c)  % of  the  next  % of  the
                                                      Participant's Compensation
                                                      deferred   pursuant  to  a
                                                      Salary           Reduction
                                                      Agreement,   but   not  to
                                                      exceed     %    of     the
                                                      Participant's
                                                      Compensation, or $ .

                               v.                An  amount  equal  to $ ,  for
                                 ---             each  Participant  who  enters
                                                 into a Salary Reduction
                                                 Agreement providing for  Before
                                                 Tax  Contributions,  After  Tax
                                                 Contributions, or either Before
                                                 Tax Contributions  or After Tax
                                                 Contributions (or a combination
                                                 of both) equal to or  exceeding
                                                 % of  the  Participant's
                                                 Compensation.  Such
                                                 contributions shall be made and
                                                 allocated:

                                                 (a)              only    during
                                                    ----          the first Plan
                                                                  Year  the Plan
                                                                  is in  effect,
                                                                  or     if    a
                                                                  restatement,
                                                                  for the  first
                                                                  Plan      Year
                                                                  beginning
                                                                  with,       or
                                                                  containing the
                                                                  re-statement
                                                                  Effective
                                                                  Date.
                                                 (b)              each Plan Year
                                                    ----          that a
                                                                  Participant
                                                                  has in force a
                                                                  Salary
                                                                  Reduction
                                                                  Agreement
                                                                  meeting    the
                                                                  criteria
                                                                  specified
                                                                  above.
                                                 (c)              during     the
                                                    ----          first     Plan
                                                                  Year  that the
                                                                  Participant
                                                                  participates
                                                                  through      a
                                                                  Salary
                                                                  Reduction
                                                                  Agreement
                                                                  meeting    the
                                                                  criteria
                                                                  specified
                                                                  above.

                      b.            Discretionary Matching Contributions:

                              X         The Employer shall make contributions to
                             ---        the  Plan,  in an amount  determined  by
                                        resolution  of the Board of Directors on
                                        an annual  basis.  The Board  resolution
                                        shall provide for the percentage  and/or
<PAGE>
                                        amount  of  Before   Tax   Contributions
                                        and/or  After  Tax  Contributions  to be
                                        matched  and  the   maximum   percentage
                                        and/or     amount    of    Before    Tax
                                        Contributions     and/or    After    Tax
                                        Contributions eligible for matching.

                      c.   Allocation of Matching Contributions:

                               Employer   Matching    Contributions   shall   be
                               allocated pursuant to the terms of the Basic Plan
                               Document, notwithstanding the foregoing:

                               i. X              A  Participant  who  terminates
                                 ---             before  the  end of the  period
                                                 for  which   contributions  are
                                                 allocated  shall  share  in the
                                                 allocation of Employer Matching
                                                 Contributions if termination of
                                                 employment  was the  result  of
                                                 (select all that apply):

                                                 (a) X            retirement
                                                    ---
                                                 (b) X            disability
                                                    ---
                                                 (c) X            death
                                                    ---
                                                 (d) X            other, as
                                                    ---           specified
                                                                  below:
                                                                  Other
                                                                  termination of
                                                                  employment
                                                                  from       the
                                                                  company     on
                                                                  account  of  a
                                                                  Change      of
                                                                  Control,    as
                                                                  defined in the
                                                                  addendum
                                                                  attached
                                                                  hereto.

                               ii._X_            Employer Matching Contributions
                                  ---            shall  be   allocated   to  the
                                                 accounts    of     Participants
                                                 (select one): Only allocated to
                                                 those   Participants   who  are
                                                 employed on the last day of the
                                                 Plan Year.

                                                 (a)              as of each pay
                                                    ---           period for
                                                                  which a
                                                                  contribution
                                                                  was made
                                                                  pursuant to a
                                                                  Salary
                                                                  Reduction
                                                                  Agreement.
                                                 (b)              semi-monthly.
                                                    ---
                                                 (c)              as of the last
                                                    ---           day of the
                                                                  month
                                                                  preceding  the
                                                                  month in which
                                                                  the
                                                                  contribution
                                                                  was made.
                                                 (d)              as of the last
                                                    ---           day of the
                                                                  Plan  quarter
                                                                  preceding the
                                                                  quarter in
                                                                  which the
                                                                  contribution
                                                                  was made.
                                                 (e) X            as of the last
                                                    ---           day of the
                                                                  Plan year.

                               iii. X            If  selected,  the Employer may
                                   ---           make     Employer      Matching
                                                 Contributions without regard to
                                                 current  or   accumulated   Net

<PAGE>

                                                 Profits of the Employer for the
                                                 taxable  year ending  with,  or
                                                 within the Plan Year <F20>.

                      d.       The  percentage  of  a   Participant's   Employer
                               Matching Contribution Account<F21> (attributable
                               to Employer Matching  Contributions) to be vested
                               in him or her upon termination of employment
                               prior to attainment of the Plan's Normal
                               Retirement Date shall be <F22>:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                        Completed Years of Service
                                        <S>    <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>
                                                  1            2            3            4            5            6             7
                                               -------      -------      -------      -------      -------      -------       ----
                                               0%           100%
                                               --           ----
                                               0%           0%           100%
                                               --           --           ----
                                               0%           20%          40%          60%          80%          100%
                                               --           ---          ---          ---          ---          ----
                                               0%           0%           20%          40%          60%          80%           100%
                                               --           --           ---          ---          ---          ---           ----
                                               10%          20%          30%          40%          60%          80%           100%
                                               ---          ---          ---          ---          ---          ---           ----
                           Vi X                0%           40%          60%          80%          100%
                                               --           ---          ---          ---          ----
                                               0%           0%           0%           0%           0%           0%            100%
                                               --           --           --           --           --           --            ----

                                           Full and immediate vesting upon entry into the Plan
                                        ---

                                        Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
                                        in the Plan, the amount  inserted in the
                                        blanks above shall not exceed the limits
                                        specified in Code ss.411(a)(2).
</TABLE>

                      e.       Notwithstanding   the  provisions  of  this  Item
                               C(4)(e) of the Adoption Agreement,  a Participant
                               shall become  fully  vested in his  Participant's
                               Employer Matching Contribution Account if <F23>:

                               i.                the  Participant's  job is
                                 ---             eliminated  without the
                                                 Participant  being  offered a
                                                 comparable position elsewhere
                                                 with the Employer.
                               ii.               for such reason as is described
                                  ---            below:


                      f.   Corrective Contributions:

                               i. X              If selected, the Employer shall
                                 ---             be authorized to make Qualified
                                                 Matching Contributions, subject
                                                 to the terms of the Basic  Plan
                                                 Document,    in    an    amount
                                                 determined by resolution of the
                                                 Board of Directors on an annual
                                                 basis.
                               ii. X             If selected, the Employer shall
                                  ---            be authorized to make Qualified
                                                 Nonelective      Contributions,
                                                 subject  to  the  terms  of the
                                                 Basic  Plan  Document,   in  an
                                                 amount determined by resolution
                                                 of the Board of Directors on an
                                                 annual basis.
<PAGE>

              5.  Gap Earnings:

                                   If selected,  Gap Earnings,  as defined
                      ---          inss.3.2(G)(1)  of the Basic Plan  Document,
                                   will be calculated for Excess Elective
                                   Deferrals,  Excess  Contributions and Excess
                                   Aggregate Contributions,  and refunded to the
                                   Participant as provided for in Article III
                                   of the Basic Plan Document.

              6.  Forfeitures:

                      a.   Forfeitures  of  amounts   attributable  to  Employer
                           Matching Contributions shall be reallocated as of:

                               i. X            the last day of the Plan Year in
                                 ---           which the Forfeiture occurred.
                               ii.             the last day of the  Plan  Year
                                  ---          following  the Plan Year in which
                                               the Forfeiture occurred.
                               iii.            the last day of the Plan  Year in
                                   ---         which the  Participant  suffering
                                               the  Forfeiture  has incurred the
                                               fifth  consecutive One Year Break
                                               in Service.

                      b.   Forfeitures of Employer Matching Contributions shall
                           be reallocated as follows:

                               i.           Not applicable as Employer  Matching
                                 ---        Contributions are always 100% vested
                                            and nonforfeitable.
                               ii. X        Used  first  to pay the  expenses of
                                  ---       administering  the  Plan,  and  then
                                            allocated pursuant to one of the
                                            following two options:
                               iii.         Forfeitures  shall be  allocated  to
                                   ---      Participant's  accounts  in the same
                                            manner as  Employer  Profit  Sharing
                                            Contributions,   Employer   Matching
                                            Contributions, Qualified Nonelective
                                            Contributions or Qualified  Matching
                                            Contributions,  in the discretion of
                                            the Employer, for the year in which
                                            the Forfeiture arose.
                               iv. X        Forfeitures   shall  be  applied  to
                                  ---       reduce the Employer  Profit  Sharing
                                            Contributions,   Employer   Matching
                                            Contributions, Qualified Nonelective
                                            Contributions or Qualified  Matching
                                            Contributions,  in the discretion of
                                            the  Employer,  for  the  Plan  Year
                                            following the Plan Year in which the
                                            Forfeiture arose.

                      c.   Forfeitures of Excess Aggregate Contributions shall
                           be:

                               i. X              Applied   to  reduce   Employer
                                 ---             contributions for the Plan Year
                                                 in which the excess arose,  but
                                                 allocated  as  below,   to  the
                                                 extent   the   excess   exceeds
                                                 Employer  contributions for the
                                                 Plan Year,  or the Employer has
                                                 already  contributed  for  such
                                                 Plan Year.
<PAGE>

                               ii. X             Allocated after all other
                                  ---            forfeitures under the Plan:

                                                 (a) X            to         the
                                                    ---           Matching
                                                                  Contribution
                                                                  account     of
                                                                  each
                                                                  Non-highly
                                                                  Compensated
                                                                  Participant
                                                                  who       made
                                                                  Before     Tax
                                                                  Contributions
                                                                  or  After  Tax
                                                                  Contributions
                                                                  in  the  ratio
                                                                  which     each
                                                                  such
                                                                  Participant's
                                                                  Compensation
                                                                  for  the  Plan
                                                                  Year  bears to
                                                                  the      total
                                                                  Compensation
                                                                  of  all   such
                                                                  Participants
                                                                  for  the  Plan
                                                                  Year; or,
                                                 (b)              to  the
                                                    ---           Matching
                                                                  Contribution
                                                                  account of
                                                                  each
                                                                  Non-highly
                                                                  Compensated
                                                                  Eligible
                                                                  Participant in
                                                                  the ratio
                                                                  which    each
                                                                  Eligible
                                                                  Participant's
                                                                  Compensation
                                                                  for the Plan
                                                                  Year  bears to
                                                                  the  total
                                                                  Compensation
                                                                  of all
                                                                  Eligible
                                                                  Participants
                                                                  for the
                                                                  Plan Year.

              7. In-Service Distributions (select as may be appropriate):

                      (a)               There    shall    be    no    in-service
                         ---            distribution   of  Participant   account
                                        balances   derived   from   Before   Tax
                                        Contributions    (including    Qualified
                                        Nonelective  Contributions and Qualified
                                        Matching Contributions treated as Before
                                        Tax Contributions under the terms of the
                                        Basic  Plan   Document),   or   Employer
                                        Matching Contributions.

                      b. X              Participants  may request an  in-service
                        ---             distribution  of their  account  balance
                                        attributable   to   Employer    Matching
                                        Contributions,    for   the    following
                                        reasons:

                                        i. X              For  purposes  of
                                          ---             satisfying a financial
                                                          hardship, as
                                                          determined in
                                                          accordance  with the
                                                          uniform
                                                          nondiscriminatory
                                                          policy of the
                                                          Committee;
                                        ii X              Attainment of age
                                          ---             59 1/2 by the
                                                          Participant; or
                                        iii               Attainment  of  the
                                           ---            Plan's  Normal
                                                          Retirement Date by the
                                                          Participant.

                      c. X              Participants  may request an  in-service
                        ---             distribution  of their  account  balance
                                        attributable   to  Employee  Before  Tax
                                        Contributions,    for   the    following
                                        reasons:

                                        i.                For     purposes    of
                                          ---             satisfying a financial
                                                          hardship,           as
                                                          determined    by   the
                                                          facts              and
                                                          circumstances   of  an
                                                          Employee's  situation,
                                                          in accordance with the
                                                          provisions  of  ss.3.9
                                                          of  the   Basic   Plan
                                                          Document;

<PAGE>

                                        ii X              For     purposes    of
                                          ---             satisfying a financial
                                                          hardship,   using  the
                                                          "safe          harbor"
                                                          provisions  of  ss.3.9
                                                          of  the   Basic   Plan
                                                          Document.
                                        iii  X            Attainment of age
                                            ---           59 1/2 by the
                                                          Participant; or
                                        iv.               Attainment of the
                                           ---            Plan's Normal
                                                          Retirement Date
                                                          by the Participant.

<PAGE>



     NOTICE:  The adopting  Employer may not rely on an opinion letter issued by
     the National  Office of the Internal  Revenue  Service as evidence that the
     Plan is qualified  under the  provisions of ss.401 of the Internal  Revenue
     Code. In order to obtain reliance with respect to the Plan's qualification,
     the Employer must apply to the Key District Office of the Internal  Revenue
     Service for a determination letter.

     This  Adoption  Agreement may only be used in  conjunction  with Basic Plan
     Document # 05.

     This Plan document may only be used under the express authority of KeyCorp,
     its  subsidiaries  and affiliates,  and is not effective as completed until
     executed by a duly authorized  officer of KeyCorp,  one of its subsidiaries
     or affiliates, and approved by KeyCorp's counsel.

     KeyCorp, as sponsor,  may amend or discontinue this prototype plan document
     upon proper  notification  to all  adopting  Employers  pursuant to Revenue
     Ruling 89-13.

     Failure  to  properly  fill  out  an  Adoption   Agreement  may  result  in
     disqualification  of the Plan, and adverse tax consequences to the Employer
     and Plan Participants.

     This Plan is sponsored by:

         KeyCorp, on behalf of its operating subsidiaries, banking and trust
           company affiliates
         127 Public Square
         Cleveland, Ohio  44114
         (800) 982-3811

<PAGE>




         In Witness Whereof,  the Employer and the Trustee,  by their respective
     duly  authorized  officers,  have  caused  this  Adoption  Agreement  to be
     executed on this 1st day of July, 1999.
                      ---        ----  ----


     Employer:  M.D.C. Holdings, Inc.
                ---------------------


     By: /s/ Daniel S. Japha
        -----------------------------
     Title:  Secretary
           --------------------------

     Trustee:   KeyTrust Company National Association
                -------------------------------------


     By:  /s/
        -----------------------------
     Title:  Assistant Vice President
           --------------------------

                                    and

     By:  /s/
        -----------------------------
     Title:  Vice President
           --------------------------


     Approved on Behalf of Trustee:

                        Initials: CMA                    Date:  1/29/99
                                 ---------------------         ----------------
<PAGE>



                            Investment Fund Designation

M.D.C. Holdings, Inc. (the "Named Fiduciary"),  as an independent fiduciary with
respect to the M.D.C.  Holdings,  Inc.  401(k)  Savings  Plan (the  "Plan"),  an
employee  pension  benefit  plan  covered by the  applicable  provisions  of the
Employee  Retirement  Income Security Act of 1974, as amended  ("ERISA") and its
employees who participate  therein (the  "Participants"),  hereby designates the
following  investment funds from among the investment fund options available for
adopting employers of the PRISM(R) Prototype Retirement Plan & Trust (as defined
in  ss.10.7  of the Plan),  available  for  selection  by  Participants  for the
investment of Plan assets held for their benefit:

          (a)      EB MaGIC(R) Fund
          (b)      Fidelity Advisor Growth Opportunities Fund: Class T
          (c)      Invesco Dynamics
          (d)      Neuberger & Berman Genesis - Assets
          (e)      The American Funds Group(R): EuroPacific Growth Fund
          (f)      The American Funds Group(R): The Bond Fund of America
          (g)      The American Funds Group(R): The Income Fund of America
          (h)      The American Funds Group(R): Washington Mutual Investors Fund
          (i)      The Victory Stock Index Fund
          (j)      M.D.C. Holdings Inc. Common Stock
          (k)
          (l)
          (m)
      The plan assets are currently  invested in the funds more fully  described
     below (Existing Funds).  The Named Fiduciary further designates that assets
     held in each of the  Existing  Funds by the Plan prior to  liquidation  and
     transfer to the Trustee  shall be  reinvested  in the  PRISM(R)  Fund(s) as
     specified below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         <S>                                                 <C>
         Existing Funds:                                      PRISM(R) Funds:
<PAGE>

            (a)Guranteed Short Term Fund                                  (a)    EB MaGIC(R) Fund
            (b)Guranteed Long Term Fund                                   (b)    EB MaGIC(R) Fund
            (c)Cigna Balanced Fund                                        (c)    The American Funds Group(R):  The Income
                                                                                 Fund of America
            (d)Fidelity Advisor Balanced Fund                             (d)    The American Funds Group(R):  The Income
                                                                                 Fund of America
            (e)Stock Market Index Fund                                    (e)    The Victory Stock Index Fund
            (f)Fidelity Advisor Growth Opportunities Fund                 (f)    Fidelity Advisor Growth  Opportunities
                                                                                 Fund: Class T
            (g)M.D.C. Holdings Inc. Common Stock                          (g)    M.D.C.   Holdings  Inc.  Common  Stock
                                                                                 Fund
            (h)                                                           (h)    Invesco Dynamics
            (i)                                                           (i)    Neuberger & Berman Genesis - Assets
            (j)                                                           (j)    The     American     Funds     Group(R):
                                                                                 EuroPacific Growth Fund
            (k)                                                           (k)    The American  Funds  Group(R):  The Bond
                                                                                 Fund of America
            (l)                                                           (l)    The American Funds Group(R):  Washington
                                                                                 Mutual Investors Fund
            (m)                                                           (m)    M.D.C. Holdings Inc. Common Stock

     X. In addition, if selected, an Employer Stock Fund will also be available.

</TABLE>

     In making  the  selection  of  Investment  Funds,  and in  designating  the
     PRISM(R) Funds into which the  liquidated  assets from each of the Existing
     Funds  will be  invested  in,  the  Named  Fiduciary  hereby  confirms  and
     acknowledges that:
<PAGE>

                  The Named Fiduciary has had made available to it copies of the
                  prospectuses (to the extent required under applicable  federal
                  securities  law  and  regulation)  for  each  investment  fund
                  available for selection by adopting  employers of the PRISM(R)
                  Prototype  Retirement Plan & Trust, and has received copies of
                  each such prospectus for the Investment  Funds  selected;  The
                  Named Fiduciary  acknowledges that the Trustee of the Plan may
                  receive certain fees for services  provide to, or on behalf of
                  an Investment  Fund, or the sponsors or distributors  thereof,
                  pursuant  to plans of  distribution  adopted by the fund under
                  the provisions of Rule 12b-1 of the Investment  Company Act of
                  1940, and further  acknowledges that (i) such fee, if paid, is
                  appropriate  for  services  rendered  to the  fund,  and  when
                  aggregated  with other fees for service payable to the Trustee
                  constitutes reasonable compensation for the Trustee's services
                  to the  Plan;  and (ii) the Plan  will be able to  redeem  its
                  interest  in any  such  Investment  Fund on  reasonably  short
                  notice   without   penalty;   The  Named   Fiduciary   further
                  acknowledges  that it has selected the Investment Funds on its
                  determination,  after due inquiry,  that the Investment  Funds
                  are  appropriate  vehicles for the  investment  of Plan assets
                  pursuant to the terms of the Plan,  considering  all  relevant
                  facts and circumstances,  including but not limited to (i) the
                  investment  policy  and  philosophy  of  the  Named  Fiduciary
                  developed  pursuant  to  ERISA  ss.404;  (ii) the  ability  of
                  Participants, using an appropriate mix of Investment Funds, to
                  diversify  the  investment  of  Plan  assets  held  for  their
                  benefit;  and, (iii) the ability of Participants to, utilizing
                  an  appropriate  mix of  Investment  Funds,  to  structure  an
                  investment  portfolio  within  their  account in the Plan with
                  risk and return  characteristics  within  the normal  range of
                  risk and return  characteristics  for individuals with similar
                  investment backgrounds,  experience and expectations; and, The
                  Named  Fiduciary  acknowledges  that it has not  relied on any
                  representations or recommendations  from the Trustee or any of
                  its  employees  in  selecting  the  Investment  Funds,  or  in
                  specifying which of the selected PRISM(R) Funds into which the
                  liquidated  assets  from each of the  Existing  Funds  will be
                  invested.

     The Trustee agrees to follow the Named  Fiduciary's  direction with respect
     to  offering  the   Investment   Funds   available  for  selection  by  the
     Participants  in the Plan for the  investment of Plan assets held for their
     benefit:

         In   Witness   Whereof,   the   Employer,   by  its   duly   authorized
     representative,  has executed this document in connection  with adoption of
     the  Plan  utilizing  the  PRISM(R)  Prototype   Retirement  Plan  &  Trust
     documents, as provided by the Trustee.


                                    Named Fiduciary:  M.D.C. Holdings, Inc.
                                                      ---------------------


<PAGE>

                                    By:     Daniel S. Japha
                                          -----------------------------
                                    Title:  Secretary
                                          -----------------------------

<PAGE>



              <F1>  Footnotes in this  Adoption  Agreement are not to be
                    construed as part of the Plan provisions but are explanatory
                    only. To the extent a footnote is  inconsistent  with the
                    provisions of the Basic Plan Document or  applicable law,
                    the provisions of the Plan shall be construed in conformity
                    with the Basic Plan Document or law.

              <F2>  Terms that are capitalized are defined in the PRISM(R)
                    Prototype Retirement Plan & Trust Basic Plan Document.

              <F3>  The Plan will have an individual TIN, distinct from the
                    Employer TIN.

              <F4>  Committee  members  direct the day to day  operation  of the
                    Plan.  Committee  members  serve  at  the  pleasure  of  the
                    Employer.  See ss.11.4 for changes in Committee  membership.
                    If no Committee  members are  specified,  the Employer shall
                    assume responsibility for the operations of the Plan.

              <F5>  If  no  amount  is   specified,   the   maximum   amount  of
                    Compensation allowed under Code ss.401(a)(17)(the  "$150,000
                    limit"  ("$200,000  limit" prior to the Plan Year  beginning
                    before  January 1,  1994)),  as adjusted  from time to time,
                    shall be used.

              <F6>  If a fractional  year is elected,  the elapsed time method
                    of computing service  shall be used for the fractional year.
                    Eligibility provisions for optional  cash or deferred
                    arrangements are contained in Item C of this Adoption
                    Agreement.

              <F7>  Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Employee who has met the
                    eligibility requirements may not enter the Plan later than
                    six months following the date on which the Employee first
                    completes the eligibility requirements.

              <F8>  Notwithstanding  the selection  made in this Item B(7)(a),
                    a participant  shall be fully vested in his or her Employer
                    Contribution Accounts if the Participant dies  or  becomes
                    Disabled  while  in  the  employ  of  the  Employer.

              <F9>  If more than one Year of Service is an eligibility
                    requirement, Item viii must be selected.

              <F10> The provisions of this section will be  administered  by the
                    Employer on a consistent and nondiscriminatory basis.

              <F11> Amounts  designated as Qualified  Nonelective  Contributions
                    will be  allocated  pursuant to  ss.3.1(A)(14)  of the Basic
                    Plan Document.

              <F12> In the event  contributions  are  allocated on a basis other
                    than a full plan year, the Year of Service shall be based on
                    the elapsed time method of  calculation,  and a  Participant
                    shall be deemed to have completed an  appropriate  Period of
                    Service  for  allocation  purposes  if the  Participant  has
                    completed a pro-rata Period of Service  corresponding to the
                    interval on which contributions are allocated.

              <F13> Excess  Compensation  means a Participant's  Compensation in
                    excess of the  Permitted  Disparity  Level  specified in the
                    Definitions section of this Adoption Agreement.

              <F14> Even if this Item is selected,  the  provisions of ss.4.8 of
                    the Basic Plan Document may supersede  this  requirement  if
                    necessary to satisfy Code Sections 401(a)(26) and 410(b).

              <F15> If this  option is  selected,  iii or iv must be selected to
                    reallocate    Forfeitures   of   Employer   Profit   Sharing
                    Contributions  remaining after expenses of administering the
                    Plan have been paid.
<PAGE>

              <F16> This Item is for use in identifying  collective trust funds,
                    which,   pursuant   to  Revenue   Ruling   81-100   must  be
                    specifically referenced in the Plan. Actual Investment Funds
                    are  referenced  on the  Investment  Fund  Designation  form
                    attached to this Adoption Agreement.

              <F17> If this option is  selected,  the  Employer  must  establish
                    appropriate procedures for implementation of the Plan's loan
                    program.

              <F18> The date  specified is for the refund of amount  deferred in
                    excess of the Code  ss.402(g)  limit (the $7,000  limit) for
                    the Participant's taxable year.

              <F19> The Employer  shall have the right to designate  all, or any
                    portion of  Employer  Matching  Contributions  as  Qualified
                    Matching  Contributions,  which shall then be subject to the
                    same vesting,  distribution,  and withdrawal restrictions as
                    Before Tax Contributions.

              <F20> Net Profits will never be required for the  contribution  of
                    Before Tax Contributions, After Tax Contributions, Qualified
                    Nonelective     Contributions    or    Qualified    Matching
                    Contributions.

              <F21> Notwithstanding  anything in the  Adoption  Agreement to the
                    contrary, amounts in a Participant's account attributable to
                    Before    Tax    Contributions,     Qualified    Nonelective
                    Contributions, and Qualified Matching Contributions shall be
                    100% vested and nonforfeitable at all time.

              <F22> Notwithstanding  the selection made in this item B(7)(b),  a
                    Participant  shall be fully  vested  in his or her  Employer
                    Contribution  Accounts  if the  Participant  dies or becomes
                    Disabled while in the employ of the Employer.

              <F23> The provisions of this section will be  administered  by the
                    Employer on a consistent and nondiscriminatory basis.




<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
This schedule contains summary financial information extracted from MDC
Holdings, Inc. consolidated financial statements included in its Form 10-Q for
the quarter ended June 30, 1999 and is qualified in its entirety by reference to
such financial statements.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000

<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   6-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1999
<PERIOD-START>                             JAN-01-1999
<PERIOD-END>                               JUN-30-1999
<CASH>                                          19,619
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                   11,814
<ALLOWANCES>                                         0
<INVENTORY>                                    614,935
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                     0
<PP&E>                                           2,604
<DEPRECIATION>                                       0
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 816,712
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                                0
<BONDS>                                        256,484
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                           281
<OTHER-SE>                                     339,840
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   816,712
<SALES>                                        681,010
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               696,884
<CGS>                                        (611,860)
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                (632,904)
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                     0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                   0
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                 63,980
<INCOME-TAX>                                  (25,272)
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                             38,708
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                    38,708
<EPS-BASIC>                                     1.74
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     1.71


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission